Renormalization constants for 2-twist operators in twisted mass QCD
Alexandrou, C; Korzec, T; Panagopoulos, H; Stylianou, F
2010-01-01
Perturbative and non-perturbative results on the renormalization constants of the fermion field and the twist-2 fermion bilinears are presented with emphasis on the non-perturbative evaluation of the one-derivative twist-2 vector and axial vector operators. Non-perturbative results are obtained using the twisted mass Wilson fermion formulation employing two degenerate dynamical quarks and the tree-level Symanzik improved gluon action. The simulations have been performed for pion masses in the range of about 450-260 MeV and at three values of the lattice spacing $a$ corresponding to $\\beta=3.9, 4.05, 4.20$. Subtraction of ${\\cal O}(a^2)$ terms is carried out by performing the perturbative evaluation of these operators at 1-loop and up to ${\\cal O}(a^2)$. The renormalization conditions are defined in the RI$'$-MOM scheme, for both perturbative and non-perturbative results. The renormalization factors, obtained for different values of the renormalization scale, are evolved perturbatively to a reference scale set...
Non-Perturbative Renormalization
Mastropietro, Vieri
2008-01-01
The notion of renormalization is at the core of several spectacular achievements of contemporary physics, and in the last years powerful techniques have been developed allowing to put renormalization on a firm mathematical basis. This book provides a self-consistent and accessible introduction to the sophisticated tools used in the modern theory of non-perturbative renormalization, allowing an unified and rigorous treatment of Quantum Field Theory, Statistical Physics and Condensed Matter models. In particular the first part of this book is devoted to Constructive Quantum Field Theory, providi
Cichy, Krzysztof [DESY, Zeuthen (Germany). NIC; Adam Mickiewicz Univ., Poznan (Poland). Faculty of Physics; Jansen, Karl [DESY, Zeuthen (Germany). NIC; Korcyl, Piotr [DESY, Zeuthen (Germany). NIC; Jagiellonian Univ., Krakow (Poland). M. Smoluchowski Inst. of Physics
2012-07-15
We present results of a lattice QCD application of a coordinate space renormalization scheme for the extraction of renormalization constants for flavour non-singlet bilinear quark operators. The method consists in the analysis of the small-distance behaviour of correlation functions in Euclidean space and has several theoretical and practical advantages, in particular: it is gauge invariant, easy to implement and has relatively low computational cost. The values of renormalization constants in the X-space scheme can be converted to the MS scheme via 4-loop continuum perturbative formulae. Our results for N{sub f}=2 maximally twisted mass fermions with tree-level Symanzik improved gauge action are compared to the ones from the RI-MOM scheme and show full agreement with this method. (orig.)
Renormalized Cosmological Perturbation Theory
Crocce, M
2006-01-01
We develop a new formalism to study nonlinear evolution in the growth of large-scale structure, by following the dynamics of gravitational clustering as it builds up in time. This approach is conveniently represented by Feynman diagrams constructed in terms of three objects: the initial conditions (e.g. perturbation spectrum), the vertex (describing non-linearities) and the propagator (describing linear evolution). We show that loop corrections to the linear power spectrum organize themselves into two classes of diagrams: one corresponding to mode-coupling effects, the other to a renormalization of the propagator. Resummation of the latter gives rise to a quantity that measures the memory of perturbations to initial conditions as a function of scale. As a result of this, we show that a well-defined (renormalized) perturbation theory follows, in the sense that each term in the remaining mode-coupling series dominates at some characteristic scale and is subdominant otherwise. This is unlike standard perturbatio...
Renormalization of four-fermion operators for higher twist calculations
Capitani, S; Horsley, R; Perlt, H; Rakow, P E L; Schierholz, G; Schiller, A
1999-01-01
The evaluation of the higher twist contributions to Deep Inelastic Scattering amplitudes involves a non trivial choice of operator bases for the higher orders of the OPE expansion of the two hadronic currents. In this talk we discuss the perturbative renormalization of the four-fermion operators that appear in the above bases.
Fucito, F.; Tanzini, A. [Rome Univ. 2 (Italy). Dipt. di Fisica; Vilar, L.C.Q.; Ventura, O.S.; Sasaki, C.A.G. [Centro Brasileiro de Pesquisas Fisicas (CBPF), Rio de Janeiro, RJ (Brazil); Sorella, S.P. [Universidade do Estado (UERJ), Rio de Janeiro, RJ (Brazil). Inst. de Fisica
1997-07-01
The aim of these notes is to provide a simple and pedagogical (as much as possible) introduction to what is nowadays commonly called Algebraic Renormalization. As the same itself let it understand, the Algebraic Renormalization gives a systematic set up in order to analyse the quantum extension of a given set of classical symmetries. The framework is purely algebraic, yielding a complete characterization of all possible anomalies and invariant counterterms without making use of any explicit computation of the Feynman diagrams. This goal is achieved by collecting, with the introduction of suitable ghost fields, all the symmetries into a unique operation summarized by a generalized Slavnov-Taylor (or master equation) identity which is the starting point for the quantum analysis. The Slavnov-Taylor identity allows to define a nilpotent operator whose cohomology classes in the space of the integrated local polynomials in the fields and their derivatives with dimensions bounded by power counting give all nontrivial anomalies and counterterms. I other words, the proof of the renormalizability is reduced to the computation of some cohomology classes. (author) 28 refs., 2 figs.
Renormalization constants for $N_{\\rm f}=2+1+1$ twisted mass QCD
Blossier, Benoit; Guichon, Pierre; Morénas, Vincent; Pène, Olivier; Rodríguez-Quintero, Jose; Zafeiropoulos, Savvas
2014-01-01
We summarize recent non-perturbative results obtained for the renormalization constants computed in the RI'-MOM scheme for $N_{\\rm f}=2+1+1$ twisted mass QCD. Our implementation employs the Iwasaki gauge action and four dynamical degenerate twisted mass fermions. Renormalization constants for scalar, pseudo-scalar, vector and axial operators, as well as the quark propagator renormalization, are computed at three different values of the lattice spacing, two different volumes and several values of the twisted mass. Our method allows for a precise cross-check of the running, because of the particular proper treatment of the hypercubic artifacts. Preliminary results for twist-2 operators are also presented.
Blossier, Benoît; Guichon, Pierre; Morénas, Vincent; Pène, Olivier; Rodríguez-Quintero, Jose; Zafeiropoulos, Savvas
2014-01-01
We present a precise non-perturbative determination of the renormalization constants in the mass independent RI'-MOM scheme. The lattice implementation uses the Iwasaki gauge action and four degenerate dynamical twisted mass fermions. The gauge configurations are provided by the ETM Collaboration. Renormalization constants for scalar, pseudo-scalar, vector and axial operators, as well as the quark propagator renormalization, are computed at three different values of the lattice spacing, two volumes and several twisted mass parameters. The method we developed allows for a precise cross-check of the running, thanks to the particular proper treatment of hypercubic artifacts. Results for the twist-2 operator $O_{44}$ are also presented.
Non-perturbative quark mass renormalization
Capitani, S.; Luescher, M.; Sint, S.; Sommer, R.; Weisz, P.; Wittig, H.
1998-01-01
We show that the renormalization factor relating the renormalization group invariant quark masses to the bare quark masses computed in lattice QCD can be determined non-perturbatively. The calculation is based on an extension of a finite-size technique previously employed to compute the running coupling in quenched QCD. As a by-product we obtain the $\\Lambda$--parameter in this theory with completely controlled errors.
Perturbative renormalization of the electric field correlator
Christensen, C
2016-01-01
The momentum diffusion coefficient of a heavy quark in a hot QCD plasma can be extracted as a transport coefficient related to the correlator of two colour-electric fields dressing a Polyakov loop. We determine the perturbative renormalization factor for a particular lattice discretization of this correlator within Wilson's SU(3) gauge theory, finding a ~12% NLO correction for values of the bare coupling used in the current generation of simulations. The impact of this result on existing lattice determinations is commented upon, and a possibility for non-perturbative renormalization through the gradient flow is pointed out.
Perturbative renormalization of the electric field correlator
C. Christensen
2016-04-01
Full Text Available The momentum diffusion coefficient of a heavy quark in a hot QCD plasma can be extracted as a transport coefficient related to the correlator of two colour-electric fields dressing a Polyakov loop. We determine the perturbative renormalization factor for a particular lattice discretization of this correlator within Wilson's SU(3 gauge theory, finding a ∼12% NLO correction for values of the bare coupling used in the current generation of simulations. The impact of this result on existing lattice determinations is commented upon, and a possibility for non-perturbative renormalization through the gradient flow is pointed out.
Perturbative renormalization of the electric field correlator
Christensen, C.; Laine, M.
2016-04-01
The momentum diffusion coefficient of a heavy quark in a hot QCD plasma can be extracted as a transport coefficient related to the correlator of two colour-electric fields dressing a Polyakov loop. We determine the perturbative renormalization factor for a particular lattice discretization of this correlator within Wilson's SU(3) gauge theory, finding a ∼ 12% NLO correction for values of the bare coupling used in the current generation of simulations. The impact of this result on existing lattice determinations is commented upon, and a possibility for non-perturbative renormalization through the gradient flow is pointed out.
Singlet vs Nonsinglet Perturbative Renormalization of Fermion Bilinears
Constantinou, M; Panagopoulos, H; Spanoudes, G
2016-01-01
In this paper we present the perturbative evaluation of the difference between the renormalization functions of flavor singlet and nonsinglet bilinear quark operators on the lattice. The computation is performed to two loops and to lowest order in the lattice spacing, for a class of improved lattice actions, including Wilson, tree-level (TL) Symanzik and Iwasaki gluons, twisted mass and SLiNC Wilson fermions, as well as staggered fermions with twice stout-smeared links. In the staggered formalism, the stout smearing procedure is also applied to the definition of bilinear operators.
Perturbatively improving RI-MOM renormalization constants
Constantinou, M.; Costa, M.; Panagopoulos, H. [Cyprus Univ. (Cyprus). Dept. of Physics; Goeckeler, M. [Regensburg Univ. (Germany). Institut fuer Theoretische Physik; Horsley, R. [Edinburgh Univ. (United Kingdom). School of Physics; Perlt, H.; Schiller, A. [Leipzig Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik; Rakow, P.E.L. [Liverpool Univ. (United Kingdom). Dept. of Mathematical Sciences; Schhierholz, G. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Hamburg (Germany)
2013-03-15
The determination of renormalization factors is of crucial importance in lattice QCD. They relate the observables obtained on the lattice to their measured counterparts in the continuum in a suitable renormalization scheme. Therefore, they have to be computed as precisely as possible. A widely used approach is the nonperturbative Rome-Southampton method. It requires, however, a careful treatment of lattice artifacts. In this paper we investigate a method to suppress these artifacts by subtracting one-loop contributions to renormalization factors calculated in lattice perturbation theory. We compare results obtained from a complete one-loop subtraction with those calculated for a subtraction of contributions proportional to the square of the lattice spacing.
Perturbatively improving RI-MOM renormalization constants
Constantinou, M.; Costa, M.; Panagopoulos, H. [Cyprus Univ. (Cyprus). Dept. of Physics; Goeckeler, M. [Regensburg Univ. (Germany). Institut fuer Theoretische Physik; Horsley, R. [Edinburgh Univ. (United Kingdom). School of Physics; Perlt, H.; Schiller, A. [Leipzig Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik; Rakow, P.E.L. [Liverpool Univ. (United Kingdom). Dept. of Mathematical Sciences; Schhierholz, G. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Hamburg (Germany)
2013-03-15
The determination of renormalization factors is of crucial importance in lattice QCD. They relate the observables obtained on the lattice to their measured counterparts in the continuum in a suitable renormalization scheme. Therefore, they have to be computed as precisely as possible. A widely used approach is the nonperturbative Rome-Southampton method. It requires, however, a careful treatment of lattice artifacts. In this paper we investigate a method to suppress these artifacts by subtracting one-loop contributions to renormalization factors calculated in lattice perturbation theory. We compare results obtained from a complete one-loop subtraction with those calculated for a subtraction of contributions proportional to the square of the lattice spacing.
Perturbative and nonperturbative renormalization in lattice QCD
Goeckeler, M. [Regensburg Univ. (Germany). Institut fuer Theoretische Physik; Horsley, R. [University of Edinburgh (United Kingdom). School of Physics and Astronomy; Perlt, H. [Leipzig Univ. (DE). Institut fuer Theoretische Physik] (and others)
2010-03-15
We investigate the perturbative and nonperturbative renormalization of composite operators in lattice QCD restricting ourselves to operators that are bilinear in the quark fields (quark-antiquark operators). These include operators which are relevant to the calculation of moments of hadronic structure functions. The nonperturbative computations are based on Monte Carlo simulations with two flavors of clover fermions and utilize the Rome-Southampton method also known as the RI-MOM scheme. We compare the results of this approach with various estimates from lattice perturbation theory, in particular with recent two-loop calculations. (orig.)
Topologically twisted renormalization group flow and its holographic dual
Nakayama, Yu
2017-03-01
Euclidean field theories admit more general deformations than usually discussed in quantum field theories because of mixing between rotational symmetry and internal symmetry (also known as topological twist). Such deformations may be relevant, and if the subsequent renormalization group flow leads to a nontrivial fixed point, it generically gives rise to a scale invariant Euclidean field theory without conformal invariance. Motivated by an ansatz studied in cosmological models some time ago, we develop a holographic dual description of such renormalization group flows in the context of AdS /CFT . We argue that the nontrivial fixed points require fine-tuning of the bulk theory, in general, but remarkably we find that the O (3 ) Yang-Mills theory coupled with the four-dimensional Einstein gravity in the minimal manner supports such a background with the Euclidean anti-de Sitter metric.
Topologically twisted renormalization group flow and its holographic dual
Nakayama, Yu
2016-01-01
Euclidean field theories admit more general deformations than usually discussed in quantum field theories because of mixing between rotational symmetry and internal symmetry (a.k.a topological twist). Such deformations may be relevant, and if the subsequent renormalization group flow leads to a non-trivial fixed point, it generically gives rise to a scale invariant Euclidean field theory without conformal invariance. Motivated by an ansatz studied in cosmological models some time ago, we develop a holographic dual description of such renormalization group flows in the context of AdS/CFT. We argue that the non-trivial fixed points require fine-tuning of the bulk theory in general, but remarkably we find that the $O(3)$ Yang-Mills theory coupled with the four-dimensional Einstein gravity in the minimal manner supports such a background with the Euclidean AdS metric.
Bonini, M; Marchesini, G
1993-01-01
A new proof of perturbative renormalizability and infrared finiteness for a scalar massless theory is obtained from a formulation of renormalized field theory based on the Wilson renormalization group. The loop expansion of the renormalized Green functions is deduced from the Polchinski equation of renormalization group. The resulting Feynman graphs are organized in such a way that the loop momenta are ordered. It is then possible to analyse their ultraviolet and infrared behaviours by iterative methods. The necessary subtractions and the corresponding counterterms are automatically generated in the process of fixing the physical conditions for the ``relevant'' vertices at the normalization point. The proof of perturbative renormalizability and infrared finiteness is simply based on dimensional arguments and does not require the usual analysis of topological properties of Feynman graphs.
Bonini, M.; D'Attanasio, M.; Marchesini, G.
1993-11-01
A new proof of perturbative renormalizability and infrared finiteness for a scalar massless theory is obtained from a formulation of renormalized field theory based on the Wilson renormalization group. The loop expansion of the renormalized Green functions is deduced from the Polchinski equation of renormalization group. The resulting Feynman graphs are organized in such a way that the loop momenta are ordered. It is then possible to analyse their ultraviolet and infrared behaviours by iterative methods. The necessary subtractions and the corresponding counterterms are automatically generated in the process of fixing the physical conditions for the "relevant" vertices at the normalization point. The proof of perturbative renormalizability and infrared finiteness is simply based on dimensional arguments and does not require the usual analysis of topological properties of Feynman graphs.
Perturbative n-Loop Renormalization by an Implicit Regularization Technique
Gobira, S R
2001-01-01
We construct a regularization independent procedure for implementing perturbative renormalization. An algebraic identity at the level of the internal lines of the diagrams is used which allows for the identification of counterterms in a purely algebraic way. Order by order in a perturbative expansion we automatically obtain in the process, finite contributions, local and nonlocal divergences. The notorious complications of overlapping divergences never enter and the corresponding counterterms arise automatically on the same footing as any other counterterm. The result of the present mathematical procedure is a considerable algebraic simplification which clarifies the connection between renormalization and counterterms in the Lagrangian.
Technical fine-tuning problem in renormalized perturbation theory
Foda, O.E.
1983-01-01
The technical - as opposed to physical - fine tuning problem, i.e. the stability of tree-level gauge hierarchies at higher orders in renormalized perturbation theory, in a number of different models is studied. These include softly-broken supersymmetric models, and non-supersymmetric ones with a hierarchy of spontaneously-broken gauge symmetries. The models are renormalized using the BPHZ prescription, with momentum subtractions. Explicit calculations indicate that the tree-level hierarchy is not upset by the radiative corrections, and consequently no further fine-tuning is required to maintain it. Furthermore, this result is shown to run counter to that obtained via Dimensional Renormalization, (the only scheme used in previous literature on the subject). The discrepancy originates in the inherent local ambiguity in the finite parts of subtracted Feynman integrals. Within fully-renormalized perturbation theory the answer to the technical fine-tuning question (in the sense of whether the radiative corrections will ''readily'' respect the tree level gauge hierarchy or not) is contingent on the renormalization scheme used to define the model at the quantum level, rather than on the model itself. In other words, the need for fine-tuning, when it arises, is an artifact of the application of a certain class of renormalization schemes.
Massive renormalization scheme and perturbation theory at finite temperature
Blaizot, Jean-Paul, E-mail: jean-paul.blaizot@cea.fr [Institut de Physique Théorique, CNRS/URA2306, CEA-Saclay, 91191 Gif-sur-Yvette (France); Wschebor, Nicolás [Instituto de Fìsica, Faculdad de Ingeniería, Universidade de la República, 11000 Montevideo (Uruguay)
2015-02-04
We argue that the choice of an appropriate, massive, renormalization scheme can greatly improve the apparent convergence of perturbation theory at finite temperature. This is illustrated by the calculation of the pressure of a scalar field theory with quartic interactions, at 2-loop order. The result, almost identical to that obtained with more sophisticated resummation techniques, shows a remarkable stability as the coupling constant grows, in sharp contrast with standard perturbation theory.
Non-perturbative renormalization in kaon decays
Donini, Andrea; Martinelli, G; Rossi, G C; Talevi, M; Testa, M; Vladikas, A
1996-01-01
We discuss the application of the MPSTV non-perturbative method \\cite{NPM} to the operators relevant to kaon decays. This enables us to reappraise the long-standing question of the $\\Delta I=1/2$ rule, which involves power-divergent subtractions that cannot be evaluated in perturbation theory. We also study the mixing with dimension-six operators and discuss its implications to the chiral behaviour of the $B_K$ parameter.
Cichy, Krzysztof; Korcyl, Piotr
2016-01-01
Working in a quenched setup with Wilson twisted mass valence fermions, we explore the possibility to compute non-perturbatively the step scaling function using the coordinate (X-space) renormalization scheme. This scheme has the advantage of being on-shell and gauge invariant. The step scaling method allows us to calculate the running of the renormalization constants of quark bilinear operators. We describe here the details of this calculation. The aim of this exploratory study is to identify the feasibility of the X-space scheme when used in small volume simulations required by the step scaling technique. Eventually, we translate our final results to the continuum MSbar scheme and compare against four-loop analytic formulae finding satisfactory agreement.
Cichy, Krzysztof; Jansen, Karl; Korcyl, Piotr
2016-12-01
Working in a quenched setup with Wilson twisted mass valence fermions, we explore the possibility to compute non-perturbatively the step scaling function using the coordinate (X-space) renormalization scheme. This scheme has the advantage of being on-shell and gauge invariant. The step scaling method allows us to calculate the running of the renormalization constants of quark bilinear operators. We describe here the details of this calculation. The aim of this exploratory study is to identify the feasibility of the X-space scheme when used in small volume simulations required by the step scaling technique. Eventually, we translate our final results to the continuum MS ‾ scheme and compare against four-loop analytic formulae finding satisfactory agreement.
Non-perturbative renormalization of three-quark operators
Goeckeler, Meinulf [Regensburg Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik; Horsley, Roger [Edinburgh Univ. (United Kingdom). School of Physics and Astronomy; Kaltenbrunner, Thomas [Regensburg Univ. (DE). Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik] (and others)
2008-10-15
High luminosity accelerators have greatly increased the interest in semi-exclusive and exclusive reactions involving nucleons. The relevant theoretical information is contained in the nucleon wavefunction and can be parametrized by moments of the nucleon distribution amplitudes, which in turn are linked to matrix elements of local three-quark operators. These can be calculated from first principles in lattice QCD. Defining an RI-MOM renormalization scheme, we renormalize three-quark operators corresponding to low moments non-perturbatively and take special care of the operator mixing. After performing a scheme matching and a conversion of the renormalization scale we quote our final results in the MS scheme at {mu}=2 GeV. (orig.)
MPTbreeze: A fast renormalized perturbative scheme
Crocce, Martin; Bernardeau, Francis
2012-01-01
We put forward and test a simple description of multi-point propagators (MP), which serve as building-blocks to calculate the nonlinear matter power spectrum. On large scales these propagators reduce to the well-known kernels in standard perturbation theory, while at smaller scales they are suppresed due to nonlinear couplings. Through extensive testing with numerical simulations we find that this decay is characterized by the same damping scale for both two and three-point propagators. In turn this transition can be well modeled with resummation results that exponentiate one-loop computations. For the first time, we measure the four components of the non-linear (two-point) propagator using dedicated simulations started from two independent random Gaussian fields for positions and velocities, verifying in detail the fundamentals of propagator resummation. We use these results to develop an implementation of the MP-expansion for the nonlinear power spectrum that only requires seconds to evaluate at BAO scales....
Simple perturbative renormalization scheme for supersymmetric gauge theories
Foda, O.E. (Purdue Univ., Lafayette, IN (USA). Dept. of Physics)
1983-06-30
We show that the manifestly supersymmetric and gauge-invariant results of Supersymmetric Dimensional renormalization (SDR) are reproduceable through a simple, and mathematically consistent perturbative renormalization technique, where regularization is attained via a map that deforms the momentum space Feynman integrands in a specific way. In particular, it introduces a multiplicative factor of ((p+q)/..delta..)/sup -/delta in each momentum-space loop integral, where p is the magnitude of the loop momentum, q is an arbitrary constant to be chosen as will be explained, thus compensating for loss of translation invariance in p, ..lambda.. is a renormalization mass, and delta is a suitable non-integer: the analog of epsilon in dimensional schemes. All Dirac algebra and integration are four-dimensional, and renormalization is achieved by subtracting poles in delta, followed by setting delta->O. The mathematical inconsistencies of SDR are evaded by construction, since the numbers of fermion and boson degrees of freedom remain unchanged but analytic continuation in the number of dimensions is bypassed. Thus, the technique is equally viable in component and in superfield formalisms, and all anomalies are realized. The origin of the chiral anomaly is that no choice of q satisfies both gauge and chiral Ward identities simultaneously.
Renormalization Group Optimized Perturbation Theory at Finite Temperatures
Kneur, J -L
2015-01-01
A recently developed variant of the so-called optimized perturbation theory (OPT), making it perturbatively consistent with renormalization group (RG) properties, RGOPT, was shown to drastically improve its convergence for zero temperature theories. Here the RGOPT adapted to finite temperature is illustrated with a detailed evaluation of the two-loop pressure for the thermal scalar $ \\lambda\\phi^4$ field theory. We show that already at the simple one-loop level this quantity is exactly scale-invariant by construction and turns out to qualitatively reproduce, with a rather simple procedure, results from more sophisticated resummation methods at two-loop order, such as the two-particle irreducible approach typically. This lowest order also reproduces the exact large-$N$ results of the $O(N)$ model. Although very close in spirit, our RGOPT method and corresponding results differ drastically from similar variational approaches, such as the screened perturbation theory or its QCD-version, the (resummed) hard therm...
Real space renormalization group for twisted lattice N=4 super Yang-Mills
Catterall, Simon
2014-01-01
A necessary ingredient for our previous results on the form of the long distance effective action of the twisted lattice N=4 super Yang-Mills theory is the existence of a real space renormalization group which preserves the lattice structure, both the symmetries and the geometric interpretation of the fields. In this brief article we provide an explicit example of such a blocking scheme and illustrate its practicality in the context of a small scale Monte Carlo renormalization group calculation. We also discuss the implications of this result, and the possible ways in which to use it in order to obtain further information about the long distance theory.
Perturbative entanglement thermodynamics for AdS spacetime: Renormalization
Mishra, Rohit
2015-01-01
We study the effect of charged excitations in the AdS spacetime on the first law of entanglement thermodynamics. It is found that `boosted' AdS black holes give rise to a more general form of first law which includes chemical potential and charge density. To obtain this result we have to resort to a second order perturbative calculation of entanglement entropy for small size subsystems. At first order the form of entanglement law remains unchanged even in the presence of charged excitations. But the thermodynamic quantities have to be appropriately `renormalized' at the second order due to the corrections. We work in the perturbative regime where $T_{thermal}\\ll T_E$.
Driven similarity renormalization group: Third-order multireference perturbation theory.
Li, Chenyang; Evangelista, Francesco A
2017-03-28
A third-order multireference perturbation theory based on the driven similarity renormalization group (DSRG-MRPT3) approach is presented. The DSRG-MRPT3 method has several appealing features: (a) it is intruder free, (b) it is size consistent, (c) it leads to a non-iterative algorithm with O(N(6)) scaling, and (d) it includes reference relaxation effects. The DSRG-MRPT3 scheme is benchmarked on the potential energy curves of F2, H2O2, C2H6, and N2 along the F-F, O-O, C-C, and N-N bond dissociation coordinates, respectively. The nonparallelism errors of DSRG-MRPT3 are consistent with those of complete active space third-order perturbation theory and multireference configuration interaction with singles and doubles and show significant improvements over those obtained from DSRG second-order multireference perturbation theory. Our efficient implementation of the DSRG-MRPT3 based on factorized electron repulsion integrals enables studies of medium-sized open-shell organic compounds. This point is demonstrated with computations of the singlet-triplet splitting (ΔST=ET-ES) of 9,10-anthracyne. At the DSRG-MRPT3 level of theory, our best estimate of the adiabatic ΔST is 3.9 kcal mol(-1), a value that is within 0.1 kcal mol(-1) from multireference coupled cluster results.
Efficient perturbation theory to improve the density matrix renormalization group
Tirrito, Emanuele; Ran, Shi-Ju; Ferris, Andrew J.; McCulloch, Ian P.; Lewenstein, Maciej
2017-02-01
The density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) is one of the most powerful numerical methods available for many-body systems. It has been applied to solve many physical problems, including the calculation of ground states and dynamical properties. In this work, we develop a perturbation theory of the DMRG (PT-DMRG) to greatly increase its accuracy in an extremely simple and efficient way. Using the canonical matrix product state (MPS) representation for the ground state of the considered system, a set of orthogonal basis functions {| ψi> } is introduced to describe the perturbations to the ground state obtained by the conventional DMRG. The Schmidt numbers of the MPS that are beyond the bond dimension cutoff are used to define these perturbation terms. The perturbed Hamiltonian is then defined as H˜i j= ; its ground state permits us to calculate physical observables with a considerably improved accuracy compared to the original DMRG results. We benchmark the second-order perturbation theory with the help of a one-dimensional Ising chain in a transverse field and the Heisenberg chain, where the precision of the DMRG is shown to be improved O (10 ) times. Furthermore, for moderate L the errors of the DMRG and PT-DMRG both scale linearly with L-1 (with L being the length of the chain). The linear relation between the dimension cutoff of the DMRG and that of the PT-DMRG at the same precision shows a considerable improvement in efficiency, especially for large dimension cutoffs. In the thermodynamic limit we show that the errors of the PT-DMRG scale with √{L-1}. Our work suggests an effective way to define the tangent space of the ground-state MPS, which may shed light on the properties beyond the ground state. This second-order PT-DMRG can be readily generalized to higher orders, as well as applied to models in higher dimensions.
Renormalization Constants of Quark Operators for the Non-Perturbatively Improved Wilson Action
Becirevic, D; Lubicz, V; Martinelli, G; Papinutto, Mauro; Reyes, J
2004-01-01
We present the results of an extensive lattice calculation of the renormalization constants of bilinear and four-quark operators for the non-perturbatively O(a)-improved Wilson action. The results are obtained in the quenched approximation at four values of the lattice coupling by using the non-perturbative RI/MOM renormalization method. Several sources of systematic uncertainties, including discretization errors and final volume effects, are examined. The contribution of the Goldstone pole, which in some cases may affect the extrapolation of the renormalization constants to the chiral limit, is non-perturbatively subtracted. The scale independent renormalization constants of bilinear quark operators have been also computed by using the lattice chiral Ward identities approach and compared with those obtained with the RI-MOM method. For those renormalization constants the non-perturbative estimates of which have been already presented in the literature we find an agreement which is typically at the level of 1%...
Chishtie, F A
2002-01-01
Pade approximants (PA) have been widely applied in practically all areas of physics. This thesis focuses on developing PA as tools for both perturbative and non- perturbative quantum field theory (QFT). In perturbative QFT, we systematically estimate higher (unknown) loop terms via the asymptotic formula devised by Samuel et al. This algorithm, generally denoted as the asymptotic Pade approximation procedure (APAP), has greatly enhanced scope when it is applied to renormalization-group-(RG-) invariant quantities. A presently-unknown higher-loop quantity can then be matched with the approximant over the entire momentum region of phenomenological interest. Furthermore, the predicted value of the RG coefficients can be compared with the RG-accessible coefficients (at the higher-loop order), allowing a clearer indication of the accuracy of the predicted RG-inaccessible term. This methodology is applied to hadronic Higgs decay rates (H → bb¯ and H → gg, both within the Standard Model and...
Mojaza, Matin; Brodsky, Stanley J; Wu, Xing-Gang
2013-05-10
We introduce a generalization of the conventional renormalization schemes used in dimensional regularization, which illuminates the renormalization scheme and scale ambiguities of perturbative QCD predictions, exposes the general pattern of nonconformal {β(i)} terms, and reveals a special degeneracy of the terms in the perturbative coefficients. It allows us to systematically determine the argument of the running coupling order by order in perturbative QCD in a form which can be readily automatized. The new method satisfies all of the principles of the renormalization group and eliminates an unnecessary source of systematic error.
NanoARPES of twisted bilayer graphene on SiC: absence of velocity renormalization for small angles.
Razado-Colambo, I; Avila, J; Nys, J-P; Chen, C; Wallart, X; Asensio, M-C; Vignaud, D
2016-06-06
The structural and electronic properties of twisted bilayer graphene (TBG) on SiC(000) grown by Si flux-assisted molecular beam epitaxy were investigated using scanning tunneling microscopy (STM) and angle-resolved photoelectron spectroscopy with nanometric spatial resolution. STM images revealed a wide distribution of twist angles between the two graphene layers. The electronic structure recorded in single TBG grains showed two closely-spaced Dirac π bands associated to the two stacked layers with respective twist angles in the range 1-3°. The renormalization of velocity predicted in previous theoretical calculations for small twist angles was not observed.
Blossier, B; Brinet, M; De Soto, F; Du, X; Gravina, M; Liu, Z; Morenas, V; Pène, O; Petrov, K; Rodríguez-Quintero, J
2011-01-01
We study RI/MOM renormalization constants of bilinear quark operators for $N_f=4$ and the strong coupling constant for $N_f=2+1+1$ using Wilson twisted-mass fermions. We use the "egalitarian" method to remove H(4) hypercubic artifacts non-perturbatively, which enables us to study physical quantities in a wide range of momenta. We then apply OPE in studying the running behavior of $Z_q$ and $\\alpha_s$, from which we are able to extract the Landau gauge dimension-two gluon condensate $$ which is of phenomenological interest.
Fine-tuning problem in renormalized perturbation theory: Spontaneously-broken gauge models
Foda, O.E. (Purdue Univ., Lafayette, IN (USA). Dept. of Physics)
1983-04-28
We study the stability of tree-level gauge hierarchies at higher orders in renormalized perturbation theory, in a model with spontaneously-broken gauge symmetries. We confirm previous results indicating that if the model is renormalized using BPHZ, then the tree-level hierarchy is not upset by the radiative corrections. Consequently, no fine-tuning of the initial parameters is required to maintain it, in contrast to the result obtained using Dimensional Renormalization. This verifies the conclusion that the need for fine-tuning, when it arises, is an artifact of the application of a certain class of renormalization schemes.
Constantinou, M. [Cyprus Univ., Nicosia (Cyprus). Dept. of Physics; Dimopoulos, P. [Roma ' ' La Sapienza' ' Univ. (Italy). Dipt. di Fisica; INFN, Rome (Italy); Frezzotti, R. [Roma ' ' Tor Vergata' ' Univ. (Italy). Dipt. di Fisica; INFN, Roma (IT)] (and others)
2010-06-15
We present results for the renormalization constants of bilinear quark operators obtained b4>UNL<426>UNL using the tree-level Symanzik improved gauge action and the N{sub f}=2 twisted mass fermion action at maximal twist, which guarantees automatic O(a)- improvement. Our results are also relevant for the corresponding standard (untwisted) Wilson fermionic action since the two actions only differ, in the massless limit, by a chiral rotation of the quark fields. The scale-independent renormalization constants Z{sub V}, Z{sub A} and the ratio Z{sub P}/Z{sub S} have been computed using the RI-MOM approach, as well as other alternative methods. For Z{sub A} and Z{sub P}/Z{sub S}, the latter are based on both standard twisted mass and Osterwalder-Seiler fermions, while for Z{sub V} a Ward Identity has been used. The quark field renormalization constant Z{sub q} and the scale dependent renormalization constants Z{sub S}, Z{sub P} and Z{sub T} are determined in the RI-MOM scheme. Leading discretization effects of O(g{sup 2}a{sup 2}), evaluated in one-loop perturbation theory, are explicitly subtracted from the RI-MOM estimates. (orig.)
A non-perturbative real-space renormalization group scheme for the spin-1/2 XXX Heisenberg model
Degenhard, Andreas
1999-01-01
In this article we apply a recently invented analytical real-space renormalization group formulation which is based on numerical concepts of the density matrix renormalization group. Within a rigorous mathematical framework we construct non-perturbative renormalization group transformations for the spin-1/2 XXX Heisenberg model in the finite temperature regime. The developed renormalization group scheme allows for calculating the renormalization group flow behaviour in the temperature depende...
Non-perturbative renormalization of static-light four-fermion operators in quenched lattice QCD
Palombi, F. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany); Papinutto, M.; Pena, C. [CERN, Geneva (Switzerland). Physics Dept., Theory Div.; Wittig, H. [Mainz Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Kernphysik
2007-06-15
We perform a non-perturbative study of the scale-dependent renormalization factors of a multiplicatively renormalizable basis of {delta}B=2 parity-odd four-fermion operators in quenched lattice QCD. Heavy quarks are treated in the static approximation with various lattice discretizations of the static action. Light quarks are described by nonperturbatively O(a) improved Wilson-type fermions. The renormalization group running is computed for a family of Schroedinger functional (SF) schemes through finite volume techniques in the continuum limit. We compute non-perturbatively the relation between the renormalization group invariant operators and their counterparts renormalized in the SF at a low energy scale. Furthermore, we provide non-perturbative estimates for the matching between the lattice regularized theory and all the SF schemes considered. (orig.)
Non-perturbative improvement of quark mass renormalization in two-flavour lattice QCD
Fritzsch, Patrick; Tantalo, Nazario
2010-01-01
We non-perturbatively determine the renormalization constant and the improvement coefficients relating the renormalized current and subtracted quark mass in O(a) improved two-flavour lattice QCD. We employ the Schr\\"odinger functional scheme and fix the physical extent of the box by working at a constant value of the renormalized coupling. Our calculation yields results which cover two regions of bare parameter space. One is the weak-coupling region suitable for volumes of about half a fermi. By making simulations in this region, quarks as heavy as the bottom can be propagated with the full relativistic QCD action and renormalization problems in HQET can be solved non-perturbatively by a matching to QCD in finite volume. The other region refers to the common parameter range in large-volume simulations of two-flavour lattice QCD, where our results have particular relevance for charm physics applications.
Non-perturbative renormalization of the quark condensate in Ginsparg-Wilson regularizations
Hernández, Pilar; Lellouch, L P; Wittig, H; Hernandez, Pilar; Jansen, Karl; Lellouch, Laurent; Wittig, Hartmut
2001-01-01
We present a method to compute non-perturbatively the renormalization constant of the scalar density for Ginsparg-Wilson fermions. It relies on chiral symmetry and is based on a matching of renormalization group invariant masses at fixed pseudoscalar meson mass, making use of results previously obtained by the ALPHA Collaboration for O(a)-improved Wilson fermions. Our approach is quite general and enables the renormalization of scalar and pseudoscalar densities in lattice regularizations that preserve chiral symmetry and of fermion masses in any regularization. As an application we compute the non-perturbative factor which relates the renormalization group invariant quark condensate to its bare counterpart, obtained with overlap fermions at beta=5.85 in the quenched approximation.
Brambilla, Michele
2013-01-01
Numerical Stochastic Perturbation Theory was able to get three- (and even four-) loop results for finite Lattice QCD renormalization constants. More recently, a conceptual and technical framework has been devised to tame finite size effects, which had been reported to be significant for (logarithmically) divergent renormalization constants. In this work we present three-loop results for fermion bilinears in the Lattice QCD regularization defined by tree-level Symanzik improved gauge action and n_f=2 Wilson fermions. We discuss both finite and divergent renormalization constants in the RI'-MOM scheme. Since renormalization conditions are defined in the chiral limit, our results also apply to Twisted Mass QCD, for which non-perturbative computations of the same quantities are available. We emphasize the importance of carefully accounting for both finite lattice space and finite volume effects. In our opinion the latter have in general not attracted the attention they would deserve.
Nakamura, Yousuke; Taniguchi, Yusuke; Collaboration, for CP-PACS
2007-01-01
We present non-perturbative renormalization factors for $\\Delta S=2$ four-quark operators in quenched domain-wall QCD using the Schroedinger functional method. Non-perturbative renormalization factor for $B_K$ is evaluated at hadronic scale. Combined with the non-perturbative RG running obtained by the Alpha collaboration, our result yields renormalization factor which converts lattice bare $B_K$ to the renormalization group invariant one. We apply the renormalization factor to bare $B_K$ pre...
Twist, writhe and energy from the helicity of magnetic perturbed vortex filaments
de Andrade, Luiz Carlos Garcia
2007-01-01
The twist and writhe numbers and magnetic energy of an orthogonally perturbed vortex filaments are obtained from the computation of the magnetic helicity of geodesic and abnormal magnetohydrodynamical (MHD) vortex filament solutions. Twist is computed from a formula recently derived by Berger and Prior [J. Phys. A 39 (2006) 8321] and finally writhe is computed from the theorem that the helicity is proportional to the sum of twist and writhe. The writhe number is proportional to the total tors...
Renormalized parameters and perturbation theory in dynamical mean-field theory for the Hubbard model
Hewson, A. C.
2016-11-01
We calculate the renormalized parameters for the quasiparticles and their interactions for the Hubbard model in the paramagnetic phase as deduced from the low-energy Fermi-liquid fixed point using the results of a numerical renormalization-group calculation (NRG) and dynamical mean-field theory (DMFT). Even in the low-density limit there is significant renormalization of the local quasiparticle interaction U ˜, in agreement with estimates based on the two-particle scattering theory of J. Kanamori [Prog. Theor. Phys. 30, 275 (1963), 10.1143/PTP.30.275]. On the approach to the Mott transition we find a finite ratio for U ˜/D ˜ , where 2 D ˜ is the renormalized bandwidth, which is independent of whether the transition is approached by increasing the on-site interaction U or on increasing the density to half filling. The leading ω2 term in the self-energy and the local dynamical spin and charge susceptibilities are calculated within the renormalized perturbation theory (RPT) and compared with the results calculated directly from the NRG-DMFT. We also suggest, more generally from the DMFT, how an approximate expression for the q ,ω spin susceptibility χ (q ,ω ) can be derived from repeated quasiparticle scattering with a local renormalized scattering vertex.
Non-perturbative renormalization of the static axial current in two-flavour QCD
Della Morte, M; Heitger, J; Fritzsch, Patrick; Heitger, Jochen; Morte, Michele Della
2007-01-01
We perform the non-perturbative renormalization of matrix elements of the static-light axial current by a computation of its scale dependence in lattice QCD with two flavours of massless O(a) improved Wilson quarks. The regularization independent factor that relates any running renormalized matrix element of the axial current in the static effective theory to the renormalization group invariant one is evaluated in the Schroedinger functional scheme, where in this case we find a significant deviation of the non-perturbative running from the perturbative prediction. An important technical ingredient to improve the precision of the results consists in the use of modified discretizations of the static quark action introduced earlier by our collaboration. As an illustration how to apply the renormalization of the static axial current presented here, we connect the bare matrix element of the current to the B_s-meson decay constant in the static approximation for one value of the lattice spacing, a ~ 0.08 fm, employ...
On the perturbative renormalization of four-quark operators for new physics
Papinutto, M. [Roma Univ. (Italy). Dipt. di Fisica; INFN, Sezione di Roma (Italy); Pena, C. [Univ. Autonoma de Madrid (Spain). Dept. de Fisica Teorica; Univ. Autonoma de Madrid (Spain). Inst. de Fisica Teorica UAM-CSIC; Preti, D. [Univ. Autonoma de Madrid (Spain). Inst. de Fisica Teorica UAM-CSIC
2017-06-15
We discuss the renormalization properties of the full set of ΔF = 2 operators involved in BSM processes, including the definition of RGI versions of operators that exhibit mixing under RG transformations. As a first step for a fully non-perturbative determination of the scale-dependent renormalization factors and their runnings, we introduce a family of appropriate Schroedinger Functional schemes, and study them in perturbation theory. This allows, in particular, to determine the NLO anomalous dimensions of all ΔF = 1,2 operators in these schemes. Finally, we discuss the systematic uncertainties related to the use of NLO perturbation theory for the RG running of four-quark operators to scales in the GeV range, in both our SF schemes and standard MS and RI-MOM schemes. Large truncation effects are found for some of the operators considered. (orig.)
Constantinou, Martha; Frezzotti, Roberto; Lubicz, Vittorio; Panagopoulos, Haralambos; Skouroupathis, Apostolos; Stylianou, Fotos
2010-01-01
In this work we calculate the corrections to the amputated Green's functions of 4-fermion operators, in 1-loop Lattice Perturbation theory. One of the novel aspects of our calculations is that they are carried out to O(a^2) (a: lattice spacing). We employ the Wilson/clover action for massless fermions (also applicable for the twisted mass action in the chiral limit) and a family of Symanzik improved actions for gluons. Our calculations have been carried out in a general covariant gauge. Results have been obtained for several popular choices of values for the Symanzik coefficients. While our Green's function calculations regard any pointlike 4-fermion operators which do not mix with lower dimension ones, we pay particular attention to DF=2 operators, both Parity Conserving and Parity Violating (F: flavour). We compute the perturbative renormalization constants for a complete basis of 4-fermion operators and we study their mixing pattern. For some of the actions considered here, even O(a^0) results did not exis...
Nibbelink, Stefan Groot
2016-01-01
Inspired by the tachyon-free non-supersymmetric heterotic SO(16)xSO(16) string we consider a special class of non-supersymmetric field theories: Those that can be obtained from supersymmetric field theories by supersymmetry breaking twists. We argue that such theories, like their supersymmetric counter parts, may still possess some fermionic symmetries as left-overs of the super gauge transformations and have special one-loop non-renormalization properties due to holomorphicity. In addition, we extend the supergraph techniques to these theories to calculate some explicit supersymmetry-breaking corrections.
Non-perturbative renormalization of quark bilinear operators and B_K using domain wall fermions
Aoki, Y; Christ, N H; Dawson, C; Donnellan, M A; Izubuchi, T; Juttner, A; Li, S; Mawhinney, R D; Noaki, J; Sachrajda, Christopher T C; Soni, A; Tweedie, R J; Yamaguchi, A
2007-01-01
We present a calculation of the renormalization coefficients of the quark bilinear operators and the K-Kbar mixing parameter B_K. The coefficients relating the bare lattice operators to those in the RI/MOM scheme are computed non-perturbatively and then matched perturbatively to the MSbar scheme. The coefficients are calculated on the RBC/UKQCD 2+1 flavor dynamical lattice configurations. Specifically we use a 16^3 x 32 lattice volume, the Iwasaki gauge action at beta=2.13 and domain wall fermions with L_s=16.
Nakamura, Y
2007-01-01
We present non-perturbative renormalization factors for $\\Delta S=2$ four-quark operators in quenched domain-wall QCD using the Schroedinger functional method. Non-perturbative renormalization factor for $B_K$ is evaluated at hadronic scale. Combined with the non-perturbative RG running obtained by the Alpha collaboration, our result yields renormalization factor which converts lattice bare $B_K$ to the renormalization group invariant one. We apply the renormalization factor to bare $B_K$ previously obtained by the CP-PACS collaboration with the quenched domain-wall QCD(DWQCD). We compare our result with previous ones obtained by perturbative renormalization factors, different renormalization schemes or different quark actions. We also show that chiral symmetry breaking effects in the renormalization factor are numerically small.
Perturbative subtraction of lattice artifacts in the computation of renormalization constants
Constantinou, M; Gockeler, M; Horsley, R; Panagopoulos, H; Perlt, H; Rakow, P E L; Schierholz, G; Schiller, A
2012-01-01
The determination of renormalization factors is of crucial importance. They relate the observables obtained on finite, discrete lattices to their measured counterparts in the continuum in a suitable renormalization scheme. Therefore, they have to be computed as precisely as possible. A widely used approach is the nonperturbative Rome-Southampton method. It requires, however, a careful treatment of lattice artifacts. They are always present because simulations are done at lattice spacings $a$ and momenta $p$ with $ap$ not necessarily small. In this paper we try to suppress these artifacts by subtraction of one-loop contributions in lattice perturbation theory. We compare results obtained from a complete one-loop subtraction with those calculated for a subtraction of $O(a^2)$.
Non-perturbative renormalization of tensor bilinears in Schr\\"odinger Functional schemes
Fritzsch, Patrick; Preti, David
2015-01-01
We present preliminary result for the study of the renormalization group evolution of tensor bilinears in Schr\\"odinger Functional (SF) schemes for $N_f=0$ and $N_f=2$ QCD with non-perturbatively $\\mathcal{O}(a)$-improved Wilson fermions. First $N_f=2+1$ results (proceeding in parallel with the ongoing computation of the running quark masses [1] are also discussed. A one-loop perturbative calculation of the discretisation effects for the relevant step scaling functions has been carried out for both Wilson and $\\mathcal{O}(a)$-improved actions and for a large number of lattice resolutions. We also calculate the two-loop anomalous dimension in SF schemes for tensor currents through a scheme matching procedure with RI and $\\overline{\\rm MS}$. Thanks to the SF iterative procedure the non-perturbative running over two orders of magnitude in energy scales, as well as the corresponding Renormalization Group Invariant operators, have been determined.
B-physics from non-perturbatively renormalized HQET in two-flavour lattice QCD
Bernardoni, Fabio; Bulava, John; Della Morte, Michele; Fritzsch, Patrick; Garron, Nicolas; Gerardin, Antoine; Heitger, Jochen; von Hippel, Georg M; Simma, Hubert
2013-01-01
We report on the ALPHA Collaboration's lattice B-physics programme based on N_f=2 O(a) improved Wilson fermions and HQET, including all NLO effects in the inverse heavy quark mass, as well as non-perturbative renormalization and matching, to fix the parameters of the effective theory. Our simulations in large physical volume cover 3 lattice spacings a ~ (0.08-0.05) fm and pion masses down to 190 MeV to control continuum and chiral extrapolations. We present the status of results for the b-quark mass and the B_(s)-meson decay constants, f_B and f_{B_s}.
Non-perturbative fixed points and renormalization group improved effective potential
A.G. Dias
2014-12-01
Full Text Available The stability conditions of a renormalization group improved effective potential have been discussed in the case of scalar QED and QCD with a colorless scalar. We calculate the same potential in these models assuming the existence of non-perturbative fixed points associated with a conformal phase. In the case of scalar QED the barrier of instability found previously is barely displaced as we approach the fixed point, and in the case of QCD with a colorless scalar not only the barrier is changed but the local minimum of the potential is also changed.
Khellat, M
2016-01-01
We first consider the idea of renormalization group-induced estimates, in the context of optimization procedures, for the Brodsky-Lepage-Mackenzie approach to generate higher-order contributions for QCD perturbative series. Secondly, we develop the deviation pattern approach (DPA) in which through a series of comparisons between lower-order RG-induced estimates and the corresponding analytical calculations, we modify higher-order RG-induced estimates. Finally, using the normal estimation procedure and DPA, we get estimates of $\\alpha_s^4$ corrections for the Bjorken sum rule of polarized deed-inelastic scattering and for the non-singlet contribution to the Adler function.
Freitag, Leon; Knecht, Stefan; Angeli, Celestino; Reiher, Markus
2017-02-14
We present a second-order N-electron valence state perturbation theory (NEVPT2) based on a density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) reference wave function that exploits a Cholesky decomposition of the two-electron repulsion integrals (CD-DMRG-NEVPT2). With a parameter-free multireference perturbation theory approach at hand, the latter allows us to efficiently describe static and dynamic correlation in large molecular systems. We demonstrate the applicability of CD-DMRG-NEVPT2 for spin-state energetics of spin-crossover complexes involving calculations with more than 1000 atomic basis functions. We first assess, in a study of a heme model, the accuracy of the strongly and partially contracted variant of CD-DMRG-NEVPT2 before embarking on resolving a controversy about the spin ground state of a cobalt tropocoronand complex.
Freitag, Leon; Angeli, Celestino; Reiher, Markus
2016-01-01
We present a second-order N-electron valence state perturbation theory (NEVPT2) based on a density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) reference wave function that exploits a Cholesky decomposition of the two-electron repulsion integrals (CD-DMRG-NEVPT2). With a parameter-free multireference perturbation theory approach at hand, the latter allows us to efficiently describe static and dynamic correlation in large molecular systems. We demonstrate the applicability of CD-DMRG-NEVPT2 for spin-state energetics of spin-crossover complexes involving calculations with more than 1000 atomic basis functions. We first assess in a study of a heme model the accuracy of the strongly- and partially-contracted variant of CD-DMRG-NEVPT2 before embarking on resolving a controversy about the spin ground state of a cobalt tropocoronand complex.
Cutoff effects for Wilson twisted mass fermions at tree-level of perturbation theory
Cichy, K.; Kujawa, A. [Poznan Univ. (Poland). Faculty of Physics; Gonzalez Lopez, J. [Humboldt-Universitaet, Berlin (Germany). Inst. fuer Physik]|[Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany); Jansen, K. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany); Shindler, A. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany). John von Neumann-Inst. fuer Computing NIC
2007-10-15
We study cutoff effects at tree-level of perturbation theory for standardWilson andWilson twisted mass fermionic lattice actions with N{sub f}=2 flavour degenerate quarks. The discretization effects are investigated by computing the mass spectrum and decay amplitudes for different hadron interpolating fields and the scaling behaviour towards the continuum limit is analyzed. It is shown that the Wilson and the mass average methods are equivalent and lead to O(a) improved R{sub 5}-parity even lattice observables. We also demonstrate that automatic O(a) improvement works in case of Wilson twisted mass fermions at maximal twist and that this improvement is realized even if the condition of maximal twist is achieved only up to O(a) cutoff effects. We demonstrate that in the chiral limit standard Wilson fermions show scaling violations of O(a{sup 2}) while for maximally twisted mass fermions these violations are only of O(a{sup 4}). For our analytical calculations, lattices with sizes L=aN and periodic boundary conditions in the spatial directions have been chosen while infinite extension in the time direction, L4={infinity}, is considered. (orig.)
Perturbative running of the twisted Yang-Mills coupling in the gradient flow scheme
Bribian, Eduardo I
2016-01-01
We report on our ongoing computation of the perturbative running of the Yang-Mills coupling using gradient flow techniques. In particular, we use the gradient flow method with twisted boundary conditions to perform a perturbative expansion of the expectation value of the Yang-Mills energy density up to fourth order in the coupling at finite flow time. We regularise the resulting integrals using dimensional regularisation, and reproduce the universal coefficient of the 1/{\\epsilon} term in the relation between bare and renormalised couplings. The computation of the finite part leading to a determination of the {\\Lambda} parameter in this scheme is underway.
Brida, Mattia Dalla; Vilaseca, Pol
2016-01-01
The chirally rotated Schr\\"odinger functional ($\\chi$SF) renders the mechanism of automatic $O(a)$ improvement compatible with Schr\\"odinger functional (SF) renormalization schemes. Here we define a family of renormalization schemes based on the $\\chi$SF for a complete basis of $\\Delta F = 2$ parity-odd four-fermion operators. We compute the corresponding scale-dependent renormalization constants to one-loop order in perturbation theory and obtain their NLO anomalous dimensions by matching to the $\\overline{\\textrm{MS}}$ scheme. Due to automatic $O(a)$ improvement, once the $\\chi$SF is renormalized and improved at the boundaries, the step scaling functions (SSF) of these operators approach their continuum limit with $O(a^{2})$ corrections without the need of operator improvement.
Non-perturbative renormalization of quark mass in Nf=2+1 QCD with the Schroedinger functional scheme
Aoki, S; Ishizuka, N; Izubuchi, T; Kanaya, K; Kuramashi, Y; Murano, K; Namekawa, Y; Okawa, M; Taniguchi, Y; Ukawa, A; Ukita, N; Yoshié, T
2010-01-01
We present an evaluation of the quark mass renormalization factor for Nf=2+1 QCD. The Schroedinger functional scheme is employed as the intermediate scheme to carry out non-perturbative running from the low energy region, where renormalization of bare mass is performed on the lattice, to deep in the high energy perturbative region, where the conversion to the renormalization group invariant mass or the MS-bar scheme is safely carried out. For numerical simulations we adopted the Iwasaki gauge action and non-perturbatively improved Wilson fermion action with the clover term. Seven renormalization scales are used to cover from low to high energy regions and three lattice spacings to take the continuum limit at each scale. The regularization independent step scaling function of the quark mass for the Nf=2+1 QCD is obtained in the continuum limit. Renormalization factors for the pseudo scalar density and the axial vector current are also evaluated for the same action and the bare couplings as two recent large sca...
Non-perturbative QCD: renormalization, O(a)-improvement and matching to Heavy Quark Effective Theory
Sommer, R
2006-01-01
We give an introduction to three topics in lattice gauge theory: I. The Schroedinger Functional and O(a) improvement. O(a) improvement has been reviewed several times. Here we focus on explaining the basic ideas in detail and then proceed directly to an overview of the literature and our personal assessment of what has been achieved and what is missing. II. The computation of the running coupling, running quark masses and the extraction of the renormalization group invariants. We focus on the basic strategy and on the large effort that has been invested in understanding the continuum limit. We point out what remains to be done. III. Non-perturbative Heavy Quark Effective Theory. Since the literature on this subject is still rather sparse, we go beyond the basic ideas and discuss in some detail how the theory works in principle and in practice.
Non-perturbative QCD. Renormalization, O(a)-improvement and matching to heavy quark effective theory
Sommer, R.
2006-11-15
We give an introduction to three topics in lattice gauge theory: I. The Schroedinger Functional and O(a) improvement. O(a) improvement has been reviewed several times. Here we focus on explaining the basic ideas in detail and then proceed directly to an overview of the literature and our personal assessment of what has been achieved and what is missing. II. The computation of the running coupling, running quark masses and the extraction of the renormalization group invariants. We focus on the basic strategy and on the large effort that has been invested in understanding the continuum limit. We point out what remains to be done. III. Non-perturbative Heavy Quark Effective Theory. Since the literature on this subject is still rather sparse, we go beyond the basic ideas and discuss in some detail how the theory works in principle and in practice. (orig.)
Twisted mass, overlap and Creutz fermions. Cut-off effects at tree-level of perturbation theory
Cichy, K.; Kujawa, A. [Poznan Univ. (Poland). Faculty of Physics; Gonzalez Lopez, J. [Humboldt-Universitaet, Berlin (Germany). Inst. fuer Physik]|[Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany); Jansen, K. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany); Shindler, A. [Liverpool Univ. (United Kingdom). Theoretical Physics Division, Dept. of Mathematical Sicences
2008-02-15
We study cutoff effects at tree-level of perturbation theory for maximally twisted mass Wilson, overlap and the recently proposed Creutz fermions. We demonstrate that all three kind of lattice fermions exhibit the expected O(a{sup 2}) scaling behaviour in the lattice spacing. In addition, the sizes of these cutoff effects are comparable for the three kinds of lattice fermions considered here. Furthermore, we analyze situations when twisted mass fermions are not exactly at maximal twist and when overlap fermions are studied in comparison to twisted mass fermions when the quark masses are not matched. (orig.)
A new determination of $\\alpha_S$ from Renormalization Group Optimized Perturbation
Kneur, J-L
2013-01-01
A new version of the so-called optimized perturbation (OPT), implementing consistently renormalization group properties, is used to calculate the nonperturbative ratio $F_\\pi/\\overline\\Lambda$ of the pion decay constant and the basic QCD scale in the $\\overline{MS}$ scheme. Using the experimental $F_\\pi$ input value it provides a new determination of $\\overline\\Lambda$ for $n_f=2$ and $n_f=3$, and of the QCD coupling constant $\\overline\\alpha_S $ at various scales once combined with a standard perturbative evolution. The stability and empirical convergence properties of the RGOPT modified series is demonstrated up to the third order. We examine the difference sources of theoretical uncertainties and obtain $\\overline\\alpha_S (m_Z) =0.1174 ^{+.0010}_{-.0005} \\pm .001 \\pm .0005_{evol}$, where the first errors are estimates of the intrinsic theoretical uncertainties of our method, and the second errors come from present uncertainties in $F_\\pi/F_0$, where $F_0$ is $F_\\pi$ in the exact chiral $SU(3)$ limit.
\\alpha_S from $F_\\pi$ and Renormalization Group Optimized Perturbation
Kneur, J -L
2013-01-01
A variant of variationally optimized perturbation, incorporating renormalization group properties in a straightforward way, uniquely fixes the variational mass interpolation in terms of the anomalous mass dimension. It is used at three successive orders to calculate the nonperturbative ratio $F_\\pi/\\Lambda$ of the pion decay constant and the basic QCD scale in the MSbar scheme. We demonstrate the good stability and (empirical) convergence properties of this modified perturbative series for this quantity, and provide simple and generic cures to previous problems of the method, principally the generally non-unique and non-real optimal solutions beyond lowest order. Using the experimental $F_\\pi$ input value we determine \\Lambda^{n_f=2}\\simeq 359^{+38}_{-25} \\pm 5 MeV and \\Lambda^{n_f=3}=317^{+14}_{-7} \\pm 13 MeV, where the first quoted errors are our estimate of theoretical uncertainties of the method, which we consider conservative. The second uncertainties come from the present uncertainties in F_\\pi/F and F_...
General framework of the non-perturbative renormalization group for non-equilibrium steady states
Canet, Leonie [Laboratoire de Physique et Modelisation des Milieux Condenses, Universite Joseph Fourier Grenoble I-CNRS, BP166, 38042 Grenoble Cedex (France); Chate, Hugues [Service de Physique de l' Etat Condense, CEA-Saclay, 91191 Gif-sur-Yvette Cedex (France); Delamotte, Bertrand, E-mail: leonie.canet@grenoble.cnrs.fr [Laboratoire de Physique Theorique de la Matiere Condensee, Universite Pierre et Marie Curie, Paris VI, CNRS UMR 7600, 4 Place Jussieu, 75252 Paris Cedex 05 (France)
2011-12-09
This paper is devoted to presenting in detail the non-perturbative renormalization group (NPRG) formalism to investigate out-of-equilibrium systems and critical dynamics in statistical physics. The general NPRG framework for studying non-equilibrium steady states in stochastic models is expounded and fundamental technicalities are stressed, mainly regarding the role of causality and of It o-bar 's discretization. We analyze the consequences of It o-bar 's prescription in the NPRG framework and eventually provide an adequate regularization to encode them automatically. Besides, we show how to build a supersymmetric NPRG formalism with emphasis on time-reversal symmetric problems, whose supersymmetric structure allows for a particularly simple implementation of NPRG in which causality issues are transparent. We illustrate the two approaches on the example of Model A within the derivative expansion approximation at order 2 and check that they yield identical results. We stress, though, that the framework presented here also applies to genuinely out-of-equilibrium problems. (paper)
Ahmady, M R; Elias, V; Fariborz, A H; McKeon, D G C; Sherry, T N; Squires, A; Steele, T G
2003-01-01
Using renormalization-group methods, we derive differential equations for the all-orders summation of logarithmic corrections to the QCD series for $R(s) =\\sigma(e^+e^- \\to {\\rm hadrons})/\\sigma(e^+e^- \\to \\mu^+\\mu^-)$, as obtained from the imaginary part of the purely-perturbative vector-current correlation function. We present explicit solutions for the summation of leading and up to three subsequent subleading orders of logarithms. The summations accessible from the four-loop vector-correlator not only lead to a substantial reduction in sensitivity to the renormalization scale, but necessarily impose a common infrared bound on perturbative approximations to $R(s)$, regardless of the infrared behaviour of the true QCD couplant.
Non-perturbative renormalization of quark mass in Nf=2+1 QCD with the Schroedinger functional scheme
Taniguchi, Yusuke
2010-01-01
We present an evaluation of the quark mass renormalization factor for Nf=2+1 QCD. The Schroedinger functional scheme is employed as the intermediate scheme to carry out non-perturbative running from the low energy to deep in the high energy perturbative region. The regularization independent step scaling function of the quark mass is obtained in the continuum limit. Renormalization factors for the pseudo scalar density and the axial vector current are also evaluated for the same action and the bare couplings as two recent large scale Nf=2+1 simulations; previous work of the CP-PACS/JLQCD collaboration, which covered the up-down quark mass range heavier than m_pi=500 MeV and that of PACS-CS collaboration on the physical point using the reweighting technique.
Non-perturbative renormalization of the energy-momentum tensor in SU(3) Yang-Mills theory
Giusti, Leonardo
2014-01-01
We present a strategy for a non-perturbative determination of the finite renormalization constants of the energy-momentum tensor in the SU(3) Yang-Mills theory. The computation is performed by imposing on the lattice suitable Ward Identites at finite temperature in presence of shifted boundary conditions. We show accurate preliminary numerical data for values of the bare coupling g_0^2 ranging for 0 to 1.
Non-perturbative renormalization of the static quark theory in a large volume
Korcyl, Piotr; Ishikawa, Tomomi
2015-01-01
We report on progress to renormalize non-pertubatively the static heavy quark theory on the lattice. In particular, we present first results for position-space renormalization scheme for heavy-light bilinears. We test our approach on RBC's 16^3 x 32 lattice ensemble with m_pi = 420 MeV, Iwasaki gauge action and domain wall light fermions.
Charmless chiral perturbation theory for N_f=2+1+1 twisted mass lattice QCD
Bar, Oliver
2014-01-01
The chiral Lagrangian describing the low-energy behavior of N_f=2+1+1 twisted mass lattice QCD is constructed through O(a^2). In contrast to existing results the effects of a heavy charm quark are consistently removed, leaving behind a charmless 3-flavor Lagrangian. This Lagrangian is used to compute the pion and kaon masses to one loop in a regime where the pion mass splitting is large and taken as a leading order effect. In comparison with continuum chiral perturbation theory additional chiral logarithms are present in the results. In particular, chiral logarithms involving the neutral pion mass appear. These predict rather large finite volume corrections in the kaon mass which roughly account for the finite volume effects observed in lattice data.
Brito, L.C.T. [Federal University of Minas Gerais, Physics Department, ICEx, PO Box 702, 30.161-970 Belo Horizonte, MG (Brazil)], E-mail: lctbrito@fisica.ufmg.br; Fargnoli, H.G. [Federal University of Minas Gerais, Physics Department, ICEx, PO Box 702, 30.161-970 Belo Horizonte, MG (Brazil)], E-mail: helvecio@fisica.ufmg.br; Baeta Scarpelli, A.P. [Centro Federal de Educacao Tecnologica, MG, Avenida Amazonas, 7675, 30510-000 Nova Gameleira, Belo Horizonte, MG (Brazil)], E-mail: scarp@fisica.ufmg.br; Sampaio, Marcos [Federal University of Minas Gerais, Physics Department, ICEx, PO Box 702, 30.161-970 Belo Horizonte, MG (Brazil)], E-mail: msampaio@fisica.ufmg.br; Nemes, M.C. [Federal University of Minas Gerais, Physics Department, ICEx, PO Box 702, 30.161-970 Belo Horizonte, MG (Brazil)], E-mail: carolina@fisica.ufmg.br
2009-03-23
We show that to n loop order the divergent content of a Feynman amplitude is spanned by a set of basic (logarithmically divergent) integrals I{sub log}{sup (i)}({lambda}{sup 2}), i=1,2,...,n, {lambda} being the renormalization group scale, which need not be evaluated. Only the coefficients of the basic divergent integrals are show to determine renormalization group functions. Relations between these coefficients of different loop orders are derived.
Hannon, Kevin P; Li, Chenyang; Evangelista, Francesco A
2016-05-28
We report an efficient implementation of a second-order multireference perturbation theory based on the driven similarity renormalization group (DSRG-MRPT2) [C. Li and F. A. Evangelista, J. Chem. Theory Comput. 11, 2097 (2015)]. Our implementation employs factorized two-electron integrals to avoid storage of large four-index intermediates. It also exploits the block structure of the reference density matrices to reduce the computational cost to that of second-order Møller-Plesset perturbation theory. Our new DSRG-MRPT2 implementation is benchmarked on ten naphthyne isomers using basis sets up to quintuple-ζ quality. We find that the singlet-triplet splittings (ΔST) of the naphthyne isomers strongly depend on the equilibrium structures. For a consistent set of geometries, the ΔST values predicted by the DSRG-MRPT2 are in good agreements with those computed by the reduced multireference coupled cluster theory with singles, doubles, and perturbative triples.
V. Bacsó
2015-12-01
Full Text Available In this paper we study the c-function of the sine-Gordon model taking explicitly into account the periodicity of the interaction potential. The integration of the c-function along trajectories of the non-perturbative renormalization group flow gives access to the central charges of the model in the fixed points. The results at vanishing frequency β2, where the periodicity does not play a role, are retrieved and the independence on the cutoff regulator for small frequencies is discussed. Our findings show that the central charge obtained integrating the trajectories starting from the repulsive low-frequencies fixed points (β2<8π to the infra-red limit is in good quantitative agreement with the expected Δc=1 result. The behavior of the c-function in the other parts of the flow diagram is also discussed. Finally, we point out that including also higher harmonics in the renormalization group treatment at the level of local potential approximation is not sufficient to give reasonable results, even if the periodicity is taken into account. Rather, incorporating the wave-function renormalization (i.e. going beyond local potential approximation is crucial to get sensible results even when a single frequency is used.
Renormalization: an advanced overview
Gurau, R.; Rivasseau, V.; Sfondrini, A.|info:eu-repo/dai/nl/330983083
2014-01-01
We present several approaches to renormalization in QFT: the multi-scale analysis in perturbative renormalization, the functional methods \\`a la Wetterich equation, and the loop-vertex expansion in non-perturbative renormalization. While each of these is quite well-established, they go beyond
Bound states of the $\\phi^4$ model via the Non-Perturbative Renormalization Group
Rose, F; Leonard, F; Delamotte, B
2016-01-01
Using the nonperturbative renormalization group, we study the existence of bound states in the symmetry-broken phase of the scalar $\\phi^4$ theory in all dimensions between two and four and as a function of the temperature. The accurate description of the momentum dependence of the two-point function, required to get the spectrum of the theory, is provided by means of the Blaizot--M\\'endez-Galain--Wschebor approximation scheme. We confirm the existence of a bound state in dimension three, with a mass within 1% of previous Monte-Carlo and numerical diagonalization values.
Hannon, Kevin P; Evangelista, Francesco A
2016-01-01
We report an efficient implementation of a second-order multireference perturbation theory based on the driven similarity renormalization group (DSRG-MRPT2) [C. Li and F. A. Evangelista, J. Chem. Theory Comput. 11, 2097 (2015)]. Our implementation employs factorized two-electron integrals to avoid storage of large four-index intermediates. It also exploits the block structure of the reference density matrices to reduce the computational cost to that of second-order M{\\o}ller$-$Plesset perturbation theory. Our new DSRG-MRPT2 implementation is benchmarked on ten naphthyne isomers using basis sets up to quintuple-$\\zeta$ quality. We find that the singlet-triplet splittings ($\\Delta_\\text{ST}$) of the naphthyne isomers strongly depend on the equilibrium structures. For a consistent set of geometries, the $\\Delta_\\text{ST}$ values predicted by the DSRG-MRPT2 are in good agreements with those computed by the reduced multireference coupled cluster theory with singles, doubles, and perturbative triples.
Fried, H. M.; Tsang, P. H.; Gabellini, Y.; Grandou, T.; Sheu, Y.-M.
2016-11-01
A new non-perturbative, gauge-invariant model QCD renormalization is applied to high energy elastic pp-scattering. The differential cross-section deduced from this model displays a diffraction dip that resembles those of experiments. Comparison with ISR and LHC data is currently underway.
Fried, H M; Gabellini, Y; Grandou, T; Sheu, Y-M
2015-01-01
A new non-perturbative, gauge-invariant model QCD renormalization is applied to high energy elastic pp-scattering. The differential cross-section deduced from this model displays a diffraction dip that resembles those of experiments. Comparison with ISR and LHC data is currently underway.
Fried H. M.
2016-01-01
Full Text Available A new non-perturbative, gauge-invariant model QCD renormalization is applied to high energy elastic pp-scattering. The differential cross-section deduced from this model displays a diffraction dip that resembles those of experiments. Comparison with ISR and LHC data is currently underway.
Guazzini, Damiano; Meyer, Harvey B
2007-01-01
We carry out the non-perturbative renormalization of the chromo-magnetic operator in Heavy Quark Effective Theory. At order 1/m of the expansion, the operator is responsible for the mass splitting between the pseudoscalar and vector B mesons. We obtain its two-loop anomalous dimension in a Schr"odinger functional scheme by successive one-loop conversions to the lattice MS scheme and the MS-bar scheme. We then compute the scale evolution of the operator non-perturbatively in the N_f=0 theory between $\\mu \\approx 0.3$ GeV and $\\mu \\approx 100$ GeV, where contact is made with perturbation theory. The overall renormalization factor that converts the bare lattice operator to its renormalization group invariant form is given for the Wilson gauge action and two standard discretizations of the heavy-quark action. As an application, we find that this factor brings the previous quenched predictions of the B* - B mass splitting closer to the experimental value than found with a perturbative renormalization. The same ren...
Energy-momentum tensor on the lattice: non-perturbative renormalization in Yang--Mills theory
Giusti, Leonardo
2015-01-01
We construct an energy-momentum tensor on the lattice which satisfies the appropriate Ward Identities (WIs) and has the right trace anomaly in the continuum limit. It is defined by imposing suitable WIs associated to the Poincare` invariance of the continuum theory. These relations come forth when the length of the box in the temporal direction is finite, and they take a particularly simple form if the coordinate and the periodicity axes are not aligned. We implement the method for the SU(3) Yang--Mills theory discretized with the standard Wilson action in presence of shifted boundary conditions in the (short) temporal direction. By carrying out extensive numerical simulations, the renormalization constants of the traceless components of the tensor are determined with a precision of roughly half a percent for values of the bare coupling constant in the range 0<= g^2_0<=1.
Coluzzi, Barbara; Bersani, Enrico
2016-01-01
We recall the perturbation expansion for Michaelis-Menten kinetics, beyond the standard quasi-steady-state approximation (sQSSA). Against this background, we are able to appropriately apply the alternative approach to the study of singularly perturbed differential equations that is based on the renormalization group (SPDERG), by clarifying similarities and differences. In the present demanding situation, we directly renormalize the bare initial condition value for the substrate. Our main results are: i) the 2nd order SPDERG uniform approximations to the correct solutions contain, up to 1st order, the same outer components as the known perturbation expansion ones; ii) the differential equation to be solved for the derivation of the 1st order outer substrate component is simpler within the SPDERG approach; iii) the approximations better reproduce the numerical solutions of the original problem in a region encompassing the matching one, because of the 2nd order terms in the inner components, calculated here for ...
M{sub b} and f{sub B} from non-perturbatively renormalized HQET with N{sub f} = 2 light quarks
Blossier, Benoit [CNRS et Univ. Paris-Sud XI, Orsay (France). Lab. de Physique Theorique; Bulava, John [CERN, Geneva (Switzerland). Physics Dept.; Della Morte, Michele; Hippel, Georg von [Mainz Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Kernphysik; Donnellan, Michael; Simma, Hubert; Sommer, Rainer [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany). NIC; Fritzsch, Patrick [Humboldt-Universitaet, Berlin (Germany). Inst. fuer Physik; Garron, Nicolas [Edinburgh Univ. (United Kingdom). Tait Inst.; Heitger, Jochen [Muenster Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik 1
2011-12-15
We present an updated analysis of the non-perturbatively renormalized b-quark mass and B meson decay constant based on CLS lattices with two dynamical non-perturbatively improved Wilson quarks. This update incorporates additional light quark masses and lattice spacings in large physical volume to improve chiral extrapolations and to reach the continuum limit. We use Heavy Quark Effective Theory (HQET) including 1/m{sub b} terms with non-perturbative coefficients based on the matching of QCD and HQET developed by the ALPHA collaboration during the past years. (orig.)
Groot Nibbelink, Stefan; Parr, Erik
2016-08-01
Inspired by the tachyon-free nonsupersymmetric heterotic SO (16 )×SO (16 ) string we consider a special class of nonsupersymmetric field theories: those that can be obtained from supersymmetric field theories by supersymmetry-breaking twists. We argue that such theories, like their supersymmetric counterparts, may still possess some fermionic symmetries as leftovers of the supergauge transformations and have special one-loop nonrenormalization properties due to holomorphicity. In addition, we extend the supergraph techniques to these theories to calculate some explicit supersymmetry-breaking corrections.
Renormalization: an advanced overview
Gurau, Razvan; Sfondrini, Alessandro
2014-01-01
We present several approaches to renormalization in QFT: the multi-scale analysis in perturbative renormalization, the functional methods \\`a la Wetterich equation, and the loop-vertex expansion in non-perturbative renormalization. While each of these is quite well-established, they go beyond standard QFT textbook material, and may be little-known to specialists of each other approach. This review is aimed at bridging this gap.
N{sub f}=2+1+1 flavours of twisted mass quarks. Cut-off effects at tree-level of perturbation theory
Luschevskaya, Elena [ITEP, Moscow (Russian Federation); NIC/DESY, Zeuthen (Germany). John von Neumann-Inst. fuer Computing; Cichy, Krzysztof [Poznan Univ. (Poland). Faculty of Physics
2010-12-15
We present a calculation of cut-off effects at tree-level of perturbation theory for the K and D mesons using the twisted mass formulation of lattice QCD. The analytical calculations are performed in the time-momentum frame. The relative sizes of cut-off effects are compared for the pion, the kaon and the D meson masses. In addition, different realizations of maximal twist condition are considered and the corresponding cut-off effects are analyzed. (orig.)
Yanai, Takeshi; Saitow, Masaaki; Xiong, Xiao-Gen; Chalupský, Jakub; Kurashige, Yuki; Guo, Sheng; Sharma, Sandeep
2017-09-07
We present the development of the multistate multireference second-order perturbation theory (CASPT2) with multi-root references, which are described using the density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) method to handle a large active space. The multistate first-order wave functions are expanded into the internally contracted (IC) basis of the single-state single-reference (SS-SR) scheme, which is shown to be the most feasible variant to use DMRG references. The feasibility of the SS-SR scheme comes from two factors: first, it formally does not require the fourth-order transition reduced density matrix (TRDM); and second, the computational complexity scales linearly with the number of the reference states. The extended multistate (XMS) treatment is further incorporated, giving suited treatment of the zeroth-order Hamiltonian despite the fact that the SS-SR based IC basis is not invariant with respect the XMS rotation. In addition, the state-specific fourth-order reduced density matrix (RDM) is eliminated in an approximate fashion using the cumulant reconstruction formula, as also done in the previous state-specific DMRG-cu(4)-CASPT2 approach. The resultant method, referred to as DMRG-cu(4)-XMS-CASPT2, uses the RDMs and TRDMs of up to third-order provided by the DMRG calculation. The multistate potential energy curves of the photoisomerization of diarylethene derivatives with CAS(26e,24o) are presented to illustrate the applicability of our theoretical approach.
Bulava, John; Heitger, Jochen; Wittemeier, Christian
2016-01-01
We non-perturbatively determine the renormalization factor of the axial vector current in lattice QCD with $N_f=3$ flavors of Wilson-clover fermions and the tree-level Symanzik-improved gauge action. The (by now standard) renormalization condition is derived from the massive axial Ward identity and it is imposed among Schr\\"{o}dinger functional states with large overlap on the lowest lying hadronic state in the pseudoscalar channel, in order to reduce kinematically enhanced cutoff effects. We explore a range of couplings relevant for simulations at lattice spacings of $\\approx 0.09$ fm and below. An interpolation formula for $Z_A(g_0^2)$, smoothly connecting the non-perturbative values to the 1-loop expression, is provided together with our final results.
Boyle, P A; Lytle, A T
2011-01-01
We compute the renormalization factors of four-quark operators needed for the study of $K\\to\\pi\\pi$ decay in the $\\Delta I=3/2$ channel. We evaluate the Z-factors at a low energy scale ($\\mu_0=1.145 \\GeV$) using four different non-exceptional RI-SMOM schemes on a large, coarse lattice ($a\\sim 0.14\\fm$) on which the bare matrix elements are also computed. Then we compute the universal, non-perturbative, scale evolution matrix of these renormalization factors between $\\mu_0$ and $3\\GeV$. We give the numerical results for the different steps of the computation in two different non-exceptional lattice schemes, and the connection to $\\msbar$ at $3\\GeV$ is made using one-loop perturbation theory.
Linear perturbation renormalization group method for Ising-like spin systems
J. Sznajd
2013-03-01
Full Text Available The linear perturbation group transformation (LPRG is used to study the thermodynamics of the axial next-nearest-neighbor Ising model with four spin interactions (extended ANNNI in a field. The LPRG for weakly interacting Ising chains is presented. The method is used to study finite field para-ferrimagnetic phase transitions observed in layered uranium compounds, UAs1-xSex, UPd2Si2 or UNi2Si2. The above-mentioned systems are made of ferromagnetic layers and the spins from the nearest-neighbor and next-nearest-neighbor layers are coupled by the antiferromagnetic interactions J121-xSex the para-ferri phase transition is of the first order as expected from the symmetry reason, in UT2Si2 (T=Pd, Ni this transition seems to be a continuous one, at least in the vicinity of the multicritical point. Within the MFA, the critical character of the finite field para-ferrimagnetic transition at least at one isolated point can be described by the ANNNI model supplemented by an additional, e.g., four-spin interaction. However, in LPRG approximation for the ratio κ = J2/J1 around 0.5 there is a critical value of the field for which an isolated critical point also exists in the original ANNNI model. The positive four-spin interaction shifts the critical point towards higher fields and changes the shape of the specific heat curve. In the latter case for the fields small enough, the specific heat exhibits two-peak structure in the paramagnetic phase.
Chiral Perturbation Theory at Finite Volume and/or with Twisted Boundary Conditions
Bijnens, Johan
2016-01-01
In this talk we discuss a number of ChPT calculations relevant for lattice QCD. These include the finite volume corrections at two-loop order for masses and decay constants. The second part is about hadronic vacuum polarization where we present the two-loop ChPT estimate for the disconnected and strange quark contributions. We also present the finite volume corrections at two-loop order. The final part is the one-loop finite volume with twisted boundary conditions contribution to $f_+(q^2)$ and the full $K_{\\ell3}$ amplitude
Renormalization constants of local operators for Wilson type improved fermions
Alexandrou, C; Korzec, T; Panagopoulos, H; Stylianou, F
2012-01-01
Perturbative and non-perturbative results are presented on the renormalization constants of the quark field and the vector, axial-vector, pseudoscalar, scalar and tensor currents. The perturbative computation, carried out at one-loop level and up to second order in the lattice spacing, is performed for a fermion action, which includes the clover term and the twisted mass parameter yielding results that are applicable for unimproved Wilson fermions, as well as for improved clover and twisted mass fermions. We consider ten variants of the Symanzik improved gauge action corresponding to ten different values of the plaquette coefficients. Non-perturbative results are obtained using the twisted mass Wilson fermion formulation employing two degenerate dynamical quarks and the tree-level Symanzik improved gluon action. The simulations are performed for pion masses in the range of 480 MeV to 260 MeV and at three values of the lattice spacing, a, corresponding to beta=3.9, 4.05, 4.20. For each renormalization factor c...
Moments of meson distribution functions with dynamical twisted mass fermions
Baron, R; Carbonell, J; Jansen, K; Liu, Z; Pène, O; Urbach, C
2007-01-01
We present our preliminary results on the lowest moment of quark distribution functions of the pion using two flavor dynamical simulations with Wilson twisted mass fermions at maximal twist. The calculation is done in a range of pion masses from 300 to 500 MeV. A stochastic source method is used to reduce inversions in calculating propagators. Finite volume effects at the lowest quark mass are examined by using two different lattice volumes. Our results show that we achieve statistical errors of only a few percent. We plan to compute renormalization constants non-perturbatively and extend the calculation to two more lattice spacings and to the nucleons.
Palhares, Letícia F
2008-01-01
Yukawa theory at vanishing temperature provides (one of the ingredients for) an effective description of the thermodynamics of a variety of cold and dense fermionic systems. We study the role of masses and the renormalization group flow in the calculation of the equation of state up to two loops within the MSbar scheme. Two-loop integrals are computed analytically for arbitrary fermion and scalar masses, and expressed in terms of well-known special functions. The dependence of the renormalization group flow on the number of fermion flavors is also discussed.
Guo, Sheng; Hu, Weifeng; Sun, Qiming; Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic
2015-01-01
The strongly-contracted variant of second order N -electron valence state perturbation theory (NEVPT2) is an efficient perturbative method to treat dynamic correlation without the problems of intruder states or level shifts, while the density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) provides the capability to tackle static correlation in large active spaces. We present a combination of the DMRG and strongly-contracted NEVPT2 (DMRG-SC-NEVPT2) that uses an efficient algorithm to compute high order reduced density matrices from DMRG wave functions. The capabilities of DMRG-SC-NEVPT2 are demonstrated on calculations of the chromium dimer potential energy curve at the basis set limit, and the excitation energies of poly-p-phenylene vinylene(PPV).
Renormalization and effective lagrangians
Polchinski, Joseph
1984-01-01
There is a strong intuitive understanding of renormalization, due to Wilson, in terms of the scaling of effective lagrangians. We show that this can be made the basis for a proof of perturbative renormalization. We first study renormalizability in the language of renormalization group flows for a toy renormalization group equation. We then derive an exact renormalization group equation for a four-dimensional λø 4 theory with a momentum cutoff. We organize the cutoff dependence of the effective lagrangian into relevant and irrelevant parts, and derive a linear equation for the irrelevant part. A lengthy but straightforward argument establishes that the piece identified as irrelevant actually is so in perturbation theory. This implies renormalizability. The method extends immediately to any system in which a momentum-space cutoff can be used, but the principle is more general and should apply for any physical cutoff. Neither Weinberg's theorem nor arguments based on the topology of graphs are needed.
Sharma, Anand; Bauer, Carsten; Rueckriegel, Andreas; Kopietz, Peter
We use a nonperturbative functional renormalization group approach to calculate the renormalized quasiparticle velocity v (k) and the static dielectric function ɛ (k) of suspended graphene as function of an external momentum k. We fit our numerical result for v (k) to v (k) /vF = A + Bln (Λ0 / k) , where vF is the bare Fermi velocity, Λ0 is an ultraviolet cutoff, and A = 1 . 37 , B = 0 . 51 for the physically relevant value (e2 /vF = 2 . 2) of the coupling constant. In stark contrast to calculations based on the static random-phase approximation, we find that ɛ (k) approaches unity for k --> 0 . Our result for v (k) agrees very well with a recent measurement by Elias etal. [Nat. Phys. 7, 701 (2011)]. With in the same approximation, we also explore an alternative scheme in order to understand the true nature of the low energy (momentum) behavior in graphene.
Renormalization constants for Wilson fermion lattice QCD with four dynamical flavours
Dimopoulos, P; Herdoiza, G; Jansen, K; Lubicz, V; Palao, D; Rossi, G C
2010-01-01
We report on an ongoing non-perturbative computation of RI-MOM scheme renormalization constants for the lattice action with four dynamical flavours currently in use by ETMC. For this goal dedicated simulations with four degenerate sea quark flavours are performed at several values of the standard and twisted quark mass parameters. We discuss a method for removing possible O(a) artifacts at all momenta and extrapolating renormalization constant estimators to the chiral limit. We give preliminary results at one lattice spacing.
Sznajd, J.
2016-12-01
The linear perturbation renormalization group (LPRG) is used to study the phase transition of the weakly coupled Ising chains with intrachain (J ) and interchain nearest-neighbor (J1) and next-nearest-neighbor (J2) interactions forming the triangular and rectangular lattices in a field. The phase diagrams with the frustration point at J2=-J1/2 for a rectangular lattice and J2=-J1 for a triangular lattice have been found. The LPRG calculations support the idea that the phase transition is always continuous except for the frustration point and is accompanied by a divergence of the specific heat. For the antiferromagnetic chains, the external field does not change substantially the shape of the phase diagram. The critical temperature is suppressed to zero according to the power law when approaching the frustration point with an exponent dependent on the value of the field.
Sznajd, J
2016-12-01
The linear perturbation renormalization group (LPRG) is used to study the phase transition of the weakly coupled Ising chains with intrachain (J) and interchain nearest-neighbor (J_{1}) and next-nearest-neighbor (J_{2}) interactions forming the triangular and rectangular lattices in a field. The phase diagrams with the frustration point at J_{2}=-J_{1}/2 for a rectangular lattice and J_{2}=-J_{1} for a triangular lattice have been found. The LPRG calculations support the idea that the phase transition is always continuous except for the frustration point and is accompanied by a divergence of the specific heat. For the antiferromagnetic chains, the external field does not change substantially the shape of the phase diagram. The critical temperature is suppressed to zero according to the power law when approaching the frustration point with an exponent dependent on the value of the field.
The renormalization; La normalisation
Rivasseau, V. [Paris-6 Univ., Lab. de Physique Theorique, 91 - Orsay (France); Gallavotti, G. [Universita di Roma, La Sapienza, Fisica, Roma (Italy); Zinn-Justin, J. [CEA Saclay, Dept. d' Astrophysique, de Physique des Particules, de Physique Nucleaire et de l' Instrumentation Associee, Serv. de Physique Theorique, 91- Gif sur Yvette (France); Connes, A. [College de France, 75 - Paris (France)]|[Institut des Hautes Etudes Scientifiques - I.H.E.S., 91 - Bures sur Yvette (France); Knecht, M. [Centre de Physique Theorique, CNRS-Luminy, 13 - Marseille (France); Mansoulie, B. [CEA Saclay, Dept. d' Astrophysique, de Physique des Particules, de Physique Nucleaire et de l' Instrumentation Associee, Serv. de Physique des Particules, 91- Gif sur Yvette (France)
2002-07-01
This document gathers 6 articles. In the first article the author reviews the theory of perturbative renormalization, discusses its limitations and gives a brief introduction to the powerful point of view of the renormalization group, which is necessary to go beyond perturbation theory and to define renormalization in a constructive way. The second article is dedicated to renormalization group methods by illustrating them with examples. The third article describes the implementation of renormalization ideas in quantum field theory. The mathematical aspects of renormalization are given in the fourth article where the link between renormalization and the Riemann-Hilbert problem is highlighted. The fifth article gives an overview of the main features of the theoretical calculations that have been done in order to obtain accurate predictions for the anomalous magnetic moments of the electron and of the muon within the standard model. The challenge is to make theory match the unprecedented accuracy of the last experimental measurements. The last article presents how ''physics beyond the standard model'' will be revealed at the large hadron collider (LHC) at CERN. This accelerator will be the first to explore the 1 TeV energy range directly. Supersymmetry, extra-dimensions and Higgs boson will be the different challenges. It is not surprising that all theories put forward today to subtend the electro-weak breaking mechanism, predict measurable or even spectacular signals at LHC. (A.C.)
Renormalization of dimension 6 gluon operators
HyungJoo Kim
2015-09-01
Full Text Available We identify the independent dimension 6 twist 4 gluon operators and calculate their renormalization in the pure gauge theory. By constructing the renormalization group invariant combinations, we find the scale invariant condensates that can be estimated in nonperturbative calculations and used in QCD sum rules for heavy quark systems in medium.
Renormalization Group Invariance and Optimal QCD Renormalization Scale-Setting
Wu, Xing-Gang; Wang, Sheng-Quan; Fu, Hai-Bing; Ma, Hong-Hao; Brodsky, Stanley J; Mojaza, Matin
2014-01-01
A valid prediction from quantum field theory for a physical observable should be independent of the choice of renormalization scheme -- this is the primary requirement of renormalization group invariance (RGI). Satisfying scheme invariance is a challenging problem for perturbative QCD (pQCD), since truncated perturbation series do not automatically satisfy the requirements of the renormalization group. Two distinct approaches for satisfying the RGI principle have been suggested in the literature. One is the "Principle of Maximum Conformality" (PMC) in which the terms associated with the $\\beta$-function are absorbed into the scale of the running coupling at each perturbative order; its predictions are scheme and scale independent at every finite order. The other approach is the "Principle of Minimum Sensitivity" (PMS), which is based on local RGI; the PMS approach determines the optimal renormalization scale by requiring the slope of the approximant of an observable to vanish. In this paper, we present a deta...
Renormalization and resolution of singularities
Bergbauer, Christoph; Brunetti, Romeo; Kreimer, Dirk
2009-01-01
Since the seminal work of Epstein and Glaser it is well established that perturbative renormalization of ultraviolet divergences in position space amounts to extension of distributions onto diagonals. For a general Feynman graph the relevant diagonals form a nontrivial arrangement of linear subspaces. One may therefore ask if renormalization becomes simpler if one resolves this arrangement to a normal crossing divisor. In this paper we study the extension problem of distributions onto the won...
Guo, Sheng; Watson, Mark A; Hu, Weifeng; Sun, Qiming; Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic
2016-04-12
The strongly contracted variant of second-order N-electron valence state perturbation theory (NEVPT2) is an efficient perturbative method to treat dynamic correlation without the problems of intruder states or level shifts, while the density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) provides the capability to address static correlation in large active spaces. We present a combination of the DMRG and strongly contracted NEVPT2 (DMRG-SC-NEVPT2) that uses an efficient algorithm to compute high-order reduced-density matrices from DMRG wave functions. The capabilities of DMRG-SC-NEVPT2 are demonstrated on calculations of the chromium dimer potential energy curve at the basis set limit, and the excitation energies of a trimer model of poly(p-phenylenevinylene) (PPV(n = 3)).
Lavrov, P. M.; Shapiro, I. L.
2012-09-01
We consider the renormalization of general gauge theories on curved space-time background, with the main assumption being the existence of a gauge-invariant and diffeomorphism invariant regularization. Using the Batalin-Vilkovisky (BV) formalism one can show that the theory possesses gauge invariant and diffeomorphism invariant renormalizability at quantum level, up to an arbitrary order of the loop expansion.
Shindler, A. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany). John von Neumann-Inst. fuer Computing NIC
2007-07-15
I review the theoretical foundations, properties as well as the simulation results obtained so far of a variant of the Wilson lattice QCD formulation: Wilson twisted mass lattice QCD. Emphasis is put on the discretization errors and on the effects of these discretization errors on the phase structure for Wilson-like fermions in the chiral limit. The possibility to use in lattice simulations different lattice actions for sea and valence quarks to ease the renormalization patterns of phenomenologically relevant local operators, is also discussed. (orig.)
Alleviating the window problem in large volume renormalization schemes
Korcyl, Piotr
2017-01-01
We propose a strategy for large volume non-perturbative renormalization which alleviates the window problem by reducing cut-off effects. We perform a proof-of-concept study using position space renormalization scheme and the CLS $N_f=2+1$ ensembles generated at 5 different lattice spacings. We show that in the advocated strategy results for the renormalization constants are to a large extend independent of the specific lattice direction used to define the renormalization condition. Hence, ver...
Forbes, A
2010-12-01
Full Text Available Research at the Mathematical Optics Group uses "twisted" light to study new quatum-based information security systems. In order to understand the structure of "twisted" light, it is useful to start with an ordinary light beam with zero twist, namely...
Renormalization of composite operators
Polonyi, J
2001-01-01
The blocked composite operators are defined in the one-component Euclidean scalar field theory, and shown to generate a linear transformation of the operators, the operator mixing. This transformation allows us to introduce the parallel transport of the operators along the RG trajectory. The connection on this one-dimensional manifold governs the scale evolution of the operator mixing. It is shown that the solution of the eigenvalue problem of the connection gives the various scaling regimes and the relevant operators there. The relation to perturbative renormalization is also discussed in the framework of the $\\phi^3$ theory in dimension $d=6$.
Renormalizing an initial state
Collins, Hael; Vardanyan, Tereza
2014-01-01
The intricate machinery of perturbative quantum field theory has largely been devoted to the 'dynamical' side of the theory: simple states are evolved in complicated ways. This article begins to address this lopsided treatment. Although it is rarely possible to solve for the eigenstates of an interacting theory exactly, a general state and its evolution can nonetheless be constructed perturbatively in terms of the propagators and structures defined with respect to the free theory. The detailed form of the initial state in this picture is fixed by imposing suitable `renormalization conditions' on the Green's functions. This technique is illustrated with an example drawn from inflation, where the presence of nonrenormalizable operators and where an expansion that naturally couples early times with short distances make the ability to start the theory at a finite initial time especially desirable.
Topological susceptibility from the twisted mass Dirac operator spectrum
Cichy, Krzysztof [NIC, DESY,Platanenallee 6, 15738 Zeuthen (Germany); Adam Mickiewicz University, Faculty of Physics,Umultowska 85, 61-614 Poznan (Poland); Garcia-Ramos, Elena [NIC, DESY,Platanenallee 6, 15738 Zeuthen (Germany); Humboldt Universität zu Berlin,Newtonstr. 15, 12489 Berlin (Germany); Jansen, Karl [NIC, DESY,Platanenallee 6, 15738 Zeuthen (Germany); Department of Physics, University of Cyprus,P.O. Box 20537, 1678 Nicosia (Cyprus); Collaboration: The ETM Collaboration
2014-02-26
We present results of our computation of the topological susceptibility with N{sub f}=2 and N{sub f}=2+1+1 flavours of maximally twisted mass fermions, using the method of spectral projectors. We perform a detailed study of the quark mass dependence and discretization effects. We make an attempt to confront our data with chiral perturbation theory and extract the chiral condensate from the quark mass dependence of the topological susceptibility. We compare the value with the results of our direct computation from the slope of the mode number. We emphasize the role of autocorrelations and the necessity of long Monte Carlo runs to obtain results with good precision. We also show our results for the spectral projector computation of the ratio of renormalization constants Z{sub P}/Z{sub S}.
Topological susceptibility from the twisted mass Dirac operator spectrum
Cichy, Krzysztof [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany). John von Neumann-Inst. fuer Computing NIC; Poznan Univ. (Poland). Faculty of Physics; Garcia-Ramos, Elena [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany). John von Neumann-Inst. fuer Computing NIC; Humboldt-Universitaet, Berlin (Germany); Jansen, Karl [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany). John von Neumann-Inst. fuer Computing NIC; Cyprus Univ., Nicosia (Cyprus). Dept. of Physics; Collaboration: European Twisted Mass Collaboration
2013-12-15
We present results of our computation of the topological susceptibility with N{sub f}=2 and N{sub f}= +1+1 flavours of maximally twisted mass fermions, using the method of spectral projectors. We perform a detailed study of the quark mass dependence and discretization effects. We make an attempt to confront our data with chiral perturbation theory and extract the chiral condensate from the quark mass dependence of the topological susceptibility. We compare the value with the results of our direct computation from the slope of the mode number. We emphasize the role of autocorrelations and the necessity of long Monte Carlo runs to obtain results with good precision. We also show our results for the spectral projector computation of the ratio of renormalization constants Z{sub P}/Z{sub S}.
Wilsonian renormalization, differential equations and Hopf algebras
Thomas, Krajewski
2008-01-01
In this paper, we present an algebraic formalism inspired by Butcher's B-series in numerical analysis and the Connes-Kreimer approach to perturbative renormalization. We first define power series of non linear operators and propose several applications, among which the perturbative solution of a fixed point equation using the non linear geometric series. Then, following Polchinski, we show how perturbative renormalization works for a non linear perturbation of a linear differential equation that governs the flow of effective actions. Finally, we define a general Hopf algebra of Feynman diagrams adapted to iterations of background field effective action computations. As a simple combinatorial illustration, we show how these techniques can be used to recover the universality of the Tutte polynomial and its relation to the $q$-state Potts model. As a more sophisticated example, we use ordered diagrams with decorations and external structures to solve the Polchinski's exact renormalization group equation. Finally...
Renormalization Scheme Dependence and Renormalization Group Summation
McKeon, D G C
2016-01-01
We consider logarithmic contributions to the free energy, instanton effective action and Laplace sum rules in QCD that are a consequence of radiative corrections. Upon summing these contributions by using the renormalization group, all dependence on the renormalization scale parameter mu cancels. The renormalization scheme dependence in these processes is examined, and a renormalization scheme is found in which the effect of higher order radiative corrections is absorbed by the behaviour of the running coupling.
Lectures on the functional renormalization group method
Polonyi, J
2001-01-01
These introductory notes are about functional renormalization group equations and some of their applications. It is emphasised that the applicability of this method extends well beyond critical systems, it actually provides us a general purpose algorithm to solve strongly coupled quantum field theories. The renormalization group equation of F. Wegner and A. Houghton is shown to resum the loop-expansion. Another version, due to J. Polchinski, is obtained by the method of collective coordinates and can be used for the resummation of the perturbation series. The genuinely non-perturbative evolution equation is obtained in a manner reminiscent of the Schwinger-Dyson equations. Two variants of this scheme are presented where the scale which determines the order of the successive elimination of the modes is extracted from external and internal spaces. The renormalization of composite operators is discussed briefly as an alternative way to arrive at the renormalization group equation. The scaling laws and fixed poin...
Twisted supergravity and its quantization
Costello, Kevin
2016-01-01
Twisted supergravity is supergravity in a background where the bosonic ghost field takes a non-zero value. This is the supergravity counterpart of the familiar concept of twisting supersymmetric field theories. In this paper, we give conjectural descriptions of type IIA and IIB supergravity in $10$ dimensions. Our conjectural descriptions are in terms of the closed-string field theories associated to certain topological string theories, and we conjecture that these topological string theories are twists of the physical string theories. For type IIB, the results of arXiv:1505.6703 show that our candidate twisted supergravity theory admits a unique quantization in perturbation theory. This is despite the fact that the theories, like the original physical theories, are non-renormalizable. Although we do not prove our conjectures, we amass considerable evidence. We find that our candidates for the twisted supergravity theories contain the residual supersymmetry one would expect. We also prove (using heavily a res...
Renormalization-group improved inflationary scenarios
Pozdeeva, E O
2016-01-01
The possibility to construct an inflationary scenario for renormalization-group improved potentials corresponding to the Higgs sector of quantum field models is investigated. Taking into account quantum corrections to the renormalization-group potential which sums all leading logs of perturbation theory is essential for a successful realization of the inflationary scenario, with very reasonable parameters values. The scalar electrodynamics inflationary scenario thus obtained are seen to be in good agreement with the most recent observational data.
Renormalization-group improved inflationary scenarios
Pozdeeva, E. O.; Vernov, S. Yu.
2017-03-01
The possibility to construct an inflationary scenario for renormalization-group improved potentials corresponding to the Higgs sector of quantum field models is investigated. Taking into account quantum corrections to the renormalization-group potential which sums all leading logs of perturbation theory is essential for a successful realization of the inflationary scenario, with very reasonable parameters values. The scalar electrodynamics inflationary scenario thus obtained are seen to be in good agreement with the most recent observational data.
Renormalization of two-dimensional quantum electrodynamics
Casana S, Rodolfo; Dias, Sebastiao A
1997-12-01
The Schwinger model, when quantized in a gauge non-invariant way exhibits a dependence on a parameter {alpha} (the Jackiw-Rajaraman parameter) in a way which is analogous to the case involving chiral fermions (the chiral Schwinger model). For all values of a {alpha}1, there are divergences in the fermionic Green`s functions. We propose a regularization of the generating functional Z [{eta}, {eta}, J] and we use it to renormalize the theory to one loop level, in a semi-perturbative sense. At the end of the renormalization procedure we find an implicit dependence of {alpha} on the renormalization scale {mu}. (author) 26 refs.
Gover, A Rod
2016-01-01
For any conformally compact manifold with hypersurface boundary we define a canonical renormalized volume functional and compute an explicit, holographic formula for the corresponding anomaly. For the special case of asymptotically Einstein manifolds, our method recovers the known results. The anomaly does not depend on any particular choice of regulator, but the coefficients of divergences do. We give explicit formulae for these divergences valid for any choice of regulating hypersurface; these should be relevant to recent studies of quantum corrections to entanglement entropies. The anomaly is expressed as a conformally invariant integral of a local Q-curvature that generalizes the Branson Q-curvature by including data of the embedding. In each dimension this canonically defines a higher dimensional generalization of the Willmore energy/rigid string action. We show that the variation of these energy functionals is exactly the obstruction to solving a singular Yamabe type problem with boundary data along the...
Vidal, G
2007-11-30
We propose a real-space renormalization group (RG) transformation for quantum systems on a D-dimensional lattice. The transformation partially disentangles a block of sites before coarse-graining it into an effective site. Numerical simulations with the ground state of a 1D lattice at criticality show that the resulting coarse-grained sites require a Hilbert space dimension that does not grow with successive RG transformations. As a result we can address, in a quasi-exact way, tens of thousands of quantum spins with a computational effort that scales logarithmically in the system's size. The calculations unveil that ground state entanglement in extended quantum systems is organized in layers corresponding to different length scales. At a quantum critical point, each relevant length scale makes an equivalent contribution to the entanglement of a block.
Practical Algebraic Renormalization
Grassi, P A; Steinhauser, M
1999-01-01
A practical approach is presented which allows the use of a non-invariant regularization scheme for the computation of quantum corrections in perturbative quantum field theory. The theoretical control of algebraic renormalization over non-invariant counterterms is translated into a practical computational method. We provide a detailed introduction into the handling of the Slavnov-Taylor and Ward-Takahashi identities in the Standard Model both in the conventional and the background gauge. Explicit examples for their practical derivation are presented. After a brief introduction into the Quantum Action Principle the conventional algebraic method which allows for the restoration of the functional identities is discussed. The main point of our approach is the optimization of this procedure which results in an enormous reduction of the calculational effort. The counterterms which have to be computed are universal in the sense that they are independent of the regularization scheme. The method is explicitly illustra...
An algebraic Birkhoff decomposition for the continuous renormalization group
Girelli, F; Martinetti, P
2004-01-01
This paper aims at presenting the first steps towards a formulation of the Exact Renormalization Group Equation in the Hopf algebra setting of Connes and Kreimer. It mostly deals with some algebraic preliminaries allowing to formulate perturbative renormalization within the theory of differential equations. The relation between renormalization, formulated as a change of boundary condition for a differential equation, and an algebraic Birkhoff decomposition for rooted trees is explicited.
Light quark masses and pseudoscalar decay constants from Nf=2 twisted mass QCD
Lubicz, V; Tarantino, C
2007-01-01
We present the results of the lattice QCD calculation of the average up-down and strange quark masses and of the light meson pseudoscalar decay constants, recently performed with Nf=2 dynamical fermions by the ETM Collaboration. The simulation is carried out at a single value of the lattice spacing with the twisted mass fermionic action at maximal twist, which guarantees automatic O(a)-improvement of the physical quantities. Quark masses are renormalized by implementing the non perturbative RI-MOM renormalization procedure. Our results for the light quark masses are m_{ud}^{MSbar}(2 Gev)=3.85 +- 0.12 +- 0.40 MeV, m_s^{MSbar}(2 Gev)=105 +- 3 +- 9 MeV and m_s/m_{ud}=27.3 +- 0.3 +- 1.2. We also obtain f_K=161.7 +- 1.2 +- 3.1 MeV and the ratio f_K/f_pi=1.227 +- 0.009 +- 0.024. From this ratio, by using the experimental determination of Gamma(K -> mu {bar nu}_mu (gamma))/Gamma(pi -> mu {bar nu}_mu (gamma)) and the average value of |V_{ud}| from nuclear beta decays, we obtain |V_{us}|=0.2192(5)(45), in agreement wi...
Large Spin Perturbation Theory
Alday, Luis F
2016-01-01
We consider conformal field theories around points of large twist degeneracy. Examples of this are theories with weakly broken higher spin symmetry and perturbations around generalised free fields. At the degenerate point we introduce twist conformal blocks. These are eigenfunctions of certain quartic operators and encode the contribution, to a given four-point correlator, of the whole tower of intermediate operators with a given twist. As we perturb around the degenerate point, the twist degeneracy is lifted. In many situations this breaking is controlled by inverse powers of the spin. In such cases the twist conformal blocks can be decomposed into a sequence of functions which we systematically construct. Decomposing the four-point correlator in this basis turns crossing symmetry into an algebraic problem. Our method can be applied to a wide spectrum of conformal field theories in any number of dimensions and at any order in the breaking parameter. As an example, we compute the spectrum of various theories ...
Reductive renormalization of the phase-field crystal equation.
Oono, Y; Shiwa, Y
2012-12-01
It has been known for some time that singular perturbation and reductive perturbation can be unified from the renormalization-group theoretical point of view: Reductive extraction of space-time global behavior is the essence of singular perturbation methods. Reductive renormalization was proposed to make this unification practically accessible; actually, this reductive perturbation is far simpler than most reduction methods, such as the rather standard scaling expansion. However, a rather cryptic exposition of the method seems to have been the cause of some trouble. Here, an explicit demonstration of the consistency of the reductive renormalization-group procedure is given for partial differentiation equations (of a certain type, including time-evolution semigroup type equations). Then, the procedure is applied to the reduction of a phase-field crystal equation to illustrate the streamlined reduction method. We conjecture that if the original system is structurally stable, the reductive renormalization-group result and that of the original equation are diffeomorphic.
Fermion field renormalization prescriptions
Zhou, Yong
2005-01-01
We discuss all possible fermion field renormalization prescriptions in conventional field renormalization meaning and mainly pay attention to the imaginary part of unstable fermion Field Renormalization Constants (FRC). We find that introducing the off-diagonal fermion FRC leads to the decay widths of physical processes $t\\to c Z$ and $b\\to s \\gamma$ gauge-parameter dependent. We also discuss the necessity of renormalizing the bare fields in conventional quantum field theory.
Algebraic Lattices in QFT Renormalization
Borinsky, Michael
2016-07-01
The structure of overlapping subdivergences, which appear in the perturbative expansions of quantum field theory, is analyzed using algebraic lattice theory. It is shown that for specific QFTs the sets of subdivergences of Feynman diagrams form algebraic lattices. This class of QFTs includes the standard model. In kinematic renormalization schemes, in which tadpole diagrams vanish, these lattices are semimodular. This implies that the Hopf algebra of Feynman diagrams is graded by the coradical degree or equivalently that every maximal forest has the same length in the scope of BPHZ renormalization. As an application of this framework, a formula for the counter terms in zero-dimensional QFT is given together with some examples of the enumeration of primitive or skeleton diagrams.
Renormalized action improvements
Zachos, C.
1984-01-01
Finite lattice spacing artifacts are suppressed on the renormalized actions. The renormalized action trajectories of SU(N) lattice gauge theories are considered from the standpoint of the Migdal-Kadanoff approximation. The minor renormalized trajectories which involve representations invariant under the center are discussed and quantified. 17 references.
Summation of Higher Order Effects using the Renormalization Group Equation
Elias, V; Sherry, T N
2004-01-01
The renormalization group (RG) is known to provide information about radiative corrections beyond the order in perturbation theory to which one has calculated explicitly. We first demonstrate the effect of the renormalization scheme used on these higher order effects determined by the RG. Particular attention is payed to the relationship between bare and renormalized quantities. Application of the method of characteristics to the RG equation to determine higher order effects is discussed, and is used to examine the free energy in thermal field theory, the relationship between the bare and renormalized coupling and the effective potential in massless scalar electrodynamics.
Applications of noncovariant gauges in the algebraic renormalization procedure
Boresch, A; Schweda, Manfred
1998-01-01
This volume is a natural continuation of the book Algebraic Renormalization, Perturbative Renormalization, Symmetries and Anomalies, by O Piguet and S P Sorella, with the aim of applying the algebraic renormalization procedure to gauge field models quantized in nonstandard gauges. The main ingredient of the algebraic renormalization program is the quantum action principle, which allows one to control in a unique manner the breaking of a symmetry induced by a noninvariant subtraction scheme. In particular, the volume studies in-depth the following quantized gauge field models: QED, Yang-Mills t
Renormalization and applications of baryon distribution amplitudes QCD
Rohrwild, Juergen Holger
2009-07-17
Higher-twist effects are relevant for precision calculations of hard exclusive reactions. Furthermore, they reveal fine details of the hadron structure. In this work we construct an operator basis for arbitrary twist respecting the conformal symmetry of QCD (which is realized on 1-loop level). Using this basis the 1-loop renormalization kernels of twist 4 are constructed for baryon operators. The full spectrum of anomalous dimensions and the multiplicatively renormalizable operators is obtained. As an application of these results the radiative N{sup *}(1535) decay is discussed. Employing light-cone sum rule, the transition form factors can be directly related to the N{sup *} distribution amplitudes. (orig.)
Renormalization and applications of baryon distribution amplitudes in QCD
Rohrwild, Juergen Holger
2009-07-17
Higher-twist effects are relevant for precision calculations of hard exclusive reactions. Furthermore, they reveal fine details of the hadron structure. In this work we construct an operator basis for arbitrary twist respecting the conformal symmetry of QCD (which is realized on 1-loop level). Using this basis the 1-loop renormalization kernels of twist 4 are constructed for baryon operators. The full spectrum of anomalous dimensions and the multiplicatively renormalizable operators is obtained. As an application of these results the radiative N{sup *}(1535) decay is discussed. Employing light-cone sum rule, the transition form factors can be directly related to the N* distribution amplitudes. (orig.)
Renormalization of the energy-momentum tensor on the lattice
Pepe, Michele
2015-01-01
We present the calculation of the non-perturbative renormalization constants of the energy-momentum tensor in the SU(3) Yang-Mills theory. That computation is carried out in the framework of shifted boundary conditions, where a thermal quantum field theory is formulated in a moving reference frame. The non-perturbative renormalization factors are then used to measure the Equation of State of the SU(3) Yang-Mills theory. Preliminary numerical results are presented and discussed.
Dullin, Holger R
2015-01-01
A complete description of twisting somersaults is given using a reduction to a time-dependent Euler equation for non-rigid body dynamics. The central idea is that after reduction the twisting motion is apparent in a body frame, while the somersaulting (rotation about the fixed angular momentum vector in space) is recovered by a combination of dynamic and geometric phase. In the simplest "kick-model" the number of somersaults $m$ and the number of twists $n$ are obtained through a rational rotation number $W = m/n$ of a (rigid) Euler top. This rotation number is obtained by a slight modification of Montgomery's formula [9] for how much the rigid body has rotated. Using the full model with shape changes that take a realistic time we then derive the master twisting-somersault formula: An exact formula that relates the airborne time of the diver, the time spent in various stages of the dive, the numbers $m$ and $n$, the energy in the stages, and the angular momentum by extending a geometric phase formula due to C...
Dickens, Charles
2005-01-01
Oliver Twist is one of Dickens's most popular novels, with many famous film, television and musical adaptations. It is a classic story of good against evil, packed with humour and pathos, drama and suspense, in which the orphaned Oliver is brought up in a harsh workhouse, and then taken in and
Dickens, Charles
2005-01-01
Oliver Twist is one of Dickens's most popular novels, with many famous film, television and musical adaptations. It is a classic story of good against evil, packed with humour and pathos, drama and suspense, in which the orphaned Oliver is brought up in a harsh workhouse, and then taken in and explo
$K$ and $D$ oscillations in the Standard Model and its extensions from $N_f=2+1+1$ Twisted Mass LQCD
Carrasco, Nuria; Frezzotti, Roberto; Giménez, Vicent; Lubicz, Vittorio; Rossi, Giancarlo; Sanfilippo, Francesco; Tarantino, Cecilia
2013-01-01
We present the first $N_f=2+1+1$ results for the matrix elements of the operators describing neutral $K$ and $D$ mixing in the Standard Model and its extensions. The combination of maximally twisted sea quarks and Osterwalder-Seiler valence quarks ensures $\\mathcal{O}(a)$-improvement and continuum like renormalization pattern. We have used the $N_f=2+1+1$ dynamical quark gauge configurations generated by ETMC. Simulations include three lattice spacings in the interval $[0.06:0.09]$ fm and pseudoscalar meson masses in the range $[230:500]$ MeV. Our results are extrapolated to the continuum limit and to the physical quark masses. The calculation of the renormalization constants has been performed non-perturbatively in the RI-MOM scheme.
Renormalized versions of the massless Thirring model
Casana, R
2003-01-01
We present a non-perturbative study of the (1+1)-dimensional massless Thirring model by using path integral methods. The model presents two features, one of them has a local gauge symmetry that is implemented at quantum level and the other one without this symmetry. We make a detailed analysis of their UV divergence structure, a non-perturbative regularization and renormalization processes are proposed.
1999-01-01
In this paper we apply the renormalization-group (RG) inspired resummation method to the one-loop effective potential at finite temperature evaluated in the massive scalar 04 model renormalized at zero-temperature, and study whether ourresummation procedure a la RG uccessfully resum the dominant correction terms apperaed in the perturbative caluculation in the T = 0 renormalization scheme or not.Our findings are i) that if we start from the theory renormalized at T = 0, then the condition tha...
Self-Consistency Requirements of the Renormalization Group for Setting the Renormalization Scale
Brodsky, Stanley J. [SLAC National Accelerator Lab., Menlo Park, CA (United States); Wu, Xing-Gang [Chongqing Univ. (China); SLAC National Accelerator Lab., Menlo Park, CA (United States)
2012-08-07
In conventional treatments, predictions from fixed-order perturbative QCD calculations cannot be fixed with certainty due to ambiguities in the choice of the renormalization scale as well as the renormalization scheme. In this paper we present a general discussion of the constraints of the renormalization group (RG) invariance on the choice of the renormalization scale. We adopt the RG based equations, which incorporate the scheme parameters, for a general exposition of RG invariance, since they simultaneously express the invariance of physical observables under both the variation of the renormalization scale and the renormalization scheme parameters. We then discuss the self-consistency requirements of the RG, such as reflexivity, symmetry, and transitivity, which must be satisfied by the scale-setting method. The Principle of Minimal Sensitivity (PMS) requires the slope of the approximant of an observable to vanish at the renormalization point. This criterion provides a scheme-independent estimation, but it violates the symmetry and transitivity properties of the RG and does not reproduce the Gell-Mann-Low scale for QED observables. The Principle of Maximum Conformality (PMC) satisfies all of the deductions of the RG invariance - reflectivity, symmetry, and transitivity. Using the PMC, all non-conformal {β^{R}_{i}}-terms (R stands for an arbitrary renormalization scheme) in the perturbative expansion series are summed into the running coupling, and one obtains a unique, scale-fixed, scheme-independent prediction at any finite order. The PMC scales and the resulting finite-order PMC predictions are both to high accuracy independent of the choice of initial renormalization scale, consistent with RG invariance.
Ward identities and Wilson renormalization group for QED
Bonini, M; Marchesini, G
1994-01-01
We analyze a formulation of QED based on the Wilson renormalization group. Although the ``effective Lagrangian'' used at any given scale does not have simple gauge symmetry, we show that the resulting renormalized Green's functions correctly satisfies Ward identities to all orders in perturbation theory. The loop expansion is obtained by solving iteratively the Polchinski's renormalization group equation. We also give a new simple proof of perturbative renormalizability. The subtractions in the Feynman graphs and the corresponding counterterms are generated in the process of fixing the physical conditions.
Ward identities and Wilson renormalization group for QED
Bonini, M.; D'Attanasio, M.; Marchesini, G.
1994-04-01
We analyze a formulation of QED based on the Wilson renormalization group. Although the "effective lagrangian" used at any given scale does not have simple gauge symmetry, we show that the resulting renormalized Green's function correctly satisfies Ward identities to all orders in perturbation theory. The loop expansion is obtained by solving iteratively the Polchinski renormalization group equation. We also give a new simple proof of perturbative renormalizability. The subtractions in the Feynman graphs and the corresponing counter-terms are generated in the process of fixing the physical conditions.
Resonances and higher twist in polarized lepton-nucleon scattering
Edelmann, J; Kaiser, N; Weise, W
2000-01-01
We present a detailed analysis of resonance contributions in the context of higher twist effects in the moments of the proton spin structure function g_1. For each of these moments, it is found that there exists a characteristic Q^2 region in which (perturbative) higher twist corrections coexist with (non-perturbative) resonance contribution of comparable magnitude.
Hermann, Keith; Pratumyot, Yaowalak; Polen, Shane; Hardin, Alex M; Dalkilic, Erdin; Dastan, Arif; Badjić, Jovica D
2015-02-23
A preparative procedure for obtaining a pair of twisted molecular baskets, each comprising a chiral framework with either right ((P)-1syn) or left ((M)-1syn) sense of twist and six ester groups at the rim has been developed and optimized. The racemic (P/M)-1syn can be obtained in three synthetic steps from accessible starting materials. The resolution of (P/M)-1syn is accomplished by its transesterification with (1R,2S,5R)-(-)-menthol in the presence of a Ti(IV) catalyst to give diastereomeric 8(P) and 8(M). It was found that dendritic-like cavitands 8(P) and 8(M), in CD2Cl2, undergo self-inclusion ((1)H NMR spectroscopy) with a menthol moiety occupying the cavity of each host. Importantly, the degree of inclusion of the menthol group was ((1)H NMR spectroscopy) found to be greater in the case of 8(P) than 8(M). Accordingly, it is suggested that different folding characteristic of 8(P) and 8(M) ought to affect the physicochemical characteristics of the hosts to permit their effective separation by column chromatography. The absolute configuration of 8(P)/8(M), encompassing right- and left-handed "cups", was determined with the exciton chirality method and also verified in silico (DFT: B3LYP/TZVP). Finally, the twisted baskets are strongly fluorescent due to three naphthalene chromophores, having a high fluorescence quantum yield within the rigid framework of 8(P)/8(M).
Improved Lattice Renormalization Group Techniques
Petropoulos, Gregory; Hasenfratz, Anna; Schaich, David
2013-01-01
We compute the bare step-scaling function $s_b$ for SU(3) lattice gauge theory with $N_f = 12$ massless fundamental fermions, using the non-perturbative Wilson-flow-optimized Monte Carlo Renormalization Group two-lattice matching technique. We use a short Wilson flow to approach the renormalized trajectory before beginning RG blocking steps. By optimizing the length of the Wilson flow, we are able to determine an $s_b$ corresponding to a unique discrete $\\beta$ function, after a few blocking steps. We carry out this study using new ensembles of 12-flavor gauge configurations generated with exactly massless fermions, using volumes up to $32^4$. The results are consistent with the existence of an infrared fixed point (IRFP) for all investigated lattice volumes and number of blocking steps. We also compare different renormalization schemes, each of which indicates an IRFP at a slightly different value of the bare coupling, as expected for an IR-conformal theory.
Enhancement of field renormalization in scalar theories via functional renormalization group
Zappalà, Dario
2012-01-01
The flow equations of the Functional Renormalization Group are applied to the O(N)-symmetric scalar theory, for N=1 and N=4, to determine the effective potential and the renormalization function of the field in the broken phase. The flow equations of these quantities are derived from a reduction of the full flow of the effective action onto a set of equations for the n-point vertices of the theory. In our numerical analysis, the infrared limit, corresponding to the vanishing of the running momentum scale in the equations, is approached to obtain the physical values of the parameters by extrapolation. In the N=4 theory a non-perturbatively large value of the physical renormalization of the longitudinal component of the field is observed. The dependence of the field renormalization on the UV cut-off and on the bare coupling is also investigated.
Higher-Twist Contribution to Pion Structure Function 4-Fermi Operators
Capitani, S; Horsley, R; Klaus, B; Linke, V; Rakow, P E L; Schäfer, A; Schierholz, G
2000-01-01
We present quenched lattice QCD results for the contribution of higher-twist operators to the lowest non-trivial moment of the pion structure function. To be specific, we consider the combination $F_2^{\\pi^+} + F_2^{\\pi^-} - 2 F_2^{\\pi^0}$ which has $I = 2$ and receives contributions from 4-Fermi operators only. We introduce the basis of lattice operators. The renormalization of the operators is done perturbatively in the $\\bar{\\rm{MS}}$ scheme using the 't Hooft-Veltman prescription for $\\gamma_5$, taking particular care of mixing effects. The contribution is found to be of $O(f_\\pi^2/Q^2)$, relative to the leading contribution to the moment of $F_2^{\\pi^+}$.
Nucleon form factors and moments of parton distributions in twisted mass lattice QCD
Alexandrou, C; Carbonell, J; Constantinou, M; Guichon, P; Harraud, P A; Jansen, K; Kallidonis, C; Korzec, T; Papinutto, M
2012-01-01
We present results on the electroweak form factors and on the lower moments of parton distributions of the nucleon, within lattice QCD using two dynamical flavors of degenerate twisted mass fermions. Results are obtained on lattices with three different values of the lattice spacings, namely a=0.089 fm, a=0.070 fm and a=0.056 fm, allowing the investigation of cut-off effects. The volume dependence is examined by comparing results on two lattices of spatial length L=2.1 fm and L=2.8 fm. The simulations span pion masses in the range of 260-470 MeV. Our results are renormalized non-perturbatively and the values are given in the MS-scheme at a scale mu=2 GeV.
Differential Renormalization, the Action Principle and Renormalization Group Calculations
Smirnov, V. A.
1994-01-01
General prescriptions of differential renormalization are presented. It is shown that renormalization group functions are straightforwardly expressed through some constants that naturally arise within this approach. The status of the action principle in the framework of differential renormalization is discussed.
Entanglement Renormalization and Wavelets.
Evenbly, Glen; White, Steven R
2016-04-08
We establish a precise connection between discrete wavelet transforms and entanglement renormalization, a real-space renormalization group transformation for quantum systems on the lattice, in the context of free particle systems. Specifically, we employ Daubechies wavelets to build approximations to the ground state of the critical Ising model, then demonstrate that these states correspond to instances of the multiscale entanglement renormalization ansatz (MERA), producing the first known analytic MERA for critical systems.
Renormalization Scheme Dependence and the Renormalization Group Beta Function
Chishtie, F. A.; McKeon, D. G. C.
2016-01-01
The renormalization that relates a coupling "a" associated with a distinct renormalization group beta function in a given theory is considered. Dimensional regularization and mass independent renormalization schemes are used in this discussion. It is shown how the renormalization $a^*=a+x_2a^2$ is related to a change in the mass scale $\\mu$ that is induced by renormalization. It is argued that the infrared fixed point is to be a determined in a renormalization scheme in which the series expan...
Blossier, B; Dimopoulos, P; Farchioni, F; Frezzotti, R; Giménez, V; Herdoiza, G; Jansen, K; Lubicz, V; Michael, C; Palao, D; Papinutto, Mauro; Shindler, A; Simula, S; Tarantino, C; Urbach, C; Wenger, U
2008-01-01
We present the results of a lattice QCD calculation of the average up-down and strange quark masses and of the light meson pseudoscalar decay constants with Nf=2 dynamical fermions. The simulation is carried out at a single value of the lattice spacing with the twisted mass fermionic action at maximal twist, which guarantees automatic O(a)-improvement of the physical quantities. Quark masses are renormalized by implementing the non-perturbative RI-MOM renormalization procedure. Our results for the light quark masses are m_ud^{msbar}(2 GeV)= 3.85 +- 0.12 +- 0.40 MeV, m_s^{msbar}(2 GeV) = 105 +- 3 +- 9 MeV and m_s/m_ud = 27.3 +- 0.3 +- 1.2. We also obtain fK = 161.7 +- 1.2 +- 3.1 MeV and the ratio fK/fpi=1.227 +- 0.009 +- 0.024. From this ratio, by using the experimental determination of Gamma(K-> mu nu (gamma))/Gamma(pi -> mu nu (gamma)) and the average value of |Vud| from nuclear beta decays, we obtain |Vus|=0.2192(5)(45), in agreement with the determination from Kl3 decays and the unitarity constraint.
Renormalization for Philosophers
Butterfield, Jeremy
2014-01-01
We have two aims. The main one is to expound the idea of renormalization in quantum field theory, with no technical prerequisites (Sections 2 and 3). Our motivation is that renormalization is undoubtedly one of the great ideas, and great successes, of twentieth-century physics. Also it has strongly influenced in diverse ways, how physicists conceive of physical theories. So it is of considerable philosophical interest. Second, we will briefly relate renormalization to Ernest Nagel's account of inter-theoretic relations, especially reduction (Section 4). One theme will be a contrast between two approaches to renormalization. The old approach, which prevailed from ca. 1945 to 1970, treated renormalizability as a necessary condition for being an acceptable quantum field theory. On this approach, it is a piece of great good fortune that high energy physicists can formulate renormalizable quantum field theories that are so empirically successful. But the new approach to renormalization (from 1970 onwards) explains...
The gradient flow in a twisted box
Ramos, Alberto [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany). John von Neumann-Inst. fuer Computing NIC
2013-08-15
We study the perturbative behavior of the gradient flow in a twisted box. We apply this information to define a running coupling using the energy density of the flow field. We study the step-scaling function and the size of cutoff effects in SU(2) pure gauge theory. We conclude that the twisted gradient flow running coupling scheme is a valid strategy for step-scaling purposes due to the relatively mild cutoff effects and high precision.
Connection between the renormalization groups of Stueckelberg-Petermann and Wilson
Duetsch, Michael [Courant Research Centre in Mathematics, Universitaet Goettingen (Germany); Brunetti, Romeo [Dipartimento di Matematica, Universita di Trento (Italy); Fredenhagen, Klaus [II. Institut fuer Theoretische Physik, Universitaet Hamburg (Germany)
2010-07-01
The Stueckelberg-Petermann renormalization group (RG) relies on the non-uniqueness of the S-matrix in causal perturbation theory (i.e. Epstein-Glaser renormalization); it is the family of all finite renormalizations. The RG in the sense of Wilson refers to the dependence of the theory on a cutoff. A new formalism for perturbative algebraic quantum field theory allows to clarify the relation between these different notions of RG. In particular we relate the approach to renormalization in terms of Polchinski's Flow Equation to the Epstein-Glaser method.
Setting the renormalization scale in QCD: The principle of maximum conformality
Brodsky, S. J.; Di Giustino, L.
2012-01-01
the renormalization scale is set properly, all nonconformal beta not equal 0 terms in a perturbative expansion arising from renormalization are summed into the running coupling. The remaining terms in the perturbative series are then identical to that of a conformal theory; i.e., the corresponding theory with beta...... = 0. The resulting scale-fixed predictions using the principle of maximum conformality (PMC) are independent of the choice of renormalization scheme-a key requirement of renormalization group invariance. The results avoid renormalon resummation and agree with QED scale setting in the Abelian limit...
Twisted spectral geometry for the standard model
Martinetti, Pierre
2015-07-01
In noncommutative geometry, the spectral triple of a manifold does not generate bosonic fields, for fluctuations of the Dirac operator vanish. A Connes-Moscovici twist forces the commutative algebra to be multiplied by matrices. Keeping the space of spinors untouched, twisted-fluctuations then yield perturbations of the spin connection. Applied to the spectral triple of the Standard Model, a similar twist yields the scalar field needed to stabilize the vacuum and to make the computation of the Higgs mass compatible with its experimental value.
Theory of temperature dependent phonon-renormalized properties
Monserrat, Bartomeu; Conduit, G. J.; Needs, R. J.
2013-01-01
We present a general harmonic theory for the temperature dependence of phonon-renormalized properties of solids. Firstly, we formulate a perturbation theory in phonon-phonon interactions to calculate the phonon renormalization of physical quantities. Secondly, we propose two new schemes for extrapolating phonon zero-point corrections from temperature dependent data that improve the accuracy by an order of magnitude compared to previous approaches. Finally, we consider the low-temperature limi...
The local renormalization of super-Yang-Mills theories
Gillioz, Marc
2016-01-01
We show how to consistently renormalize $\\mathcal{N} = 1$ and $\\mathcal{N} = 2$ super-Yang-Mills theories in flat space with a local (i.e. space-time-dependent) renormalization scale in a holomorphic scheme. The action gets enhanced by a term proportional to derivatives of the holomorphic coupling. In the $\\mathcal{N} = 2$ case, this new action is exact at all orders in perturbation theory.
Lectures on renormalization and asymptotic safety
Nagy, Sandor
2012-01-01
A short introduction is given on the functional renormalization group method, putting emphasis on its nonperturbative aspects. The method enables to find nontrivial fixed points in quantum field theoretic models which make them free from divergences and leads to the concept of asymptotic safety. It can be considered as a generalization of the asymptotic freedom which plays a key role in the perturbative renormalization. We summarize and give a short discussion of some important models, which are asymptotically safe such as the Gross-Neveu model, the nonlinear $\\sigma$ model, the sine-Gordon model, and the model of quantum Einstein gravity. We also give a detailed analysis of infrared behavior of the models where a spontaneous symmetry breaking takes place. The deep infrared behavior of the broken phase cannot be treated within the framework of perturbative calculations. We demonstrate that there exists an infrared fixed point in the broken phase which creates a new scaling regime there, however its structure ...
Quenched chiral perturbation theory to one loop
Colangelo, Gilberto; Pallante, Elisabetta
1998-01-01
We calculate the divergences of the generating functional of quenched chiral perturbation theory at one loop, and renormalize the theory by an appropriate definition of the counterterms. We show that the quenched chiral logarithms can be accounted for by defining a renormalized B0 parameter which, a
Alexandrou, C. [Univ. of Cyprus, Nicosia (Cyprus). Dept. of Physics; Cyprus Institute, Nicosia (Cyprus). Computation-based Science and Technology Research Center; Constantinou, M.; Kallidonis, C. [Univ. of Cyprus, Nicosia (Cyprus). Dept. of Physics; Dinter, S.; Drach, V. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany). John von Neumann-Inst. fuer Computing NIC; Jansen, K. [Univ. of Cyprus, Nicosia (Cyprus). Dept. of Physics; Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany). John von Neumann-Inst. fuer Computing NIC; Koutsou, G. [Cyprus Institute, Nicosia (Cyprus). Computation-based Science and Technology Research Center; Collaboration: European Twisted Mass Collaboration
2013-04-15
We present results on the axial and the electromagnetic form factors of the nucleon, as well as, on the first moments of the nucleon generalized parton distributions using maximally twisted mass fermions. We analyze two N{sub f}=2+1+1 ensembles having pion masses of 210 MeV and 354 MeV at two values of the lattice spacing. The lattice scale is determined using the nucleon mass computed on a total of 18 N{sub f}=2+1+1 ensembles generated at three values of the lattice spacing, a. The renormalization constants are evaluated non-perturbatively with a perturbative subtraction of O(a''2)-terms. The moments of the generalized parton distributions are given in the MS scheme at a scale of {mu}=2 GeV. We compare with recent results obtained using different discretization schemes. The implications on the spin content of the nucleon are also discussed.
Stress effects in twisted highly birefringent fibers
Wolinski, Tomasz R.
1994-03-01
Hydrostatic pressure and uniaxial longitudinal strain effects in twisted highly birefringent optical fibers have been investigated from the point of the Marcuse mode-coupling theory. The problem is analyzed in terms of local normal modes of the ideal fiber and in the limit of weak twist, where large linear birefringence dominates over twist effect, and therefore twist coupling between local modes is not effective. The authors present the results of birefringence measurements in highly birefringent bow-tie fibers influenced simultaneously by hydrostatic pressure up to 100 MPa and twisting the result for highly birefringent elliptical-core fibers influenced by uniaxial longitudinal strain up to 4000 (mu) (epsilon) and twisting effect. The birefringence measurement method is based on twist-induced effects and has been successfully applied in a stress environment. The experiment was conducted with a specially designed stress generating device that makes it possible to simultaneously generate various mechanical perturbations such as hydrostatic and radial pressure, axial strain and twist, allowing study of their influence on mode propagation in optical fibers. A comparison with theoretical results as well as with pervious experimental data on stress influence on the beat length parameter in highly birefringent fibers is also provided.
Improved Epstein–Glaser renormalization in x-space versus differential renormalization
Gracia-Bondía, José M. [Department of Theoretical Physics, Universidad de Zaragoza, 50009 Zaragoza (Spain); BIFI Research Center, Universidad de Zaragoza, 50018 Zaragoza (Spain); Department of Physics, Universidad de Costa Rica, San José 11501 (Costa Rica); Gutiérrez, Heidy [Department of Physics, Universidad de Costa Rica, San José 11501 (Costa Rica); Várilly, Joseph C., E-mail: joseph.varilly@ucr.ac.cr [Department of Mathematics, Universidad de Costa Rica, San José 11501 (Costa Rica)
2014-09-15
Renormalization of massless Feynman amplitudes in x-space is reexamined here, using almost exclusively real-variable methods. We compute a wealth of concrete examples by means of recursive extension of distributions. This allows us to show perturbative expansions for the four-point and two-point functions at several loop order. To deal with internal vertices, we expound and expand on convolution theory for log-homogeneous distributions. The approach has much in common with differential renormalization as given by Freedman, Johnson and Latorre; but differs in important details.
Improved Epstein–Glaser renormalization in x-space versus differential renormalization
José M. Gracia-Bondía
2014-09-01
Full Text Available Renormalization of massless Feynman amplitudes in x-space is reexamined here, using almost exclusively real-variable methods. We compute a wealth of concrete examples by means of recursive extension of distributions. This allows us to show perturbative expansions for the four-point and two-point functions at several loop order. To deal with internal vertices, we expound and expand on convolution theory for log-homogeneous distributions. The approach has much in common with differential renormalization as given by Freedman, Johnson and Latorre; but differs in important details.
Renormalization group for non-relativistic fermions.
Shankar, R
2011-07-13
A brief introduction is given to the renormalization group for non-relativistic fermions at finite density. It is shown that Landau's theory of the Fermi liquid arises as a fixed point (with the Landau parameters as marginal couplings) and its instabilities as relevant perturbations. Applications to related areas, nuclear matter, quark matter and quantum dots, are briefly discussed. The focus will be on explaining the main ideas to people in related fields, rather than addressing the experts.
Zero Point Energy of Renormalized Wilson Loops
Hidaka, Yoshimasa; Pisarski, Robert D.
2009-01-01
The quark antiquark potential, and its associated zero point energy, can be extracted from lattice measurements of the Wilson loop. We discuss a unique prescription to renormalize the Wilson loop, for which the perturbative contribution to the zero point energy vanishes identically. A zero point energy can arise nonperturbatively, which we illustrate by considering effective string models. The nonperturbative contribution to the zero point energy vanishes in the Nambu model, but is nonzero wh...
Renormalization of 3d quantum gravity from matrix models
Ambjørn, Jan; Loll, R
2004-01-01
Lorentzian simplicial quantum gravity is a non-perturbatively defined theory of quantum gravity which predicts a positive cosmological constant. Since the approach is based on a sum over space-time histories, it is perturbatively non-renormalizable even in three dimensions. By mapping the three-dimensional theory to a two-matrix model with ABAB interaction we show that both the cosmological and the (perturbatively) non-renormalizable gravitational coupling constant undergo additive renormalizations consistent with canonical quantization.
Singular Renormalization Group Equations
Minoru, HIRAYAMA; Department of Physics, Toyama University
1984-01-01
The possible behaviour of the effective charge is discussed in Oehme and Zimmermann's scheme of the renormalization group equation. The effective charge in an example considered oscillates so violently in the ultraviolet limit that the bare charge becomes indefinable.
Renormalization of supersymmetric theories
Pierce, D.M.
1998-06-01
The author reviews the renormalization of the electroweak sector of the standard model. The derivation also applies to the minimal supersymmetric standard model. He discusses regularization, and the relation between the threshold corrections and the renormalization group equations. He considers the corrections to many precision observables, including M{sub W} and sin{sup 2}{theta}{sup eff}. He shows that global fits to the data exclude regions of supersymmetric model parameter space and lead to lower bounds on superpartner masses.
Stefanov, Stefan Z
2011-01-01
The realization of Daily Artificial Dispatcher as a quantum/relativistic computation consists of perturbative renormalization of the Electrical Power System (EPS), generating the flowcharts of computation, verification, validation, description and help. Perturbative renormalization of EPS energy and time has been carried out in this paper for a day ahead via virtual thermalization of the EPS for a day ahead.
Multilogarithmic velocity renormalization in graphene
Sharma, Anand; Kopietz, Peter
2016-06-01
We reexamine the effect of long-range Coulomb interactions on the quasiparticle velocity in graphene. Using a nonperturbative functional renormalization group approach with partial bosonization in the forward scattering channel and momentum transfer cutoff scheme, we calculate the quasiparticle velocity, v (k ) , and the quasiparticle residue, Z , with frequency-dependent polarization. One of our most striking results is that v (k ) ∝ln[Ck(α ) /k ] where the momentum- and interaction-dependent cutoff scale Ck(α ) vanishes logarithmically for k →0 . Here k is measured with respect to one of the charge neutrality (Dirac) points and α =2.2 is the strength of dimensionless bare interaction. Moreover, we also demonstrate that the so-obtained multilogarithmic singularity is reconcilable with the perturbative expansion of v (k ) in powers of the bare interaction.
One-loop renormalization of fermionic currents with the overlap-Dirac operator
Alexandrou, C; Panagopoulos, H; Vicari, E
2000-01-01
We compute the one-loop lattice renormalization of the two-quark operators$\\bar{\\psi} \\Gamma \\psi$, where $\\Gamma$ denotes the generic Dirac matrix, forthe lattice formulation of QCD using the overlap-Dirac operator. We also study the renormalization of quark bilinears which are more extendedand have better chiral properties. Finally, we present improved estimates of these renormalization constants,coming from cactus resummation and from mean field perturbation theory.
Renormalization of fermion mixing
Schiopu, R.
2007-05-11
Precision measurements of phenomena related to fermion mixing require the inclusion of higher order corrections in the calculation of corresponding theoretical predictions. For this, a complete renormalization scheme for models that allow for fermion mixing is highly required. The correct treatment of unstable particles makes this task difficult and yet, no satisfactory and general solution can be found in the literature. In the present work, we study the renormalization of the fermion Lagrange density with Dirac and Majorana particles in models that involve mixing. The first part of the thesis provides a general renormalization prescription for the Lagrangian, while the second one is an application to specific models. In a general framework, using the on-shell renormalization scheme, we identify the physical mass and the decay width of a fermion from its full propagator. The so-called wave function renormalization constants are determined such that the subtracted propagator is diagonal on-shell. As a consequence of absorptive parts in the self-energy, the constants that are supposed to renormalize the incoming fermion and the outgoing antifermion are different from the ones that should renormalize the outgoing fermion and the incoming antifermion and not related by hermiticity, as desired. Instead of defining field renormalization constants identical to the wave function renormalization ones, we differentiate the two by a set of finite constants. Using the additional freedom offered by this finite difference, we investigate the possibility of defining field renormalization constants related by hermiticity. We show that for Dirac fermions, unless the model has very special features, the hermiticity condition leads to ill-defined matrix elements due to self-energy corrections of external legs. In the case of Majorana fermions, the constraints for the model are less restrictive. Here one might have a better chance to define field renormalization constants related by
Quantum mass correction for the twisted kink
Pawellek, Michael
2008-01-01
We present an analytic result for the 1-loop quantum mass correction in semiclassical quantization for the twisted \\phi^4 kink on S^1 without explicit knowledge of the fluctuation spectrum. For this purpose we use the contour integral representation of the spectral zeta function. By solving the Bethe ansatz equations for the n=2 Lame equation we obtain an analytic expression for the corresponding spectral discriminant. We discuss the renormalization issues of this model. An energetically preferred size for the compact space is finally obtained.
Renormalization of Polyakov loops in fundamental and higher representations
Kaczmarek, O; Hübner, K
2007-01-01
We compare two renormalization procedures, one based on the short distance behavior of heavy quark-antiquark free energies and the other by using bare Polyakov loops at different temporal entent of the lattice and find that both prescriptions are equivalent, resulting in renormalization constants that depend on the bare coupling. Furthermore these renormalization constants show Casimir scaling for higher representations of the Polyakov loops. The analysis of Polyakov loops in different representations of the color SU(3) group indicates that a simple perturbative inspired relation in terms of the quadratic Casimir operator is realized to a good approximation at temperatures $T \\gsim T_c$ for renormalized as well as bare loops. In contrast to a vanishing Polyakov loop in representations with non-zero triality in the confined phase, the adjoint loops are small but non-zero even for temperatures below the critical one. The adjoint quark-antiquark pairs exhibit screening. This behavior can be related to the bindin...
Renormalization group flows for the second Z{sub 5} parafermionic field theory
Dotsenko, Vladimir S. [Laboratoire de Physique Theorique et Hautes Energies, Unite Mixte de Recherche UMR 7589. Universite Pierre et Marie Curie, Paris VI (France) and CNRS, Universite Denis Diderot, Paris VII, Boite 126, Tour 25, 5eme etage, 4 place Jussieu, F-75252 Paris Cedex 05 (France)]. E-mail: dotsenko@lpthe.jussieu.fr; Estienne, Benoit [Laboratoire de Physique Theorique et Hautes Energies, Unite Mixte de Recherche UMR 7589. Universite Pierre et Marie Curie, Paris VI (France) and CNRS, Universite Denis Diderot, Paris VII, Boite 126, Tour 25, 5eme etage, 4 place Jussieu, F-75252 Paris Cedex 05 (France)]. E-mail: estienne@lpthe.jussieu.fr
2006-12-28
Using the renormalization group approach, the Coulomb gas and the coset techniques, the effect of slightly relevant perturbations is studied for the second parafermionic field theory with the symmetry Z{sub 5}. New fixed points are found and classified.
Improved Epstein–Glaser renormalization in x -space versus differential renormalization
Gracia-Bondía, José M.; Heidy Gutiérrez; Várilly, Joseph C.
2014-01-01
Renormalization of massless Feynman amplitudes in $x$-space is reexamined here, using almost exclusively real-variable methods. We compute a wealth of concrete examples by means of recursive extension of distributions. This allows us to show perturbative expansions for the four-point and two-point functions at several loop order. To deal with internal vertices, we expound and expand on convolution theory for log-homogeneous distributions. The approach has much in common with differential reno...
Renormalization and effective actions for general relativity
Neugebohrn, F.
2007-05-15
Quantum gravity is analyzed from the viewpoint of the renormalization group. The analysis is based on methods introduced by J. Polchinski concerning the perturbative renormalization with flow equations. In the first part of this work, the program of renormalization with flow equations is reviewed and then extended to effective field theories that have a finite UV cutoff. This is done for a scalar field theory by imposing additional renormalization conditions for some of the nonrenormalizable couplings. It turns out that one so obtains a statement on the predictivity of the effective theory at scales far below the UV cutoff. In particular, nonrenormalizable theories can be treated without problems in the proposed framework. In the second part, the standard covariant BRS quantization program for Euclidean Einstein gravity is applied. A momentum cutoff regularization is imposed and the resulting violation of the Slavnov-Taylor identities is discussed. Deriving Polchinski's renormalization group equation for Euclidean quantum gravity, the predictivity of effective quantum gravity at scales far below the Planck scale is investigated with flow equations. A fine-tuning procedure for restoring the violated Slavnov-Taylor identities is proposed and it is argued that in the effective quantum gravity context, the restoration will only be accomplished with finite accuracy. Finally, the no-cutoff limit of Euclidean quantum gravity is analyzed from the viewpoint of the Polchinski method. It is speculated whether a limit with nonvanishing gravitational constant might exist where the latter would ultimatively be determined by the cosmological constant and the masses of the elementary particles. (orig.)
Renormalization Scheme Dependence in a QCD Cross Section
Chishtie, Farrukh
2015-01-01
From the perturbatively computed contributions to the $e^+e^- \\rightarrow$ hadrons cross section $R_{e^{+}e^{-}}$, we are able to determine the sum of all leading-log (LL), next-to-leading-log (NLL) etc. contributions to $R_{e^{+}e^{-}}$ up to four loop order (ie, the N$^3$LL contributions) by using the renormalization group equation. We then sum all logarithmic contributions, giving the result for $R_{e^{+}e^{-}}$ in terms of the log-independent contribution and the RG $\\beta$-function. Two renormalization schemes are then considered, both of which lead to an expression for $R_{e^{+}e^{-}}$ in terms of scheme-independent parameters. Both schemes result in expressions for $R_{e^{+}e^{-}}$ that are independent of the renormalization scale parameter $\\mu$. They are then compared with purely perturbative results and RG-summed N$^{3}$LL results.
The Renormalization of the Electroweak Standard Model to All Orders
Kraus, E
1998-01-01
We give the renormalization of the standard model of electroweak interactions to all orders of perturbation theory by using the method of algebraic renormalization, which is based on general properties of renormalized perturbation theory and not on a specific regularization scheme. The Green functions of the standard model are uniquely constructed to all orders, if one defines the model by the Slavnov-Taylor identity, Ward-identities of rigid symmetry and a specific form of the abelian local gauge Ward-identity, which continues the Gell-Mann Nishijima relation to higher orders. Special attention is directed to the mass diagonalization of massless and massive neutral vectors and ghosts. For obtaining off-shell infrared finite expressions it is required to take into account higher order corrections into the functional symmetry operators. It is shown, that the normalization conditions of the on-shell schemes are in agreement with the most general symmetry transformations allowed by the algebraic constraints.
Renormalization group approach to the interacting bose fluid
Wiegel, F.W.
1978-01-01
It is pointed out that the method of functional integration provides a very convenient starting point for the renormalization group approach to the interacting Bose gas. Using such methods we show in a general and non-perturbative way that the critical exponents of the Bose gas are identical to
Renormalization of NN Interaction with Relativistic Chiral Two Pion Exchange
Higa, R; Valderrama, M Pavon; Arriola, E Ruiz
2007-06-14
The renormalization of the NN interaction with the Chiral Two Pion Exchange Potential computed using relativistic baryon chiral perturbation theory is considered. The short distance singularity reduces the number of counter-terms to about a half as those in the heavy-baryon expansion. Phase shifts and deuteron properties are evaluated and a general overall agreement is observed.
Constructive Renormalization of 2-dimensional Grosse-Wulkenhaar Model
Wang, Zhituo
2012-01-01
In this talk we briefly report the recent work on the construction of the 2-dimensional Grosse-Wulkenhaar model with the method of loop vertex expansion. We treat renormalization with this new tool, adapt Nelson's argument and prove Borel summability of the perturbation series. This is the first non-commutative quantum field theory model to be built in a non-perturbative sense.
Renormalization-group flows and fixed points in Yukawa theories
Mølgaard, Esben; Shrock, R.
2014-01-01
We study renormalization-group flows in Yukawa theories with massless fermions, including determination of fixed points and curves that separate regions of different flow behavior. We assess the reliability of perturbative calculations for various values of Yukawa coupling y and quartic scalar....... In the regime of weak couplings where the perturbative calculations are most reliable, we find that the theories have no nontrivial fixed points, and the flow is toward a free theory in the infrared....
Brodsky, Stanley J
2012-01-01
The uncertainty in setting the renormalization scale in finite-order perturbative QCD predictions using standard methods substantially reduces the precision of tests of the Standard Model in collider experiments. It is conventional to choose a typical momentum transfer of the process as the renormalization scale and take an arbitrary range to estimate the uncertainty in the QCD prediction. However, predictions using this procedure depend on the choice of renormalization scheme, and moreover, one obtains incorrect results when applied to QED processes. In contrast, if one fixes the renormalization scale using the Principle of Maximum Conformality (PMC), all non-conformal $\\{\\beta_i\\}$-terms in the perturbative expansion series are summed into the running coupling, and one obtains a unique, scale-fixed, scheme-independent prediction at any finite order. The PMC renormalization scale $\\mu^{\\rm PMC}_R$ and the resulting finite-order PMC prediction are both to high accuracy independent of choice of the initial ren...
Volume reduction through perturbative Wilson loops
Perez, Margarita Garcia; Okawa, Masanori
2016-01-01
We derive the perturbative expansion of Wilson loops to order g^4 in a SU(N) lattice gauge theory with twisted boundary conditions. Our expressions show that the thermodynamic limit is attained at infinite N for any number of lattice sites and allow to quantify the deviations from volume independence at finite large N as a function of the twist.
Twisted Boundary Conditions in Lattice Simulations
Sachrajda, Christopher T C
2004-01-01
By imposing twisted boundary conditions on quark fields it is possible to access components of momenta other than integer multiples of 2pi/L on a lattice with spatial volume L^3. We use Chiral Perturbation Theory to study finite-volume effects with twisted boundary conditions for quantities without final-state interactions, such as meson masses, decay constants and semileptonic form factors, and confirm that they remain exponentially small with the volume. We show that this is also the case for "partially twisted" boundary conditions, in which (some of) the valence quarks satisfy twisted boundary conditions but the sea quarks satisfy periodic boundary conditions. This observation implies that it is not necessary to generate new gluon configurations for every choice of the twist angle, making the method much more practicable. For K->pipi decays we show that the breaking of isospin symmetry by the twisted boundary conditions implies that the amplitudes cannot be determined in general (on this point we disagree ...
Renormalization of the momentum density on the lattice using shifted boundary conditions
Robaina, Daniel
2013-01-01
In order to extract transport quantities from energy-momentum-tensor (EMT) correlators in Lattice QCD there is a strong need for a non-perturbative renormalization of these operators. This is due to the fact that the lattice regularization explicitly breaks translational invariance, invalidating the non-renormalization-theorem. Here we present a non-perturbative calculation of the renormalization constant of the off-diagonal components of the EMT in SU(3) pure gauge theory using lattices with shifted boundary conditions. This allows us to induce a non-zero momentum in the system controlled by the shift parameter and to determine the normalization of the momentum density operator.
The exact renormalization group and approximation solutions
Morris, T R
1994-01-01
We investigate the structure of Polchinski's formulation of the flow equations for the continuum Wilson effective action. Reinterpretations in terms of I.R. cutoff greens functions are given. A promising non-perturbative approximation scheme is derived by carefully taking the sharp cutoff limit and expanding in `irrelevancy' of operators. We illustrate with two simple models of four dimensional $\\lambda \\varphi^4$ theory: the cactus approximation, and a model incorporating the first irrelevant correction to the renormalized coupling. The qualitative and quantitative behaviour give confidence in a fuller use of this method for obtaining accurate results.
Nonperturbative renormalization group study of the stochastic Navier-Stokes equation.
Mejía-Monasterio, Carlos; Muratore-Ginanneschi, Paolo
2012-07-01
We study the renormalization group flow of the average action of the stochastic Navier-Stokes equation with power-law forcing. Using Galilean invariance, we introduce a nonperturbative approximation adapted to the zero-frequency sector of the theory in the parametric range of the Hölder exponent 4-2ε of the forcing where real-space local interactions are relevant. In any spatial dimension d, we observe the convergence of the resulting renormalization group flow to a unique fixed point which yields a kinetic energy spectrum scaling in agreement with canonical dimension analysis. Kolmogorov's -5/3 law is, thus, recovered for ε = 2 as also predicted by perturbative renormalization. At variance with the perturbative prediction, the -5/3 law emerges in the presence of a saturation in the ε dependence of the scaling dimension of the eddy diffusivity at ε = 3/2 when, according to perturbative renormalization, the velocity field becomes infrared relevant.
Generalised twisted partition functions
Petkova, V B
2001-01-01
We consider the set of partition functions that result from the insertion of twist operators compatible with conformal invariance in a given 2D Conformal Field Theory (CFT). A consistency equation, which gives a classification of twists, is written and solved in particular cases. This generalises old results on twisted torus boundary conditions, gives a physical interpretation of Ocneanu's algebraic construction, and might offer a new route to the study of properties of CFT.
Casey, E. J.; Commadore, C. C.; Ingles, M. E.
1980-01-01
Long wire bundles twist into uniform spiral harnesses with help of simple apparatus. Wires pass through spacers and through hand-held tool with hole for each wire. Ends are attached to low speed bench motor. As motor turns, operator moves hand tool away forming smooth twists in wires between motor and tool. Technique produces harnesses that generate less radio-frequency interference than do irregularly twisted cables.
Renormalization persistency of tensor force in nuclei
Tsunoda, Naofumi; Tsukiyama, Koshiroh; Hjorth-Jensen, Morten
2011-01-01
In this work we analyze the tensor-force component of effective interactions appropriate for nuclear shell-model studies, with particular emphasis on the monopole term of the interactions. Standard nucleon-nucleon ($NN$) interactions such as AV8' and $\\chi$N$^3$LO are tailored to shell-model studies by employing $V_{low k}$ techniques to handle the short-range repulsion of the $NN$ interactions and by applying many-body perturbation theory to incorporate in-medium effects. We show, via numerical studies of effective interactions for the $sd$ and $pf$ shells, that the tensor-force contribution to the monopole term of the effective interaction is barely changed by these renormalization procedures, resulting in almost the same monopole term as the one of the bare $NN$ interactions. We propose to call this feature {\\it Renormalization Persistency} of the tensor force, as it is a remarkable property of the renormalization and should have many interesting consequences in nuclear systems. For higher multipole terms,...
Compressive Spectral Renormalization Method
Bayindir, Cihan
2016-01-01
In this paper a novel numerical scheme for finding the sparse self-localized states of a nonlinear system of equations with missing spectral data is introduced. As in the Petviashivili's and the spectral renormalization method, the governing equation is transformed into Fourier domain, but the iterations are performed for far fewer number of spectral components (M) than classical versions of the these methods with higher number of spectral components (N). After the converge criteria is achieved for M components, N component signal is reconstructed from M components by using the l1 minimization technique of the compressive sampling. This method can be named as compressive spectral renormalization (CSRM) method. The main advantage of the CSRM is that, it is capable of finding the sparse self-localized states of the evolution equation(s) with many spectral data missing.
Lavrov, Peter M
2010-01-01
The renormalization of general gauge theories on flat and curved space-time backgrounds is considered within the Sp(2)-covariant quantization method. We assume the existence of a gauge-invariant and diffeomorphism invariant regularization. Using the Sp(2)-covariant formalism one can show that the theory possesses gauge invariant and diffeomorphism invariant renormalizability to all orders in the loop expansion and the extended BRST symmetry after renormalization is preserved. The advantage of the Sp(2)-method compared to the standard Batalin-Vilkovisky approach is that, in reducible theories, the structure of ghosts and ghosts for ghosts and auxiliary fields is described in terms of irreducible representations of the Sp(2) group. This makes the presentation of solutions to the master equations in more simple and systematic way because they are Sp(2)- scalars.
Lavrov, Peter M., E-mail: lavrov@tspu.edu.r [Department of Mathematical Analysis, Tomsk State Pedagogical University, Kievskaya St. 60, Tomsk 634061 (Russian Federation)
2011-08-11
The renormalization of general gauge theories on flat and curved space-time backgrounds is considered within the Sp(2)-covariant quantization method. We assume the existence of a gauge-invariant and diffeomorphism invariant regularization. Using the Sp(2)-covariant formalism one can show that the theory possesses gauge-invariant and diffeomorphism invariant renormalizability to all orders in the loop expansion and the extended BRST-symmetry after renormalization is preserved. The advantage of the Sp(2) method compared to the standard Batalin-Vilkovisky approach is that, in reducible theories, the structure of ghosts and ghosts for ghosts and auxiliary fields is described in terms of irreducible representations of the Sp(2) group. This makes the presentation of solutions to the master equations in more simple and systematic way because they are Sp(2)-scalars.
Renormalizing Entanglement Distillation.
Waeldchen, Stephan; Gertis, Janina; Campbell, Earl T; Eisert, Jens
2016-01-15
Entanglement distillation refers to the task of transforming a collection of weakly entangled pairs into fewer highly entangled ones. It is a core ingredient in quantum repeater protocols, which are needed to transmit entanglement over arbitrary distances in order to realize quantum key distribution schemes. Usually, it is assumed that the initial entangled pairs are identically and independently distributed and are uncorrelated with each other, an assumption that might not be reasonable at all in any entanglement generation process involving memory channels. Here, we introduce a framework that captures entanglement distillation in the presence of natural correlations arising from memory channels. Conceptually, we bring together ideas from condensed-matter physics-ideas from renormalization and matrix-product states and operators-with those of local entanglement manipulation, Markov chain mixing, and quantum error correction. We identify meaningful parameter regions for which we prove convergence to maximally entangled states, arising as the fixed points of a matrix-product operator renormalization flow.
Renormalizing Partial Differential Equations
Bricmont, J.; Kupiainen, A.
1994-01-01
In this review paper, we explain how to apply Renormalization Group ideas to the analysis of the long-time asymptotics of solutions of partial differential equations. We illustrate the method on several examples of nonlinear parabolic equations. We discuss many applications, including the stability of profiles and fronts in the Ginzburg-Landau equation, anomalous scaling laws in reaction-diffusion equations, and the shape of a solution near a blow-up point.
Twisted network programming essentials
Fettig, Abe
2005-01-01
Twisted Network Programming Essentials from O'Reilly is a task-oriented look at this new open source, Python-based technology. The book begins with recommendations for various plug-ins and add-ons to enhance the basic package as installed. It then details Twisted's collection simple network protocols, and helper utilities. The book also includes projects that let you try out the Twisted framework for yourself. For example, you'll find examples of using Twisted to build web services applications using the REST architecture, using XML-RPC, and using SOAP. Written for developers who want to s
Holographic renormalization and supersymmetry
Genolini, Pietro Benetti; Cassani, Davide; Martelli, Dario; Sparks, James
2017-02-01
Holographic renormalization is a systematic procedure for regulating divergences in observables in asymptotically locally AdS spacetimes. For dual boundary field theories which are supersymmetric it is natural to ask whether this defines a supersymmetric renormalization scheme. Recent results in localization have brought this question into sharp focus: rigid supersymmetry on a curved boundary requires specific geometric structures, and general arguments imply that BPS observables, such as the partition function, are invariant under certain deformations of these structures. One can then ask if the dual holographic observables are similarly invariant. We study this question in minimal N = 2 gauged supergravity in four and five dimensions. In four dimensions we show that holographic renormalization precisely reproduces the expected field theory results. In five dimensions we find that no choice of standard holographic counterterms is compatible with supersymmetry, which leads us to introduce novel finite boundary terms. For a class of solutions satisfying certain topological assumptions we provide some independent tests of these new boundary terms, in particular showing that they reproduce the expected VEVs of conserved charges.
Dynamical Twisted Mass Fermions with Light Quarks
Boucaud, P; Farchioni, F; Frezzotti, R; Giménez, V; Herdoiza, G; Jansen, K; Lubicz, V; Martinelli, G; McNeile, C; Michael, C; Montvay, I; Palao, D; Papinutto, Mauro; Pickavance, J; Rossi, G C; Scorzato, L; Shindler, A; Simula, S; Urbach, C; Wenger, U; Boucaud, Ph.
2007-01-01
We present results of dynamical simulations with 2 flavours of degenerate Wilson twisted mass quarks at maximal twist in the range of pseudo scalar masses from 300 to 550 MeV. The simulations are performed at one value of the lattice spacing a \\lesssim 0.1 fm. In order to have O(a) improvement and aiming at small residual cutoff effects, the theory is tuned to maximal twist by requiring the vanishing of the untwisted quark mass. Precise results for the pseudo scalar decay constant and the pseudo scalar mass are confronted with chiral perturbation theory predictions and the low energy constants F, \\bar{l}_3 and \\bar{l}_4 are evaluated with small statistical errors.
1-loop renormalization of QED{sub 2}
Casana S, Rodolfo; Dias, Sebastiao A. [Centro Brasileiro de Pesquisas Fisicas (CBPF), Rio de Janeiro, RJ (Brazil)
1997-12-31
The Schwinger model, when quantized in a gauge non-invariant way exhibits a dependence on a parameter a (the Jackiw-Rajaraman parameter) in a way which is analogous to the case involving chiral fermions (the chiral Schwinger model). For all values of a {ne} 1, there are divergences in the fermionic Green`s functions. We propose a regularization of the generating functional Z({eta},{eta}-bar, J) and we use it to re normalize the theory to one loop level, in a semi-perturbative sense. At the end of the renormalization procedure we find an implicit dependence of a on the renormalization scale {mu}. (author) 9 refs.
Nonlinear Reynolds stress models and the renormalization group
Rubinstein, Robert; Barton, J. Michael
1990-01-01
The renormalization group is applied to derive a nonlinear algebraic Reynolds stress model of anisotropic turbulence in which the Reynolds stresses are quadratic functions of the mean velocity gradients. The model results from a perturbation expansion that is truncated systematically at second order with subsequent terms contributing no further information. The resulting turbulence model applied to both low and high Reynolds number flows without requiring wall functions or ad hoc modifications of the equations. All constants are derived from the renormalization group procedure; no adjustable constants arise. The model permits inequality of the Reynolds normal stresses, a necessary condition for calculating turbulence-driven secondary flows in noncircular ducts.
The renormalization scale-setting problem in QCD
Wu, Xing-Gang [Chongqing Univ. (China); Brodsky, Stanley J. [SLAC National Accelerator Lab., Menlo Park, CA (United States); Mojaza, Matin [SLAC National Accelerator Lab., Menlo Park, CA (United States); Univ. of Southern Denmark, Odense (Denmark)
2013-09-01
A key problem in making precise perturbative QCD predictions is to set the proper renormalization scale of the running coupling. The conventional scale-setting procedure assigns an arbitrary range and an arbitrary systematic error to fixed-order pQCD predictions. In fact, this ad hoc procedure gives results which depend on the choice of the renormalization scheme, and it is in conflict with the standard scale-setting procedure used in QED. Predictions for physical results should be independent of the choice of the scheme or other theoretical conventions. We review current ideas and points of view on how to deal with the renormalization scale ambiguity and show how to obtain renormalization scheme- and scale-independent estimates. We begin by introducing the renormalization group (RG) equation and an extended version, which expresses the invariance of physical observables under both the renormalization scheme and scale-parameter transformations. The RG equation provides a convenient way for estimating the scheme- and scale-dependence of a physical process. We then discuss self-consistency requirements of the RG equations, such as reflexivity, symmetry, and transitivity, which must be satisfied by a scale-setting method. Four typical scale setting methods suggested in the literature, i.e., the Fastest Apparent Convergence (FAC) criterion, the Principle of Minimum Sensitivity (PMS), the Brodsky–Lepage–Mackenzie method (BLM), and the Principle of Maximum Conformality (PMC), are introduced. Basic properties and their applications are discussed. We pay particular attention to the PMC, which satisfies all of the requirements of RG invariance. Using the PMC, all non-conformal terms associated with the β-function in the perturbative series are summed into the running coupling, and one obtains a unique, scale-fixed, scheme-independent prediction at any finite order. The PMC provides the principle underlying the BLM method, since it gives the general rule for extending
Euclidean Epstein-Glaser renormalization
Keller, Kai J. [Hamburg Univ. (Germany). 2. Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik
2009-03-15
In the framework of perturbative Algebraic Quantum Field Theory (pAQFT) I give a general construction of so-called 'Euclidean time-ordered products', i.e. algebraic versions of the Schwinger functions, for scalar quantum eld theories on spaces of Euclidean signature. This is done by generalizing the recursive construction of time-ordered products by Epstein and Glaser, originally formulated for quantum field theories on Minkowski space (MQFT). An essential input of Epstein-Glaser renormalization is the causal structure of Minkowski space. The absence of this causal structure in the Euclidean framework makes it necessary to modify the original construction of Epstein and Glaser at two points. First, the whole construction has to be performed with an only partially defined product on (interaction-) functionals. This is due to the fact that the fundamental solutions of the Helmholtz operator (-{delta}+m{sup 2}) of EQFT have a unique singularity structure, i.e. they are unique up to a smooth part. Second, one needs to (re-)introduce a (rather natural) 'Euclidean causality' condition for the recursion of Epstein and Glaser to be applicable. (orig.)
Inflation, Renormalization, and CMB Anisotropies
Agullo, I; Olmo, Gonzalo J; Parker, Leonard
2010-01-01
In single-field, slow-roll inflationary models, scalar and tensorial (Gaussian) perturbations are both characterized by a zero mean and a non-zero variance. In position space, the corresponding variance of those fields diverges in the ultraviolet. The requirement of a finite variance in position space forces its regularization via quantum field renormalization in an expanding universe. This has an important impact on the predicted scalar and tensorial power spectra for wavelengths that today are at observable scales. In particular, we find a non-trivial change in the consistency condition that relates the tensor-to-scalar ratio "r" to the spectral indices. For instance, an exact scale-invariant tensorial power spectrum, n_t=0, is now compatible with a non-zero ratio r= 0.12 +/- 0.06, which is forbidden by the standard prediction (r=-8n_t). Forthcoming observations of the influence of relic gravitational waves on the CMB will offer a non-trivial test of the new predictions.
Higher representations on the lattice: perturbative studies
Del Debbio, Luigi; Panagopoulos, Haralambos; Sannino, Francesco
2008-01-01
We present analytical results to guide numerical simulations with Wilson fermions in higher representations of the colour group. The ratio of $\\Lambda$ parameters, the additive renormalization of the fermion mass, and the renormalization of fermion bilinears are computed in perturbation theory, including cactus resummation. We recall the chiral Lagrangian for the different patterns of symmetry breaking that can take place with fermions in higher representations, and discuss the possibility of an Aoki phase as the fermion mass is reduced at finite lattice spacing.
Overregularity in Oliver Twist
孔祥曼
2015-01-01
Oliver Twist is one of the earliest works of Charles Dickens. In this novel, the author uses many writing skills which impress the readers a lot. This paper gives a brief description of overregularity in Oliver Twist at the phonological and syntactical levels.
Renormalization conditions and non-diagrammatic approach to renormalizations
Faizullaev, B. A.; Garnov, S. A.
1996-01-01
The representation of the bare parameters of Lagrangian in terms of total vertex Green's functions is used to obtain the general form of renormalization conditions. In the framework of this approach renormalizations can be carried out without treatment to Feynman diagrams.
Landau damping of Langmuir twisted waves with kappa distributed electrons
Arshad, Kashif, E-mail: kashif.arshad.butt@gmail.com; Aman-ur-Rehman [Pakistan Institute of Engineering and Applied Sciences, P. O. Nilore, Islamabad 45650 (Pakistan); Mahmood, Shahzad [Pakistan Institute of Engineering and Applied Sciences, P. O. Nilore, Islamabad 45650 (Pakistan); Theoretical Physics Division, PINSTECH, P.O. Nilore, Islamabad 44000 (Pakistan)
2015-11-15
The kinetic theory of Landau damping of Langmuir twisted modes is investigated in the presence of orbital angular momentum of the helical (twisted) electric field in plasmas with kappa distributed electrons. The perturbed distribution function and helical electric field are considered to be decomposed by Laguerre-Gaussian mode function defined in cylindrical geometry. The Vlasov-Poisson equation is obtained and solved analytically to obtain the weak damping rates of the Langmuir twisted waves in a nonthermal plasma. The strong damping effects of the Langmuir twisted waves at wavelengths approaching Debye length are also obtained by using an exact numerical method and are illustrated graphically. The damping rates of the planar Langmuir waves are found to be larger than the twisted Langmuir waves in plasmas which shows opposite behavior as depicted in Fig. 3 by J. T. Mendoça [Phys. Plasmas 19, 112113 (2012)].
Perturbation Theory of the Cosmological Log-Density Field
Wang, Xin; Neyrinck, Mark; Szapudi, István
2011-01-01
, motivating an analytic study of it. In this paper, we develop cosmological perturbation theory for the power spectrum of this field. Our formalism is developed in the context of renormalized perturbation theory, which helps to regulate the convergence behavior of the perturbation series, and of the Taylor...
Automatic O(a) improvement for twisted mass QCD in the presence of spontaneous symmetry breaking
Aoki, Sinya; Bär, Oliver
2006-08-01
In this paper we present a proof for automatic O(a) improvement in twisted mass lattice QCD at maximal twist, which uses only the symmetries of the leading part in the Symanzik effective action. In the process of the proof we clarify that the twist angle is dynamically determined by vacuum expectation values in the Symanzik theory. For maximal twist according to this definition, we show that scaling violations of all quantities which have nonzero values in the continuum limit are even in a. In addition, using Wilson chiral perturbation theory, we investigate this definition for maximal twist and compare it to other definitions which were already employed in actual simulations.
Power Counting and Wilsonian Renormalization in Nuclear Effective Field Theory
Valderrama, Manuel Pavon
2016-01-01
Effective field theories are the most general tool for the description of low energy phenomena. They are universal and systematic: they can be formulated for any low energy systems we can think of and offer a clear guide on how to calculate predictions with reliable error estimates, a feature that is called power counting. These properties can be easily understood in Wilsonian renormalization, in which effective field theories are the low energy renormalization group evolution of a more fundamental ---perhaps unknown or unsolvable--- high energy theory. In nuclear physics they provide the possibility of a theoretically sound derivation of nuclear forces without having to solve quantum chromodynamics explicitly. However there is the problem of how to organize calculations within nuclear effective field theory: the traditional knowledge about power counting is perturbative but nuclear physics is not. Yet power counting can be derived in Wilsonian renormalization and there is already a fairly good understanding ...
Renormalization group analysis of the gluon mass equation
Aguilar, A C; Papavassiliou, J
2014-01-01
In the present work we carry out a systematic study of the renormalization properties of the integral equation that determines the momentum evolution of the effective gluon mass. A detailed, all-order analysis of the complete kernel appearing in this particular equation reveals that the renormalization procedure may be accomplished through the sole use of ingredients known from the standard perturbative treatment of the theory, with no additional assumptions. However, the subtle interplay of terms operating at the level of the exact equation gets distorted by the approximations usually employed when evaluating the aforementioned kernel. This fact is reflected in the form of the obtained solutions, whose deviations from the correct behavior are best quantified by resorting to appropriately defined renormalization-group invariant quantities. This analysis, in turn, provides a solid guiding principle for improving the form of the kernel, and furnishes a well-defined criterion for discriminating between various p...
Renormalization group invariance and optimal QCD renormalization scale-setting: a key issues review.
Wu, Xing-Gang; Ma, Yang; Wang, Sheng-Quan; Fu, Hai-Bing; Ma, Hong-Hao; Brodsky, Stanley J; Mojaza, Matin
2015-12-01
A valid prediction for a physical observable from quantum field theory should be independent of the choice of renormalization scheme--this is the primary requirement of renormalization group invariance (RGI). Satisfying scheme invariance is a challenging problem for perturbative QCD (pQCD), since a truncated perturbation series does not automatically satisfy the requirements of the renormalization group. In a previous review, we provided a general introduction to the various scale setting approaches suggested in the literature. As a step forward, in the present review, we present a discussion in depth of two well-established scale-setting methods based on RGI. One is the 'principle of maximum conformality' (PMC) in which the terms associated with the β-function are absorbed into the scale of the running coupling at each perturbative order; its predictions are scheme and scale independent at every finite order. The other approach is the 'principle of minimum sensitivity' (PMS), which is based on local RGI; the PMS approach determines the optimal renormalization scale by requiring the slope of the approximant of an observable to vanish. In this paper, we present a detailed comparison of the PMC and PMS procedures by analyzing two physical observables R(e+e-) and [Formula: see text] up to four-loop order in pQCD. At the four-loop level, the PMC and PMS predictions for both observables agree within small errors with those of conventional scale setting assuming a physically-motivated scale, and each prediction shows small scale dependences. However, the convergence of the pQCD series at high orders, behaves quite differently: the PMC displays the best pQCD convergence since it eliminates divergent renormalon terms; in contrast, the convergence of the PMS prediction is questionable, often even worse than the conventional prediction based on an arbitrary guess for the renormalization scale. PMC predictions also have the property that any residual dependence on the choice
Renormalization on noncommutative torus
D'Ascanio, D; Vassilevich, D V
2016-01-01
We study a self-interacting scalar $\\varphi^4$ theory on the $d$-dimensional noncommutative torus. We determine, for the particular cases $d=2$ and $d=4$, the nonlocal counterterms required by one-loop renormalization. We discuss higher loops in two dimensions and two-loop contributions to the self-energy in four dimensions. Our analysis points towards the absence of any problems related to the UV/IR mixing and thus to renormalizability of the theory. However, we find another potentially troubling phenomenon which is a wild behavior of the two-point amplitude as a function of the noncommutativity matrix $\\theta$.
Battle, G A
1999-01-01
WAVELETS AND RENORMALIZATION describes the role played by wavelets in Euclidean field theory and classical statistical mechanics. The author begins with a stream-lined introduction to quantum field theory from a rather basic point of view. Functional integrals for imaginary-time-ordered expectations are introduced early and naturally, while the connection with the statistical mechanics of classical spin systems is introduced in a later chapter.A vastly simplified (wavelet) version of the celebrated Glimm-Jaffe construction of the F 4 3 quantum field theory is presented. It is due to Battle and
Renormalization on noncommutative torus
D' Ascanio, D.; Pisani, P. [Universidad Nacional de La Plata, Instituto de Fisica La Plata-CONICET, La Plata (Argentina); Vassilevich, D.V. [Universidade Federal do ABC, CMCC, Santo Andre, SP (Brazil); Tomsk State University, Department of Physics, Tomsk (Russian Federation)
2016-04-15
We study a self-interacting scalar φ{sup 4} theory on the d-dimensional noncommutative torus. We determine, for the particular cases d = 2 and d = 4, the counterterms required by one-loop renormalization. We discuss higher loops in two dimensions and two-loop contributions to the self-energy in four dimensions. Our analysis points toward the absence of any problems related to the ultraviolet/infrared mixing and thus to renormalizability of the theory. However, we find another potentially troubling phenomenon which is a wild behavior of the two-point amplitude as a function of the noncommutativity matrix θ. (orig.)
Renormalization on noncommutative torus
D'Ascanio, D.; Pisani, P.; Vassilevich, D. V.
2016-04-01
We study a self-interacting scalar \\varphi ^4 theory on the d-dimensional noncommutative torus. We determine, for the particular cases d=2 and d=4, the counterterms required by one-loop renormalization. We discuss higher loops in two dimensions and two-loop contributions to the self-energy in four dimensions. Our analysis points toward the absence of any problems related to the ultraviolet/infrared mixing and thus to renormalizability of the theory. However, we find another potentially troubling phenomenon which is a wild behavior of the two-point amplitude as a function of the noncommutativity matrix θ.
Overlap fermions on a twisted mass sea
Bär, O; Schäefer, S; Scorzato, L; Shindler, A
2006-01-01
We present first results of a mixed action project. We analyze gauge configurations generated with two flavors of dynamical twisted mass fermions. Neuberger's overlap Dirac operator is used for the valence sector. The various choices in the setup of the simulation are discussed. We employ chiral perturbation theory to describe the effects of using different actions in the sea and valence sector at non-zero lattice spacing.
Renormalization of domain-wall bilinear operators with short-distance current correlators
Tomii, M; Fahy, B; Fukaya, H; Hashimoto, S; Kaneko, T; Noaki, J
2016-01-01
We determine the renormalization constants for flavor non-singlet fermion bilinear operators of M\\"obius domain-wall fermions. The renormalization condition is imposed on the correlation functions in the coordinate space, such that the non-perturbative lattice calculation reproduces the perturbatively calculated counterpart at short distances. The perturbative expansion is precise as the coefficients are available up to $O(\\alpha_s^4)$. We employ $2+1$-flavor lattice ensembles at three lattice spacings in the range 0.044--0.080~fm.
Seven topics in perturbative QCD
Buras, A.J.
1980-09-01
The following topics of perturbative QCD are discussed: (1) deep inelastic scattering; (2) higher order corrections to e/sup +/e/sup -/ annihilation, to photon structure functions and to quarkonia decays; (3) higher order corrections to fragmentation functions and to various semi-inclusive processes; (4) higher twist contributions; (5) exclusive processes; (6) transverse momentum effects; (7) jet and photon physics.
Renormalization group for evolving networks.
Dorogovtsev, S N
2003-04-01
We propose a renormalization group treatment of stochastically growing networks. As an example, we study percolation on growing scale-free networks in the framework of a real-space renormalization group approach. As a result, we find that the critical behavior of percolation on the growing networks differs from that in uncorrelated networks.
Renormalization group and the deep structure of the proton
Petermann, Andreas
1979-01-01
The spirit of the renormalization group approach lies entirely in the observation that in a specific theory the renormalized constants such as the couplings, the masses, are arbitrary mathematical parameters which can be varied by changing arbitrarily the renormalization prescription. Given a scale of mass mu , prescriptions can be chosen by doing subtractions of the relevant amplitudes at the continuously varying points mu e/sup t/, t being an arbitrary real parameter. A representation of such a renormalization group transformation mu to mu + mu e/sup t/ is the transformation g to g(t) of the renormalized coupling into a continuously varying coupling constant, the so-called 'running coupling constant'. If, for the theory under investigation there exists a domain of the t space where g(t) is small, then because it is not known how to handle field theory beyond the perturbative approach attention must be focused on the experimental range in which the g(t) 'runs' with small values. The introduction of couplings...
Rota-Baxter algebras and the Hopf algebra of renormalization
Ebrahimi-Fard, K.
2006-06-15
Recently, the theory of renormalization in perturbative quantum field theory underwent some exciting new developments. Kreimer discovered an organization of Feynman graphs into combinatorial Hopf algebras. The process of renormalization is captured by a factorization theorem for regularized Hopf algebra characters. Hereby the notion of Rota-Baxter algebras enters the scene. In this work we develop in detail several mathematical aspects of Rota-Baxter algebras as they appear also in other sectors closely related to perturbative renormalization, to wit, for instance multiple-zeta-values and matrix differential equations. The Rota-Baxter picture enables us to present the algebraic underpinning for the Connes-Kreimer Birkhoff decomposition in a concise way. This is achieved by establishing a general factorization theorem for filtered algebras. Which in turn follows from a new recursion formula based on the Baker-Campbell-Hausdorff formula. This allows us to generalize a classical result due to Spitzer to non-commutative Rota-Baxter algebras. The Baker-Campbell-Hausdorff based recursion turns out to be a generalization of Magnus' expansion in numerical analysis to generalized integration operators. We will exemplify these general results by establishing a simple representation of the combinatorics of renormalization in terms of triangular matrices. We thereby recover in the presence of a Rota-Baxter operator the matrix representation of the Birkhoff decomposition of Connes and Kreimer. (orig.)
Taming perturbative divergences in asymptotically safe gravity
Benedetti, Dario, E-mail: dbenedetti@perimeterinstitute.c [Perimeter Institute for Theoretical Physics, 31 Caroline St. N, N2L 2Y5, Waterloo ON (Canada); Machado, Pedro F., E-mail: p.f.machado@uu.n [Institute for Theoretical Physics, Utrecht University, 3508 TD Utrecht (Netherlands); Saueressig, Frank, E-mail: Frank.Saueressig@cea.f [Institut de Physique Theorique, CEA Saclay, F-91191 Gif-Sur-Yvette Cedex (France); CNRS URA 2306, F-91191 Gif-Sur-Yvette Cedex (France)
2010-01-01
We use functional renormalization group methods to study gravity minimally coupled to a free scalar field. This setup provides the prototype of a gravitational theory which is perturbatively non-renormalizable at one-loop level, but may possess a non-trivial renormalization group fixed point controlling its UV behavior. We show that such a fixed point indeed exists within the truncations considered, lending strong support to the conjectured asymptotic safety of the theory. In particular, we demonstrate that the counterterms responsible for its perturbative non-renormalizability have no qualitative effect on this feature.
Renormalization of local quark-bilinear operators for Nf=3 flavors of SLiNC fermions
Constantinou, M; Panagopoulos, H; Perlt, H; Rakow, P E L; Schierholz, G; Schiller, A; Zanotti, J M
2014-01-01
The renormalization factors of local quark-bilinear operators are computed non-perturbatively for $N_f=3$ flavors of SLiNC fermions, with emphasis on the various procedures for the chiral and continuum extrapolations. The simulations are performed at a lattice spacing $a=0.074$ fm, and for five values of the pion mass in the range of 290-465 MeV, allowing a safe and stable chiral extrapolation. Emphasis is given in the subtraction of the well-known pion pole which affects the renormalization factor of the pseudoscalar current. We also compute the inverse propagator and the Green's functions of the local bilinears to one loop in perturbation theory. We investigate lattice artifacts by computing them perturbatively to second order as well as to all orders in the lattice spacing. The renormalization conditions are defined in the RI$'$-MOM scheme, for both the perturbative and non-perturbative results. The renormalization factors, obtained at different values of the renormalization scale, are translated to the ${...
Freed, Daniel S
2012-01-01
We show how general principles of symmetry in quantum mechanics lead to twisted notions of a group representation. This framework generalizes both the classical 3-fold way of real/complex/quaternionic representations as well as a corresponding 10-fold way which has appeared in condensed matter and nuclear physics. We establish a foundation for discussing continuous families of quantum systems. Having done so, topological phases of quantum systems can be defined as deformation classes of continuous families of gapped Hamiltonians. For free particles there is an additional algebraic structure on the deformation classes leading naturally to notions of twisted equivariant K-theory. In systems with a lattice of translational symmetries we show that there is a canonical twisting of the equivariant K-theory of the Brillouin torus. We give precise mathematical definitions of two invariants of the topological phases which have played an important role in the study of topological insulators. Twisted equivariant K-theor...
MATHAI; Varghese
2010-01-01
We review the Reidemeister, Ray-Singer’s analytic torsion and the Cheeger-Mller theorem. We describe the analytic torsion of the de Rham complex twisted by a flux form introduced by the current authors and recall its properties. We define a new twisted analytic torsion for the complex of invariant differential forms on the total space of a principal circle bundle twisted by an invariant flux form. We show that when the dimension is even, such a torsion is invariant under certain deformation of the metric and the flux form. Under T-duality which exchanges the topology of the bundle and the flux form and the radius of the circular fiber with its inverse, the twisted torsion of invariant forms are inverse to each other for any dimension.
Mathai, Varghese
2009-01-01
We review the Reidemeister and Ray-Singer's analytic torsions and the Cheeger-M"uller theorem. We describe the analytic torsion of the de Rham complex twisted by a flux form introduced by the current authors and recall its properties. We define a new twisted analytic torsion for the complex of invariant differential forms on the total space of a principal circle bundle twisted by an invariant flux form. We show that when the dimension is even, such a torsion is invariant under certain deformation of the metric and the flux form. Under T-duality which exchanges the topology of the bundle and the flux form and the radius of the circular fiber with its inverse, the twisted torsions are inverse to each other for any dimensions.
Prospects and status of quark mass renormalization in three-flavour QCD
Campos, I; Pena, C; Preti, D; Ramos, A; Vladikas, A
2015-01-01
We present the current status of a revised strategy to compute the running of renormalized quark masses in QCD with three flavours of massless O(a) improved Wilson quarks. The strategy employed uses the standard finite-size scaling method in the Schr\\"odinger functional and accommodates for the non-perturbative scheme-switch which becomes necessary at intermediate renormalized couplings as discussed in [arXiv:1411.7648].
A renormalization-group approach to finite-temperature mass corrections
Marini, A; Marini, A; Burgess, C P
1994-01-01
We illustrate how the reorganization of perturbation theory at finite temperature can be economically cast in terms of the Wilson-Polchinski renormalization methods. We take as an example the old saw of the induced thermal mass of a hot scalar field with a quartic coupling, which we compute to second order in the coupling constant. We show that the form of the result can be largely determined by renormalization-group arguments without the explicit evaluation of Feynman graphs.
Nikolov, Nikolay M.
2016-01-01
We propose a new renormalization procedure to all orders in perturbation theory, which is formulated on an extended position space. This allows us to apply methods from massless Quantum Field Theory to models of massive fields. These include the technique of homogeneous and associate homogeneous distributions for the extension problem contained in the renormalization theory on position space. This also makes it possible to generalize the notion of residues of Feynman amplitudes, which charact...
Nikolov, Nikolay M.
2016-11-01
We propose a new renormalization procedure to all orders in perturbation theory, which is formulated on an extended position space. This allows us to apply methods from massless Quantum Field Theory to models of massive fields. These include the technique of homogeneous and associate homogeneous distributions for the extension problem contained in the renormalization theory on position space. This also makes it possible to generalize the notion of residues of Feynman amplitudes, which characterize the presence of additional scales due to renormalization, to the massive case.
Renormalization of an Abelian Tensor Group Field Theory: Solution at Leading Order
Lahoche, Vincent; Rivasseau, Vincent
2015-01-01
We study a just renormalizable tensorial group field theory of rank six with quartic melonic interactions and Abelian group U(1). We introduce the formalism of the intermediate field, which allows a precise characterization of the leading order Feynman graphs. We define the renormalization of the model, compute its (perturbative) renormalization group flow and write its expansion in terms of effective couplings. We then establish closed equations for the two point and four point functions at leading (melonic) order. Using the effective expansion and its uniform exponential bounds we prove that these equations admit a unique solution at small renormalized coupling.
Renormalization and Hopf Algebraic Structure of the 5-Dimensional Quartic Tensor Field Theory
Avohou, Remi Cocou; Tanasa, Adrian
2015-01-01
This paper is devoted to the study of renormalization of the quartic melonic tensor model in dimension (=rank) five. We review the perturbative renormalization and the computation of the one loop beta function, confirming the asymptotic freedom of the model. We then define the Connes-Kreimer-like Hopf algebra describing the combinatorics of the renormalization of this model and we analyze in detail, at one- and two-loop levels, the Hochschild cohomology allowing to write the combinatorial Dyson-Schwinger equations. Feynman tensor graph Hopf subalgebras are also exhibited.
A Systematic All-Orders Method to Eliminate Renormalization-Scale and Scheme Ambiguities in PQCD
Mojaza, Matin; Wu, Xing-Gang
2012-01-01
We introduce a generalization of the conventional renormalization schemes used in dimensional regularization, which illuminates the renormalization scheme and scale ambiguities of pQCD predictions, exposes the general pattern of nonconformal {\\beta_i}-terms, and reveals a special degeneracy of the terms in the perturbative coefficients. It allows us to systematically determine the argument of the running coupling order by order in pQCD in a form which can be readily automatized. The new method satisfies all of the principles of the renormalization group and eliminates an unnecessary source of systematic error.
Nikolov, Nikolay M., E-mail: mitov@inrne.bas.bg
2016-11-15
We propose a new renormalization procedure to all orders in perturbation theory, which is formulated on an extended position space. This allows us to apply methods from massless Quantum Field Theory to models of massive fields. These include the technique of homogeneous and associate homogeneous distributions for the extension problem contained in the renormalization theory on position space. This also makes it possible to generalize the notion of residues of Feynman amplitudes, which characterize the presence of additional scales due to renormalization, to the massive case.
Nikolay M. Nikolov
2016-11-01
Full Text Available We propose a new renormalization procedure to all orders in perturbation theory, which is formulated on an extended position space. This allows us to apply methods from massless Quantum Field Theory to models of massive fields. These include the technique of homogeneous and associate homogeneous distributions for the extension problem contained in the renormalization theory on position space. This also makes it possible to generalize the notion of residues of Feynman amplitudes, which characterize the presence of additional scales due to renormalization, to the massive case.
Twisted radio waves and twisted thermodynamics.
Kish, Laszlo B; Nevels, Robert D
2013-01-01
We present and analyze a gedanken experiment and show that the assumption that an antenna operating at a single frequency can transmit more than two independent information channels to the far field violates the Second Law of Thermodynamics. Transmission of a large number of channels, each associated with an angular momenta 'twisted wave' mode, to the far field in free space is therefore not possible.
K^0-\\bar{K}^0 mixing in the Standard Model from Nf=2+1+1 Twisted Mass Lattice QCD
Carrasco, N; Dimopoulos, P; Frezzotti, R; Palao, D; Rossi, G C; Lubicz, V; Papinutto, M; Sanfilippo, F; Simula, S
2011-01-01
We present preliminary results at {\\beta} = 1.95 (a = 0.077 fm) on the first unquenched N_f=2+1+1 lattice computation of the B_K parameter which controls the neutral kaon oscillations in the Standard Model. Using N_f=2+1+1 maximally twisted sea quarks and Osterwalder-Seiler valence quarks we achieve O(a) improvement and a continuum-like renormalization pattern for the four-fermion operator. Our results are extrapolated/interpolated to the physical light/strange quark mass but not yet to the continuum limit. The computation of the relevant renormalization constants is performed non perturbatively in the RI'-MOM scheme using dedicated simulations with N_f=4 degenerate sea quark flavours produced by the ETM collaboration. We get B_K^{RGI} (a = 0.077) = 0.747(18), which when compared to our previous unquenched N_f=2 determination and most of the existing results, suggests a rather weak B_K^{RGI} dependence on the number of dynamical flavours. We are at the moment analysing lattice data at two additional {\\beta} v...
Fifty years of the renormalization group
Shirkov, D V
2001-01-01
Renormalization was the breakthrough that made quantum field theory respectable in the late 1940s. Since then, renormalization procedures, particularly the renormalization group method, have remained a touchstone for new theoretical developments. This work relates the history of the renormalization group. (17 refs).
Renormalized Volumes with Boundary
Gover, A Rod
2016-01-01
We develop a general regulated volume expansion for the volume of a manifold with boundary whose measure is suitably singular along a separating hypersurface. The expansion is shown to have a regulator independent anomaly term and a renormalized volume term given by the primitive of an associated anomaly operator. These results apply to a wide range of structures. We detail applications in the setting of measures derived from a conformally singular metric. In particular, we show that the anomaly generates invariant (Q-curvature, transgression)-type pairs for hypersurfaces with boundary. For the special case of anomalies coming from the volume enclosed by a minimal hypersurface ending on the boundary of a Poincare--Einstein structure, this result recovers Branson's Q-curvature and corresponding transgression. When the singular metric solves a boundary version of the constant scalar curvature Yamabe problem, the anomaly gives generalized Willmore energy functionals for hypersurfaces with boundary. Our approach ...
Gutzwiller renormalization group
Lanatà, Nicola; Yao, Yong-Xin; Deng, Xiaoyu; Wang, Cai-Zhuang; Ho, Kai-Ming; Kotliar, Gabriel
2016-01-01
We develop a variational scheme called the "Gutzwiller renormalization group" (GRG), which enables us to calculate the ground state of Anderson impurity models (AIM) with arbitrary numerical precision. Our method exploits the low-entanglement property of the ground state of local Hamiltonians in combination with the framework of the Gutzwiller wave function and indicates that the ground state of the AIM has a very simple structure, which can be represented very accurately in terms of a surprisingly small number of variational parameters. We perform benchmark calculations of the single-band AIM that validate our theory and suggest that the GRG might enable us to study complex systems beyond the reach of the other methods presently available and pave the way to interesting generalizations, e.g., to nonequilibrium transport in nanostructures.
Gies, Holger; Jaeckel, Joerg
2004-09-01
We investigate textbook QED in the framework of the exact renormalization group. In the strong-coupling region, we study the influence of fluctuation-induced photonic and fermionic self-interactions on the nonperturbative running of the gauge coupling. Our findings confirm the triviality hypothesis of complete charge screening if the ultraviolet cutoff is sent to infinity. Though the Landau pole does not belong to the physical coupling domain owing to spontaneous chiral-symmetry-breaking (χSB), the theory predicts a scale of maximal UV extension of the same order as the Landau pole scale. In addition, we verify that the χSB phase of the theory which is characterized by a light fermion and a Goldstone boson also has a trivial Yukawa coupling.
Renormalization Group Tutorial
Bell, Thomas L.
2004-01-01
Complex physical systems sometimes have statistical behavior characterized by power- law dependence on the parameters of the system and spatial variability with no particular characteristic scale as the parameters approach critical values. The renormalization group (RG) approach was developed in the fields of statistical mechanics and quantum field theory to derive quantitative predictions of such behavior in cases where conventional methods of analysis fail. Techniques based on these ideas have since been extended to treat problems in many different fields, and in particular, the behavior of turbulent fluids. This lecture will describe a relatively simple but nontrivial example of the RG approach applied to the diffusion of photons out of a stellar medium when the photons have wavelengths near that of an emission line of atoms in the medium.
Tensor Network Renormalization.
Evenbly, G; Vidal, G
2015-10-30
We introduce a coarse-graining transformation for tensor networks that can be applied to study both the partition function of a classical statistical system and the Euclidean path integral of a quantum many-body system. The scheme is based upon the insertion of optimized unitary and isometric tensors (disentanglers and isometries) into the tensor network and has, as its key feature, the ability to remove short-range entanglement or correlations at each coarse-graining step. Removal of short-range entanglement results in scale invariance being explicitly recovered at criticality. In this way we obtain a proper renormalization group flow (in the space of tensors), one that in particular (i) is computationally sustainable, even for critical systems, and (ii) has the correct structure of fixed points, both at criticality and away from it. We demonstrate the proposed approach in the context of the 2D classical Ising model.
Phase Diagram of Wilson and Twisted Mass Fermions at finite isospin chemical potential
Kieburg, M; Verbaarschot, J J M; Zafeiropoulos, S
2014-01-01
Wilson Fermions with untwisted and twisted mass are widely used in lattice simulations. Therefore one important question is whether the twist angle and the lattice spacing affect the phase diagram. We briefly report on the study of the phase diagram of QCD in the parameter space of the degenerate quark masses, isospin chemical potential, lattice spacing, and twist angle by employing chiral perturbation theory. Moreover we calculate the pion masses and their dependence on these four parameters.
Wave function and CKM renormalization
Espriu, Doménec
2002-01-01
In this presentation we clarify some aspects of the LSZ formalism and wave function renormalization for unstable particles in the presence of electroweak interactions when mixing and CP violation are considered. We also analyze the renormalization of the CKM mixing matrix which is closely related to wave function renormalization. The effects due to the electroweak radiative corrections that are described in this work are small, but they will need to be considered when the precision in the measurement of the charged current sector couplings reaches the 1% level. The work presented here is done in collaboration with Julian Manzano and Pere Talavera.
Tensor Network Renormalization Yields the Multiscale Entanglement Renormalization Ansatz
Evenbly, G.; Vidal, G.
2015-11-01
We show how to build a multiscale entanglement renormalization ansatz (MERA) representation of the ground state of a many-body Hamiltonian H by applying the recently proposed tensor network renormalization [G. Evenbly and G. Vidal, Phys. Rev. Lett. 115, 180405 (2015)] to the Euclidean time evolution operator e-β H for infinite β . This approach bypasses the costly energy minimization of previous MERA algorithms and, when applied to finite inverse temperature β , produces a MERA representation of a thermal Gibbs state. Our construction endows tensor network renormalization with a renormalization group flow in the space of wave functions and Hamiltonians (and not merely in the more abstract space of tensors) and extends the MERA formalism to classical statistical systems.
Tensor Network Renormalization Yields the Multiscale Entanglement Renormalization Ansatz.
Evenbly, G; Vidal, G
2015-11-13
We show how to build a multiscale entanglement renormalization ansatz (MERA) representation of the ground state of a many-body Hamiltonian H by applying the recently proposed tensor network renormalization [G. Evenbly and G. Vidal, Phys. Rev. Lett. 115, 180405 (2015)] to the Euclidean time evolution operator e(-βH) for infinite β. This approach bypasses the costly energy minimization of previous MERA algorithms and, when applied to finite inverse temperature β, produces a MERA representation of a thermal Gibbs state. Our construction endows tensor network renormalization with a renormalization group flow in the space of wave functions and Hamiltonians (and not merely in the more abstract space of tensors) and extends the MERA formalism to classical statistical systems.
The Numerical Renormalization Group Method for correlated electrons
Bulla, Ralf
2000-01-01
The Numerical Renormalization Group method (NRG) has been developed by Wilson in the 1970's to investigate the Kondo problem. The NRG allows the non-perturbative calculation of static and dynamic properties for a variety of impurity models. In addition, this method has been recently generalized to lattice models within the Dynamical Mean Field Theory. This paper gives a brief historical overview of the development of the NRG and discusses its application to the Hubbard model; in particular th...
Background independent exact renormalization group for conformally reduced gravity
2015-01-01
Within the conformally reduced gravity model, where the metric is parametrised by a function f ( ϕ ) of the conformal factor ϕ , we keep dependence on both the background and fluctuation fields, to local potential approximation and O ∂ 2 $$ \\mathcal{O}\\left({\\partial}^2\\right) $$ respectively, making no other approximation. Explicit appearances of the background metric are then dictated by realising a remnant diffeomorphism invariance. The standard non-perturbative Renormalization Group (RG) ...
Renormalization group analysis for an asymmetric simple exclusion process.
Mukherji, Sutapa
2017-03-01
A perturbative renormalization group method is used to obtain steady-state density profiles of a totally asymmetric simple exclusion process with particle adsorption and evaporation. This method allows us to obtain a globally valid solution for the density profile without the asymptotic matching of bulk and boundary layer solutions. In addition, we show a nontrivial scaling of the boundary layer width with the system size close to specific phase boundaries.
Egalitarian Improvement to Democracy: Quark renormalization constants in N_f=2 QCD
Petrov, K
2010-01-01
We present our results on the non-perturbative evaluation of the renormalization constant for the quark field, $Z_q$, in Landau gauge within RI-MOM scheme. Using three lattice spacing we are able to isolate lattice artefacts of various origin, both perturbative and non-perturbative. In particular, the existence of the dimension-two gluon-condensate is discussed, and confirmed.
Renormalization of the three-boson system with short-range interactions revisited
Epelbaum, E. [Ruhr-Universitaet Bochum, Institut fuer Theoretische Physik II, Bochum (Germany); Gegelia, J. [Institute for Advanced Simulation, Institut fuer Kernphysik and Juelich Center for Hadron Physics, Forschungszentrum Juelich, Juelich (Germany); Tbilisi State University, Tbilisi (Georgia); Meissner, Ulf G. [Universitaet Bonn, Helmholtz Institut fuer Strahlen- und Kernphysik and Bethe Center for Theoretical Physics, Bonn (Germany); Institute for Advanced Simulation, Institut fuer Kernphysik and Juelich Center for Hadron Physics, Forschungszentrum Juelich, Juelich (Germany); Yao, De-Liang [Institute for Advanced Simulation, Institut fuer Kernphysik and Juelich Center for Hadron Physics, Forschungszentrum Juelich, Juelich (Germany)
2017-05-15
We consider renormalization of the three-body scattering problem in low-energy effective field theory of self-interacting scalar particles by applying time-ordered perturbation theory to the manifestly Lorentz-invariant formulation. The obtained leading-order equation is perturbatively renormalizable and non-perturbatively finite and does not require a three-body counter term in contrast to its non-relativistic approximation. (orig.)
Renormalization automated by Hopf algebra
Broadhurst, D J
1999-01-01
It was recently shown that the renormalization of quantum field theory is organized by the Hopf algebra of decorated rooted trees, whose coproduct identifies the divergences requiring subtraction and whose antipode achieves this. We automate this process in a few lines of recursive symbolic code, which deliver a finite renormalized expression for any Feynman diagram. We thus verify a representation of the operator product expansion, which generalizes Chen's lemma for iterated integrals. The subset of diagrams whose forest structure entails a unique primitive subdivergence provides a representation of the Hopf algebra ${\\cal H}_R$ of undecorated rooted trees. Our undecorated Hopf algebra program is designed to process the 24,213,878 BPHZ contributions to the renormalization of 7,813 diagrams, with up to 12 loops. We consider 10 models, each in 9 renormalization schemes. The two simplest models reveal a notable feature of the subalgebra of Connes and Moscovici, corresponding to the commutative part of the Hopf ...
Chaotic renormalization-group trajectories
Damgaard, Poul H.; Thorleifsson, G.
1991-01-01
, or in regions where the renormalization-group flow becomes chaotic. We present some explicit examples of these phenomena for the case of a Lie group valued spin-model analyzed by means of a variational real-space renormalization group. By directly computing the free energy of these models around the parameter......Under certain conditions, the renormalization-group flow of models in statistical mechanics can change dramatically under just very small changes of given external parameters. This can typically occur close to bifurcations of fixed points, close to the complete disappearance of fixed points...... regions in which such nontrivial modifications of the renormalization-group flow occur, we can extract the physical consequences of these phenomena....
Differential renormalization of gauge theories
Aguila, F. del; Perez-Victoria, M. [Dept. de Fisica Teorica y del Cosmos, Universidad de Granada, Granada (Spain)
1998-10-01
The scope of constrained differential renormalization is to provide renormalized expressions for Feynman graphs, preserving at the same time the Ward identities of the theory. It has been shown recently that this can be done consistently at least to one loop for Abelian and non-Abelian gauge theories. We briefly review these results, evaluate as an example the gluon self energy in both coordinate and momentum space, and comment on anomalies. (author) 9 refs, 1 fig., 1 tab
Holographic renormalization in teleparallel gravity
Krssak, Martin [Universidade Estadual Paulista, Instituto de Fisica Teorica, Sao Paulo, SP (Brazil)
2017-01-15
We consider the problem of IR divergences of the action in the covariant formulation of teleparallel gravity in asymptotically Minkowski spacetimes. We show that divergences are caused by inertial effects and can be removed by adding an appropriate surface term, leading to the renormalized action. This process can be viewed as a teleparallel analog of holographic renormalization. Moreover, we explore the variational problem in teleparallel gravity and explain how the variation with respect to the spin connection should be performed. (orig.)
Twisted derivations of Hopf algebras
Davydov, Alexei
2012-01-01
In the paper we introduce the notion of twisted derivation of a bialgebra. Twisted derivations appear as infinitesimal symmetries of the category of representations. More precisely they are infinitesimal versions of twisted automorphisms of bialgebras. Twisted derivations naturally form a Lie algebra (the tangent algebra of the group of twisted automorphisms). Moreover this Lie algebra fits into a crossed module (tangent to the crossed module of twisted automorphisms). Here we calculate this crossed module for universal enveloping algebras and for the Sweedler's Hopf algebra.
On counterterms in cosmological perturbation theory
Goswami, Gaurav
2014-01-01
Cosmological perturbation theory is the theory of fluctuations (scalar as well as tensor) around the inflationary cosmological background solution. It is important to understand the details of the process of renormalization in this theory. In more familiar applications of quantum field theory, the dependence on the external momenta of the dimensionally regulated expression of the one-loop contribution to a correlator determines the number of counter terms (and their forms) required to renormalize it. In this work, it is pointed out that in cosmological perturbation theory, though this still happens, it happens in a completely different way such that in the late time limit, the information about the number and forms of counter terms required gets erased. This is to be compared with what happens in spontaneous symmetry breaking where the use of fluctuation fields around a chosen vacuum seems to suggest that more counter terms shall be needed to renormalize the theory than are actually required. We also comment ...
Renormalization of QED near Decoupling Temperature
Masood, Samina S
2014-01-01
We study the effective parameters of QED near decoupling temperatures and show that the QED perturbative series is convergent, at temperatures below the decoupling temperature. The renormalization constant of QED acquires different values if a system cools down from a hotter system to the electron mass temperature or heats up from a cooler system to the same temperature. At T = m, the first order contribution to the electron selfmass, {\\delta}m/m is 0.0076 for a heating system and 0.0115 for a cooling system and the difference between two values is equal to 1/3 of the low temperature value and 1/2 of the high temperature value around T~m. This difference is a measure of hot fermion background at high temperatures. With the increase in release of more fermions at hotter temperatures, the fermion background contribution dominates and weak interactions have to be incorporated to understand the background effects.
Quarks with Twisted Boundary Conditions in the Epsilon Regime
Thomas Mehen; Brian C. Tiburzi
2005-05-01
We study the effects of twisted boundary conditions on the quark fields in the epsilon regime of chiral perturbation theory. We consider the SU(2){sub L} x SU(2){sub R} chiral theory with non-degenerate quarks and the SU(3){sub L} x SU(3){sub R} chiral theory with massless up and down quarks and massive strange quarks. The partition function and condensate are derived for each theory. Because flavor-neutral Goldstone bosons are unaffected by twisted boundary conditions chiral symmetry is still restored in finite volumes. The dependence of the condensate on the twisting parameters can be used to extract the pion decay constant from simulations in the epsilon regime. The relative contribution to the partition function from sectors of different topological charge is numerically insensitive to twisted boundary conditions.
The analytic renormalization group
Frank Ferrari
2016-08-01
Full Text Available Finite temperature Euclidean two-point functions in quantum mechanics or quantum field theory are characterized by a discrete set of Fourier coefficients Gk, k∈Z, associated with the Matsubara frequencies νk=2πk/β. We show that analyticity implies that the coefficients Gk must satisfy an infinite number of model-independent linear equations that we write down explicitly. In particular, we construct “Analytic Renormalization Group” linear maps Aμ which, for any choice of cut-off μ, allow to express the low energy Fourier coefficients for |νk|<μ (with the possible exception of the zero mode G0, together with the real-time correlators and spectral functions, in terms of the high energy Fourier coefficients for |νk|≥μ. Operating a simple numerical algorithm, we show that the exact universal linear constraints on Gk can be used to systematically improve any random approximate data set obtained, for example, from Monte-Carlo simulations. Our results are illustrated on several explicit examples.
Cluster functional renormalization group
Reuther, Johannes; Thomale, Ronny
2014-01-01
Functional renormalization group (FRG) has become a diverse and powerful tool to derive effective low-energy scattering vertices of interacting many-body systems. Starting from a free expansion point of the action, the flow of the RG parameter Λ allows us to trace the evolution of the effective one- and two-particle vertices towards low energies by taking into account the vertex corrections between all parquet channels in an unbiased fashion. In this work, we generalize the expansion point at which the diagrammatic resummation procedure is initiated from a free UV limit to a cluster product state. We formulate a cluster FRG scheme where the noninteracting building blocks (i.e., decoupled spin clusters) are treated exactly, and the intercluster couplings are addressed via RG. As a benchmark study, we apply our cluster FRG scheme to the spin-1/2 bilayer Heisenberg model (BHM) on a square lattice where the neighboring sites in the two layers form the individual two-site clusters. Comparing with existing numerical evidence for the BHM, we obtain reasonable findings for the spin susceptibility, the spin-triplet excitation energy, and quasiparticle weight even in coupling regimes close to antiferromagnetic order. The concept of cluster FRG promises applications to a large class of interacting electron systems.
The analytic renormalization group
Ferrari, Frank
2016-08-01
Finite temperature Euclidean two-point functions in quantum mechanics or quantum field theory are characterized by a discrete set of Fourier coefficients Gk, k ∈ Z, associated with the Matsubara frequencies νk = 2 πk / β. We show that analyticity implies that the coefficients Gk must satisfy an infinite number of model-independent linear equations that we write down explicitly. In particular, we construct "Analytic Renormalization Group" linear maps Aμ which, for any choice of cut-off μ, allow to express the low energy Fourier coefficients for |νk | < μ (with the possible exception of the zero mode G0), together with the real-time correlators and spectral functions, in terms of the high energy Fourier coefficients for |νk | ≥ μ. Operating a simple numerical algorithm, we show that the exact universal linear constraints on Gk can be used to systematically improve any random approximate data set obtained, for example, from Monte-Carlo simulations. Our results are illustrated on several explicit examples.
Quenched Chiral Perturbation Theory to one loop
Colangelo, G.; Pallante, E.
1998-01-01
The divergences of the generating functional of quenched Chiral Perturbation theory (qCHPT) to one loop are computed in closed form. We show how the quenched chiral logarithms can be reabsorbed in the renormalization of the B0 parameter of the leading order Lagrangian. Finally, we do the chiral powe
Renormalization constants of the lattice energy momentum tensor using the gradient flow
Capponi, Francesco; Patella, Agostino; Rago, Antonio
2016-01-01
We employ a new strategy for a non perturbative determination of the renormalized energy momentum tensor. The strategy is based on the definition of suitable lattice Ward identities probed by observables computed along the gradient flow. The new set of identities exhibits many interesting qualities, arising from the UV finiteness of flowed composite operators. In this paper we show how this method can be used to non perturbatively renormalize the energy momentum tensor for a SU(3) Yang-Mills theory, and report our numerical results.
Renormalization group flow of scalar models in gravity
Guarnieri, Filippo
2014-04-08
In this Ph.D. thesis we study the issue of renormalizability of gravitation in the context of the renormalization group (RG), employing both perturbative and non-perturbative techniques. In particular, we focus on different gravitational models and approximations in which a central role is played by a scalar degree of freedom, since their RG flow is easier to analyze. We restrict our interest in particular to two quantum gravity approaches that have gained a lot of attention recently, namely the asymptotic safety scenario for gravity and the Horava-Lifshitz quantum gravity. In the so-called asymptotic safety conjecture the high energy regime of gravity is controlled by a non-Gaussian fixed point which ensures non-perturbative renormalizability and finiteness of the correlation functions. We then investigate the existence of such a non trivial fixed point using the functional renormalization group, a continuum version of the non-perturbative Wilson's renormalization group. In particular we quantize the sole conformal degree of freedom, which is an approximation that has been shown to lead to a qualitatively correct picture. The question of the existence of a non-Gaussian fixed point in an infinite-dimensional parameter space, that is for a generic f(R) theory, cannot however be studied using such a conformally reduced model. Hence we study it by quantizing a dynamically equivalent scalar-tensor theory, i.e. a generic Brans-Dicke theory with ω=0 in the local potential approximation. Finally, we investigate, using a perturbative RG scheme, the asymptotic freedom of the Horava-Lifshitz gravity, that is an approach based on the emergence of an anisotropy between space and time which lifts the Newton's constant to a marginal coupling and explicitly preserves unitarity. In particular we evaluate the one-loop correction in 2+1 dimensions quantizing only the conformal degree of freedom.
Let's Twist Again: N=2 Super Yang Mills Theory Coupled To Matter
Maggiore, Nicola
2010-01-01
We give the twisted version of N=2 Super Yang Mills theory coupled to matter, including quantum fields, supersymmetry transformations, action and algebraic structure. We show that the whole action, coupled to matter, can be written as the variation of a nilpotent operator, modulo field equations. An extended Slavnov-Taylor identity, collecting gauge symmetry and supersymmetry, is written, which allows to define the web of algebraic constraints, in view of the algebraic renormalization and of the extension of the non-renormalization theorems holding for N=2 SYM theory without matter.
Evolution of chirality-odd twist-3 fragmentation functions
Ma, J. P.; Zhang, G. P.
2017-09-01
We derive the complete set of evolutions of chirality-odd twist-3 fragmentation functions at one-loop level. There are totally nine real twist-3 fragmentation functions, among which seven are independent. The renormalization-scale dependence of the nine functions has an important implication for studies of single transverse-spin asymmetries. We find that the evolutions of the three complex fragmentation functions defined by quark-gluon-quark operator are mixed with themselves. There is no mixing with the fragmentation functions defined only with bilinear quark field operators. In the large-Nc limit the evolutions of the three complex fragmentation functions are simplified and reduced to six homogeneous equations.
Dynamical Twisted Mass Fermions with Light Quarks: Simulation and Analysis Details
Boucaud, Ph; Farchioni, F; Frezzotti, R; Giménez, V; Herdoiza, G; Jansen, K; Lubicz, V; Michael, C; Münster, G; Palao, D; Rossi, G C; Scorzato, L; Shindler, A; Simula, S; Sudmann, T; Urbach, C; Wenger, U
2008-01-01
In a recent paper [hep-lat/0701012] we presented precise lattice QCD results of our European Twisted Mass Collaboration (ETMC). They were obtained by employing two mass-degenerate flavours of twisted mass fermions at maximal twist. In the present paper we give details on our simulations and the computation of physical observables. In particular, we discuss the problem of tuning to maximal twist, the techniques we have used to compute correlators and error estimates. In addition, we provide more information on the algorithm used, the autocorrelation times and scale determination, the evaluation of disconnected contributions and the description of our data by means of chiral perturbation theory formulae.
Higher-twist mechanism and inclusive gluon production in pion-proton collisions
Ahmadov, A. I.; Aydin, C.; Myrzakulov, R.; Uzun, O.
2015-12-01
We calculate the contribution of the higher-twist Feynman diagrams to the large-pT inclusive gluon production cross-section in πp collisions in case of the running coupling and frozen coupling approaches within perturbative and holographic QCD. The structure of infrared renormalon singularities of the higher-twist subprocess cross-section is obtained and the resummed higher-twist cross-sections (Borel sum) with the ones obtained in the framework of the frozen coupling approach and leading-twist cross-section are compared and analyzed.
Yiu, Man Lung; Jensen, Christian Søndergaard; Xuegang, Huang
2008-01-01
-based matching generally fall short in offering practical query accuracy guarantees. Our proposed framework, called SpaceTwist, rectifies these shortcomings for k nearest neighbor (kNN) queries. Starting with a location different from the user's actual location, nearest neighbors are retrieved incrementally...
Reweighting twisted boundary conditions
Bussone, Andrea; Hansen, Martin; Pica, Claudio
2015-01-01
Imposing twisted boundary conditions on the fermionic fields is a procedure extensively used when evaluating, for example, form factors on the lattice. Twisting is usually performed for one flavour and only in the valence, and this causes a breaking of unitarity. In this work we explore the possibility of restoring unitarity through the reweighting method. We first study some properties of the approach at tree level and then we stochastically evaluate ratios of fermionic determinants for different boundary conditions in order to include them in the gauge averages, avoiding in this way the expensive generation of new configurations for each choice of the twisting angle, $\\theta$. As expected the effect of reweighting is negligible in the case of large volumes but it is important when the volumes are small and the twisting angles are large. In particular we find a measurable effect for the plaquette and the pion correlation function in the case of $\\theta=\\pi/2$ in a volume $16\\times 8^3$, and we observe a syst...
Wang, Zuoqin
2007-01-01
The "twisted Mellin transform" is a slightly modified version of the usual classical Mellin transform on $L^2(\\mathbb R)$. In this short note we investigate some of its basic properties. From the point of views of combinatorics one of its most important interesting properties is that it intertwines the differential operator, $df/dx$, with its finite difference analogue, $\
Power counting and Wilsonian renormalization in nuclear effective field theory
Valderrama, Manuel Pavón
2016-05-01
Effective field theories are the most general tool for the description of low energy phenomena. They are universal and systematic: they can be formulated for any low energy systems we can think of and offer a clear guide on how to calculate predictions with reliable error estimates, a feature that is called power counting. These properties can be easily understood in Wilsonian renormalization, in which effective field theories are the low energy renormalization group evolution of a more fundamental — perhaps unknown or unsolvable — high energy theory. In nuclear physics they provide the possibility of a theoretically sound derivation of nuclear forces without having to solve quantum chromodynamics explicitly. However there is the problem of how to organize calculations within nuclear effective field theory: the traditional knowledge about power counting is perturbative but nuclear physics is not. Yet power counting can be derived in Wilsonian renormalization and there is already a fairly good understanding of how to apply these ideas to non-perturbative phenomena and in particular to nuclear physics. Here we review a few of these ideas, explain power counting in two-nucleon scattering and reactions with external probes and hint at how to extend the present analysis beyond the two-body problem.
Local renormalization method for random systems
Gittsovich O.; Hubener R.; Rico E.; Briegel H.J.
2010-01-01
In this paper, we introduce a real-space renormalization transformation for random spin systems on 2D lattices. The general method is formulated for random systems and results from merging two well known real space renormalization techniques, namely the strong disorder renormalization technique (SDRT) and the contractor renormalization (CORE). We analyze the performance of the method on the 2D random transverse field Ising model (RTFIM).
Exact renormalization group and Sine Gordon theory
Oak, Prafulla; Sathiapalan, B.
2017-07-01
The exact renormalization group is used to study the RG flow of quantities in field theories. The basic idea is to write an evolution operator for the flow and evaluate it in perturbation theory. This is easier than directly solving the differential equation. This is illustrated by reproducing known results in four dimensional ϕ 4 field theory and the two dimensional Sine-Gordon theory. It is shown that the calculation of beta function is somewhat simplified. The technique is also used to calculate the c-function in two dimensional Sine-Gordon theory. This agrees with other prescriptions for calculating c-functions in the literature. If one extrapolates the connection between central charge of a CFT and entanglement entropy in two dimensions, to the c-function of the perturbed CFT, then one gets a value for the entanglement entropy in Sine-Gordon theory that is in exact agreement with earlier calculations (including one using holography) in arXiv:1610.04233.
Functional renormalization group methods in quantum chromodynamics
Braun, J.
2006-12-18
We apply functional Renormalization Group methods to Quantum Chromodynamics (QCD). First we calculate the mass shift for the pion in a finite volume in the framework of the quark-meson model. In particular, we investigate the importance of quark effects. As in lattice gauge theory, we find that the choice of quark boundary conditions has a noticeable effect on the pion mass shift in small volumes. A comparison of our results to chiral perturbation theory and lattice QCD suggests that lattice QCD has not yet reached volume sizes for which chiral perturbation theory can be applied to extrapolate lattice results for low-energy observables. Phase transitions in QCD at finite temperature and density are currently very actively researched. We study the chiral phase transition at finite temperature with two approaches. First, we compute the phase transition temperature in infinite and in finite volume with the quark-meson model. Though qualitatively correct, our results suggest that the model does not describe the dynamics of QCD near the finite-temperature phase boundary accurately. Second, we study the approach to chiral symmetry breaking in terms of quarks and gluons. We compute the running QCD coupling for all temperatures and scales. We use this result to determine quantitatively the phase boundary in the plane of temperature and number of quark flavors and find good agreement with lattice results. (orig.)
Rapidity renormalized TMD soft and beam functions at two loops
Luebbert, Thomas [Hamburg Univ. (Germany). 2. Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik; Oredsson, Joel [DESY, Hamburg (Germany). Theory Group; Lund Univ. (Sweden). Dept. of Astronomy and Theoretical Physics; Stahlhofen, Maximilian [DESY, Hamburg (Germany). Theory Group; Mainz Univ. (Germany). PRISMA Cluster of Excellence
2016-03-15
We compute the transverse momentum dependent (TMD) soft function for the production of a color-neutral final state at the LHC within the rapidity renormalization group (RRG) framework to next-to-next-to-leading order (NNLO). We use this result to extract the universal renormalized TMD beam functions (aka TMDPDFs) in the same scheme and at the same order from known results in another scheme. We derive recurrence relations for the logarithmic structure of the soft and beam functions, which we use to cross check our calculation. We also explicitly confirm the non-Abelian exponentiation of the TMD soft function in the RRG framework at two loops. Our results provide the ingredients for resummed predictions of p {sub perpendicular} {sub to} -differential cross sections at NNLL' in the RRG formalism. The RRG provides a systematic framework to resum large (rapidity) logarithms through (R)RG evolution and assess the associated perturbative uncertainties.
Holographic entanglement entropy of N =2* renormalization group flow
Pang, Da-Wei
2015-10-01
The N =2* theory is obtained by deforming N =4 supersymmetric Yang-Mills theory with two relevant operators of dimensions 2 and 3. We study the holographic entanglement entropy of the N =2* theory along the whole renormalization group flow. We find that in the UV the holographic entanglement entropy for an arbitrary entangling region receives a universal logarithmic correction, which is related to the relevant operator of dimension 3. This universal behavior can be interpreted on the field theory side by perturbatively evaluating the entanglement entropy of a conformal field theory (CFT) under relevant deformations. In the IR regime, we obtain the large R behavior of the renormalized entanglement entropy for both a strip and a sphere entangling region, where R denotes the size of the entangling region. A term proportional to 1 /R is found for both cases, which can be attributed to the emergent CFT5 in the IR.
Renormalization group analysis of graphene with a supercritical Coulomb impurity
Nishida, Yusuke
2016-01-01
We develop a field theoretical approach to massless Dirac fermions in a supercritical Coulomb potential. By introducing an Aharonov-Bohm solenoid at the potential center, the critical Coulomb charge can be made arbitrarily small for one partial wave sector, where a perturbative renormalization group analysis becomes possible. We show that a scattering amplitude for reflection of particle at the potential center exhibits the renormalization group limit cycle, i.e., log-periodic revolutions as a function of the scattering energy, revealing the emergence of discrete scale invariance. This outcome is further incorporated in computing the induced charge and current densities, which turn out to have power law tails with coefficients log-periodic with respect to the distance from the potential center. Our findings are consistent with the previous prediction obtained by directly solving the Dirac equation and can in principle be realized by graphene experiments with charged impurities.
One Loop Mass Renormalization of Unstable Particles in Superstring Theory
Sen, Ashoke
2016-01-01
Most of the massive states in superstring theory are expected to undergo mass renormalization at one loop order. Typically these corrections should contain imaginary parts, indicating that the states are unstable against decay into lighter particles. However in such cases, direct computation of the renormalized mass using superstring perturbation theory yields divergent result. Previous approaches to this problem involve various analytic continuation techniques, or deforming the integral over the moduli space of the torus with two punctures into the complexified moduli space near the boundary. In this paper we use insights from string field theory to describe a different approach that gives manifestly finite result for the mass shift satisfying unitarity relations. The procedure is applicable to all states of (compactified) type II and heterotic string theories. We illustrate this by computing the one loop correction to the mass of the first massive state on the leading Regge trajectory in SO(32) heterotic st...
Renormalization group analysis of graphene with a supercritical Coulomb impurity
Nishida, Yusuke
2016-08-01
We develop a field-theoretic approach to massless Dirac fermions in a supercritical Coulomb potential. By introducing an Aharonov-Bohm solenoid at the potential center, the critical Coulomb charge can be made arbitrarily small for one partial-wave sector, where a perturbative renormalization group analysis becomes possible. We show that a scattering amplitude for reflection of particle at the potential center exhibits the renormalization group limit cycle, i.e., log-periodic revolutions as a function of the scattering energy, revealing the emergence of discrete scale invariance. This outcome is further incorporated in computing the induced charge and current densities, which turn out to have power-law tails with coefficients log-periodic with respect to the distance from the potential center. Our findings are consistent with the previous prediction obtained by directly solving the Dirac equation and can in principle be realized by graphene experiments with charged impurities.
Heat Kernel Renormalization on Manifolds with Boundary
Albert, Benjamin I.
2016-01-01
In the monograph Renormalization and Effective Field Theory, Costello gave an inductive position space renormalization procedure for constructing an effective field theory that is based on heat kernel regularization of the propagator. In this paper, we extend Costello's renormalization procedure to a class of manifolds with boundary. In addition, we reorganize the presentation of the preexisting material, filling in details and strengthening the results.
Renormalization of QED with planar binary trees
Brouder, Christian; Frabetti, Alessandra
2000-01-01
The renormalized photon and electron propagators are expanded over planar binary trees. Explicit recurrence solutions are given for the terms of these expansions. In the case of massless Quantum Electrodynamics (QED), the relation between renormalized and bare expansions is given in terms of a Hopf algebra structure. For massive quenched QED, the relation between renormalized and bare expansions is given explicitly.
Protecting the conformal symmetry via bulk renormalization on Anti deSitter space
Duetsch, Michael
2010-01-01
The problem of perturbative breakdown of conformal symmetry can be avoided, if a conformally covariant quantum field phi on d-dimensional Minkowski spacetime is viewed as the boundary limit of a quantum field Phi on d+1-dimensional anti-deSitter spacetime (AdS). We study the boundary limit in renormalized perturbation theory with polynomial interactions in AdS, and point out the differences as compared to renormalization directly on the boundary. In particular, provided the limit exists, there is no conformal anomaly. We compute explicitly the "fish diagram" on AdS_4 by differential renormalization, and calculate the anomalous dimension of the composite boundary field phi^2 with bulk interaction Phi^4.
Renormalization Group Analysis of Weakly Rotating Turbulent Flows
王晓宏; 周全
2011-01-01
Dynamic renormalization group (RNG) analysis is applied to the investigation of the behavior of the infrared limits of weakly rotating turbulence. For turbulent How subject to weak rotation, the anisotropic part in the renormalized propagation is considered to be a perturbation of the isotropic part. Then, with a low-order approximation, the coarsening procedure of RNG transformation is performed. After implementing the coarsening and rescaling procedures, the RNG analysis suggests that the spherically averaged energy spectrum has the scaling behavior E(k) ∝ k11/5 for weakly rotating turbulence. It is also shown that the Coriolis force will disturb the stability of the Kolmogorov -5/3 energy spectrum and will change the scaling behavior even in the case of weak rotation.%Dynamic renormalization group(RNG)analysis is applied to the investigation of the behavior of the infrared limits of weakly rotating turbulence.For turbulent flow subject to weak rotation,the anisotropic part in the renormalized propagation is considered to be a perturbation of the isotropic part.Then,with a low-order approximation,the coarsening procedure of RNG transformation is performed.After implementing the coarsening and rescaling procedures,the RNG analysis suggests that the spherically averaged energy spectrum has the scaling behavior E(k)∝ k-11/5 for weakly rotating turbulence.It is also shown that the Coriolis force will disturb the stability of the Kolmogorov-5/3 energy spectrum and will change the scaling behavior even in the case of weak rotation.
Twisted spectral geometry for the standard model
Martinetti, Pierre
2015-01-01
The Higgs field is a connection one-form as the other bosonic fields, provided one describes space no more as a manifold M but as a slightly non-commutative generalization of it. This is well encoded within the theory of spectral triples: all the bosonic fields of the standard model - including the Higgs - are obtained on the same footing, as fluctuations of a generalized Dirac operator by a matrix-value algebra of functions on M. In the commutative case, fluctuations of the usual free Dirac operator by the complex-value algebra A of smooth functions on M vanish, and so do not generate any bosonic field. We show that imposing a twist in the sense of Connes-Moscovici forces to double the algebra A, but does not require to modify the space of spinors on which it acts. This opens the way to twisted fluctuations of the free Dirac operator, that yield a perturbation of the spin connection. Applied to the standard model, a similar twist yields in addition the extra scalar field needed to stabilize the electroweak v...
Cui, Xiaoyan; Rohl, Andrew L; Shtukenberg, Alexander; Kahr, Bart
2013-03-06
Banded spherulites of aspirin have been crystallized from the melt in the presence of salicylic acid either generated from aspirin decomposition or added deliberately (2.6-35.9 mol %). Scanning electron microscopy, X-ray diffraction analysis, and optical polarimetry show that the spherulites are composed of helicoidal crystallites twisted along the growth directions. Mueller matrix imaging reveals radial oscillations in not only linear birefringence, but also circular birefringence, whose origin is explained through slight (∼1.3°) but systematic splaying of individual lamellae in the film. Strain associated with the replacement of aspirin molecules by salicylic acid molecules in the crystal structure is computed to be large enough to work as the driving force for the twisting of crystallites.
Daijiro Fukuda
2004-01-01
Full Text Available Using diagrammatic pictures of tensor contractions, we consider a Hopf algebra (Aop⊗ℛλA** twisted by an element ℛλ∈A*⊗Aop corresponding to a Hopf algebra morphism λ:A→A. We show that this Hopf algebra is quasitriangular with the universal R-matrix coming from ℛλ when λ2=idA, generalizing the quantum double construction which corresponds to the case λ=idA.
Up, down, strange and charm quark masses with Nf = 2+1+1 twisted mass lattice QCD
Carrasco, N; Dimopoulos, P; Frezzotti, R; Gimenez, V; Herdoiza, G; Lami, P; Lubicz, V; Palao, D; Picca, E; Recker, S; Riggio, L; Rossi, G C; Sanfilippo, F; Scorzato, L; Simula, S; Tarantino, C; Urbach, C; Wenger, U
2014-01-01
We present a lattice QCD calculation of the up, down, strange and charm quark masses performed using the gauge configurations produced by the European Twisted Mass Collaboration with Nf = 2 + 1 + 1 dynamical quarks, which include in the sea, besides two light mass degenerate quarks, also the strange and charm quarks with masses close to their physical values. The simulations are based on a unitary setup for the two light quarks and on a mixed action approach for the strange and charm quarks. The analysis uses data at three values of the lattice spacing and pion masses in the range 210 - 450 MeV, allowing for accurate continuum limit and controlled chiral extrapolation. The quark mass renormalization is carried out non-perturbatively using the RI-MOM method. The results for the quark masses converted to the bar{MS} scheme are: mud(2 GeV) = 3.70(17) MeV, ms(2 GeV) = 99.6(4.1) MeV and mc(mc) = 1.348(42) GeV. We obtain also the quark mass ratios ms/mud = 26.66(32) and mc/ms = 11.62(16). By studying the mass split...
Up, down, strange and charm quark masses with Nf=2+1+1 twisted mass lattice QCD
N. Carrasco
2014-10-01
Full Text Available We present a lattice QCD calculation of the up, down, strange and charm quark masses performed using the gauge configurations produced by the European Twisted Mass Collaboration with Nf=2+1+1 dynamical quarks, which include in the sea, besides two light mass degenerate quarks, also the strange and charm quarks with masses close to their physical values. The simulations are based on a unitary setup for the two light quarks and on a mixed action approach for the strange and charm quarks. The analysis uses data at three values of the lattice spacing and pion masses in the range 210–450 MeV, allowing for accurate continuum limit and controlled chiral extrapolation. The quark mass renormalization is carried out non-perturbatively using the RI′-MOM method. The results for the quark masses converted to the MS¯ scheme are: mud(2 GeV=3.70(17 MeV, ms(2 GeV=99.6(4.3 MeV and mc(mc=1.348(46 GeV. We obtain also the quark mass ratios ms/mud=26.66(32 and mc/ms=11.62(16. By studying the mass splitting between the neutral and charged kaons and using available lattice results for the electromagnetic contributions, we evaluate mu/md=0.470(56, leading to mu=2.36(24 MeV and md=5.03(26 MeV.
Setting the Renormalization Scale in QCD: The Principle of Maximum Conformality
Brodsky, Stanley J.; /SLAC /Southern Denmark U., CP3-Origins; Di Giustino, Leonardo; /SLAC
2011-08-19
A key problem in making precise perturbative QCD predictions is the uncertainty in determining the renormalization scale {mu} of the running coupling {alpha}{sub s}({mu}{sup 2}): The purpose of the running coupling in any gauge theory is to sum all terms involving the {beta} function; in fact, when the renormalization scale is set properly, all non-conformal {beta} {ne} 0 terms in a perturbative expansion arising from renormalization are summed into the running coupling. The remaining terms in the perturbative series are then identical to that of a conformal theory; i.e., the corresponding theory with {beta} = 0. The resulting scale-fixed predictions using the 'principle of maximum conformality' (PMC) are independent of the choice of renormalization scheme - a key requirement of renormalization group invariance. The results avoid renormalon resummation and agree with QED scale-setting in the Abelian limit. The PMC is also the theoretical principle underlying the BLM procedure, commensurate scale relations between observables, and the scale-setting method used in lattice gauge theory. The number of active flavors nf in the QCD {beta} function is also correctly determined. We discuss several methods for determining the PMC/BLM scale for QCD processes. We show that a single global PMC scale, valid at leading order, can be derived from basic properties of the perturbative QCD cross section. The elimination of the renormalization scheme ambiguity using the PMC will not only increase the precision of QCD tests, but it will also increase the sensitivity of collider experiments to new physics beyond the Standard Model.
Vranish, John M. (Inventor)
1996-01-01
A planetary gear system includes a sun gear coupled to an annular ring gear through a plurality of twist-planet gears, a speeder gear, and a ground structure having an internal ring gear. Each planet gear includes a solid gear having a first half portion in the form of a spur gear which includes vertical gear teeth and a second half portion in the form of a spur gear which includes helical gear teeth that are offset from the vertical gear teeth and which contact helical gear teeth on the speeder gear and helical gear teeth on the outer ring gear. One half of the twist planet gears are preloaded downward, while the other half are preloaded upwards, each one alternating with the other so that each one twists in a motion opposite to its neighbor when rotated until each planet gear seats against the sun gear, the outer ring gear, the speeder gear, and the inner ring gear. The resulting configuration is an improved stiff anti-backlash gear system.
Lecture Notes on Holographic Renormalization
Skenderis, K
2002-01-01
We review the formalism of holographic renormalization. We start by discussing mathematical results on asymptotically anti-de Sitter spacetimes. We then outline the general method of holographic renormalization. The method is illustrated by working all details in a simple example: a massive scalar field on anti-de Sitter spacetime. The discussion includes the derivation of the on-shell renormalized action, of holographic Ward identities, anomalies and RG equations, and the computation of renormalized one-, two- and four-point functions. We then discuss the application of the method to holographic RG flows. We also show that the results of the near-boundary analysis of asymptotically AdS spacetimes can be analytically continued to apply to asymptotically de Sitter spacetimes. In particular, it is shown that the Brown-York stress energy tensor of de Sitter spacetime is equal, up to a dimension dependent sign, to the Brown-York stress energy tensor of an associated AdS spacetime.
Renormalization group flows for the second $Z_{N}$ parafermionic field theory for N odd
Dotsenko, V S; Dotsenko, Vladimir S.; Estienne, Benoit
2007-01-01
Using the renormalization group approach, the Coulomb gas and the coset techniques, the effect of slightly relevant perturbations is studied for the second parafermionic field theory with the symmetry $Z_{N}$, for N odd. New fixed points are found and classified.
Renormalization group flows for the second Z{sub N} parafermionic field theory for N odd
Dotsenko, Vladimir S. [Laboratoire de Physique Theorique et Hautes Energies, Unite Mixte de Recherche UMR 7589, Universite Pierre et Marie Curie, Paris-6 (France) and CNRS, Universite Denis Diderot, Paris-7, Boite 126, Tour 25, 5eme etage, 4 place Jussieu, F-75252 Paris Cedex 05 (France)]. E-mail: dotsenko@lpthe.jussieu.fr; Estienne, Benoit [Laboratoire de Physique Theorique et Hautes Energies, Unite Mixte de Recherche UMR 7589, Universite Pierre et Marie Curie, Paris-6 (France) and CNRS, Universite Denis Diderot, Paris-7, Boite 126, Tour 25, 5eme etage, 4 place Jussieu, F-75252 Paris Cedex 05 (France)]. E-mail: estienne@lpthe.jussieu.fr
2007-07-23
Using the renormalization group approach, the Coulomb gas and the coset techniques, the effect of slightly relevant perturbations is studied for the second parafermionic field theory with the symmetry Z{sub N}, for N odd. New fixed points are found and classified.
Loop expansion of the average effective action in the functional renormalization group approach
Lavrov, Peter M.; Merzlikin, Boris S.
2015-10-01
We formulate a perturbation expansion for the effective action in a new approach to the functional renormalization group method based on the concept of composite fields for regulator functions being their most essential ingredients. We demonstrate explicitly the principal difference between the properties of effective actions in these two approaches existing already on the one-loop level in a simple gauge model.
Loop expansion of average effective action in functional renormalization group approach
Lavrov, Peter M
2015-01-01
We formulate a perturbation expansion for the effective action in new approach to the functional renormalization group (FRG) method based on concept of composite fields for regulator functions being therein most essential ingredients. We demonstrate explicitly the principal difference between properties of effective actions in these two approaches existing already on the one-loop level in a simple gauge model.
The Real-Space Renormalization Group Applied to Diffusion in Inhomogeneous Media
Kawasaki, Mitsuhiro
2002-01-01
The real-space renormalization group technique is introduced to evaluate the effective diffusion constant for diffusion in inhomogeneous media, which has been obtained by singular perturbation methods. Our method is formulated on a discretized real space and hence it can be easily combined with numerical studies for partial differential equations.
Perturbative partition function for squashed S^5
Imamura, Yosuke
2012-01-01
We compute the index of 6d N=(1,0) theories on S^5xR containing vector and hypermultiplets. We only consider the perturbative sector without instantons. By compactifying R to S^1 with a twisted boundary condition and taking the small radius limit, we derive the perturbative partition function on a squashed S^5. The 1-loop partition function is represented in a simple form with the triple sine function.
Propagation of Gluons From a Non-Perturbative Evolution Equation in Axial Gauges
Kinder-Geiger, Klaus
1999-01-01
We derive a non-perturbative evolution equation for the gluon propagator in axial gauges based on the framework of Wetterich's formulation of the exact renormalization group. We obtain asymptotic solutions to this equation in the ultraviolet and infrared limits.
Construction of Perturbatively Correct Light Front Hamiltonian for (2+1)-Dimensional Gauge Theory
Malyshev, M Yu; Zubov, R A; Franke, V A
2016-01-01
In this paper we consider (2+1)-dimensional SU(N)-symmetric gauge theory within light front perturbation theory, regularized by the method analogous to Pauli-Villars regularization. This enables us to construct correct renormalized light front Hamiltonian.
Noncommutative QFT and renormalization
Grosse, H.; Wulkenhaar, R.
2006-03-01
It was a great pleasure for me (Harald Grosse) to be invited to talk at the meeting celebrating the 70th birthday of Prof. Julius Wess. I remember various interactions with Julius during the last years: At the time of my studies at Vienna with Walter Thirring, Julius left already Vienna, I learned from his work on effective chiral Lagrangians. Next we met at various conferences and places like CERN (were I worked with Andre Martin, an old friend of Julius), and we all learned from Julius' and Bruno's creation of supersymmetry, next we realized our common interests in noncommutative quantum field theory and did have an intensive exchange. Julius influenced our perturbative approach to gauge field theories were we used the Seiberg-Witten map after his advice. And finally I lively remember the sad days when during my invitation to Vienna Julius did have the serious heart attack. So we are very happy, that you recovered so well, and we wish you all the best for the forthcoming years. Many happy recurrences.
Noncommutative QFT and renormalization
Grosse, H. [Institut fuer Theoretische Physik, Universitaet Wien, Boltzmanngasse 5, 1090 Wien (Austria); Wulkenhaar, R. [Mathematisches Institut der Westfaelischen Wilhelms-Universitaet, Einsteinstrasse 62, 48149 Muenster (Germany)
2006-03-01
It was a great pleasure for me (Harald Grosse) to be invited to talk at the meeting celebrating the 70th birthday of Prof. Julius Wess. I remember various interactions with Julius during the last years: At the time of my studies at Vienna with Walter Thirring, Julius left already Vienna, I learned from his work on effective chiral Lagrangians. Next we met at various conferences and places like CERN (were I worked with Andre Martin, an old friend of Julius), and we all learned from Julius' and Bruno's creation of supersymmetry, next we realized our common interests in noncommutative quantum field theory and did have an intensive exchange. Julius influenced our perturbative approach to gauge field theories were we used the Seiberg-Witten map after his advice. And finally I lively remember the sad days when during my invitation to Vienna Julius did have the serious heart attack. So we are very happy, that you recovered so well, and we wish you all the best for the forthcoming years. Many happy recurrences. (Abstract Copyright [2006], Wiley Periodicals, Inc.)
The Gravitational Field of a Twisted Skyrmion
Hadi, Miftachul; Husein, Andri
2015-01-01
We study nonlinear sigma model, especially Skyrme model without twist and Skyrme model with twist: twisted Skyrme model. Twist term, $mkz$, is indicated in vortex solution. We are interested to construct a space-time containing a string with Lagrangian plus a twist. To add gravity, we replace $\\eta^{\\mu\
Properties of twisted ferromagnetic filaments
Belovs, Mihails; Cebers, Andrejs [University of Latvia, Zellu 8, LV-1002 (Latvia)], E-mail: aceb@tesla.sal.lv
2009-02-01
The full set of equations for twisted ferromagnetic filaments is derived. The linear stability analysis of twisted ferromagnetic filament is carried out. Two different types of the buckling instability are found - monotonous and oscillatory. The first in the limit of large twist leads to the shape of filament reminding pearls on the string, the second to spontaneous rotation of the filament, which may constitute the working of chiral microengine.
Renormalization-group running cosmologies and the generalized second law
Horvat, R
2007-01-01
We explore some thermodynamical consequences of accelerated universes driven by a running cosmological constant (CC) from the renormalization group (RG). Application of the generalized second law (GSL) of gravitational thermodynamics to a framework where the running of the CC goes at the expense of energy transfer between vacuum and matter, strongly restricts the mass spectrum of a (hypothetical) theory controlling the CC running. We find that quantum effects driving the running of the CC should be dominated by a trans-planckian mass field, in marked contrast with the GUT-scale upper mass bo obtained by analyzing density perturbations for the running CC. The model shows compliance with the holographic principle.
Angular structure of lacunarity, and the renormalization group
Ball; Caldarelli; Flammini
2000-12-11
We formulate the angular structure of lacunarity in fractals, in terms of a symmetry reduction of the three point correlation function. This provides a rich probe of universality, and first measurements yield new evidence in support of the equivalence between self-avoiding walks (SAW's) and percolation perimeters in two dimensions. We argue that the lacunarity reveals much of the renormalization group in real space. This is supported by exact calculations for random walks and measured data for percolation clusters and SAW's. Relationships follow between exponents governing inward and outward propagating perturbations, and we also find a very general test for the contribution of long-range interactions.
A Topological Approach to Bend-Twist Maps with Applications
Anna Pascoletti
2011-01-01
Full Text Available In this paper we reconsider, in a purely topological framework, the concept of bend-twist map previously studied in the analytic setting by Tongren Ding in (2007. We obtain some results about the existence and multiplicity of fixed points which are related to the classical Poincaré-Birkhoff twist theorem for area-preserving maps of the annulus; however, in our approach, like in Ding (2007, we do not require measure-preserving conditions. This makes our theorems in principle applicable to nonconservative planar systems. Some of our results are also stable for small perturbations. Possible applications of the fixed point theorems for topological bend-twist maps are outlined in the last section.
Threshold Effects And Perturbative Unification
Bastero-Gil, M; Pérez-Mercader, J
1995-01-01
We discuss the effect of the renormalization procedure in the computation of the unification point for running coupling constants. We explore the effects of threshold--crossing on the $\\beta$--functions. We compute the running of the coupling constants of the Standard Model, between $m_Z$ and $M_P$, using a mass dependent subtraction procedure, and then compare the results with $\\bar{MS}$, and with the $\\theta$-- function approximation. We also do this for the Minimal Supersymmetric extension of the Standard Model. In the latter, the bounds on susy masses that one obtains by requiring perturbative unification are dependent, to some extent, on the procedure.
Holographic Renormalization in Dense Medium
Chanyong Park
2014-01-01
describes a dense medium at finite temperature, is investigated in this paper. In a dense medium, two different thermodynamic descriptions are possible due to an additional conserved charge. These two different thermodynamic ensembles are classified by the asymptotic boundary condition of the bulk gauge field. It is also shown that in the holographic renormalization regularity of all bulk fields can reproduce consistent thermodynamic quantities and that the Bekenstein-Hawking entropy is nothing but the renormalized thermal entropy of the dual field theory. Furthermore, we find that the Reissner-Nordström AdS black brane is dual to a theory with conformal matter as expected, whereas a charged black brane with a nontrivial dilaton profile is mapped to a theory with nonconformal matter although its leading asymptotic geometry still remains as AdS space.
Vibrational Density Matrix Renormalization Group.
Baiardi, Alberto; Stein, Christopher J; Barone, Vincenzo; Reiher, Markus
2017-08-08
Variational approaches for the calculation of vibrational wave functions and energies are a natural route to obtain highly accurate results with controllable errors. Here, we demonstrate how the density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) can be exploited to optimize vibrational wave functions (vDMRG) expressed as matrix product states. We study the convergence of these calculations with respect to the size of the local basis of each mode, the number of renormalized block states, and the number of DMRG sweeps required. We demonstrate the high accuracy achieved by vDMRG for small molecules that were intensively studied in the literature. We then proceed to show that the complete fingerprint region of the sarcosyn-glycin dipeptide can be calculated with vDMRG.
Kozma, Gady
2012-01-01
We proved earlier that every measurable function on the circle, after a uniformly small perturbation, can be written as a power series (i.e. a series of exponentials with positive frequencies), which converges almost everywhere. Here we show that this result is basically sharp: the perturbation cannot be made smooth or even H\\"older. We discuss also a similar problem for perturbations with lacunary spectrum.
Concepts of renormalization in physics.
Alexandre, Jean
2005-01-01
A non technical introduction to the concept of renormalization is given, with an emphasis on the energy scale dependence in the description of a physical system. We first describe the idea of scale dependence in the study of a ferromagnetic phase transition, and then show how similar ideas appear in particle physics. This short review is written for non-particle physicists and/or students aiming at studying particle physics.
Renormalization group flows and anomalies
Komargodski, Zohar
2015-01-01
This chapter reviews various aspects of renormalization group flows and anomalies. The chapter considers specific Euclidean two-dimensional theories. Namely, the theories are invariant under translations and rotations in the two space directions. Here the chapter studies theories where, if possible, certain equations hold in fact also at coincident points. In other words, the chapter looks at theories where there is no local gravitational anomaly.
Renormalization of Dirac's Polarized Vacuum
Lewin, Mathieu
2010-01-01
We review recent results on a mean-field model for relativistic electrons in atoms and molecules, which allows to describe at the same time the self-consistent behavior of the polarized Dirac sea. We quickly derive this model from Quantum Electrodynamics and state the existence of solutions, imposing an ultraviolet cut-off $\\Lambda$. We then discuss the limit $\\Lambda\\to\\infty$ in detail, by resorting to charge renormalization.
Twisting formula of epsilon factors
SAZZAD ALI BISWAS
2017-09-01
For characters of a non-Archimedean local field we have explicit formula for epsilon factors. But in general, we do not have any generalized twisting formula of epsilon factors. In this paper, we give a generalized twisting formula of epsilon factorsvia local Jacobi sums.
Renormalization and Computation II: Time Cut-off and the Halting Problem
Manin, Yuri I
2009-01-01
This is the second installment to the project initiated in [Ma3]. In the first Part, I argued that both philosophy and technique of the perturbative renormalization in quantum field theory could be meaningfully transplanted to the theory of computation, and sketched several contexts supporting this view. In this second part, I address some of the issues raised in [Ma3] and provide their development in three contexts: a categorification of the algorithmic computations; time cut--off and Anytime Algorithms; and finally, a Hopf algebra renormalization of the Halting Problem.
Zhu; Yang
2000-06-01
A generalizing formulation of dynamical real-space renormalization that is appropriate for arbitrary spin systems is suggested. The alternative version replaces single-spin flipping Glauber dynamics with single-spin transition dynamics. As an application, in this paper we mainly investigate the critical slowing down of the Gaussian spin model on three fractal lattices, including nonbranching, branching, and multibranching Koch curves. The dynamical critical exponent z is calculated for these lattices using an exact decimation renormalization transformation in the assumption of the magneticlike perturbation, and a universal result z=1/nu is found.
Renormalization group summation of Laplace QCD sum rules for scalar gluon currents
Farrukh Chishtie
2016-03-01
Full Text Available We employ renormalization group (RG summation techniques to obtain portions of Laplace QCD sum rules for scalar gluon currents beyond the order to which they have been explicitly calculated. The first two of these sum rules are considered in some detail, and it is shown that they have significantly less dependence on the renormalization scale parameter μ2 once the RG summation is used to extend the perturbative results. Using the sum rules, we then compute the bound on the scalar glueball mass and demonstrate that the 3 and 4-Loop perturbative results form lower and upper bounds to their RG summed counterparts. We further demonstrate improved convergence of the RG summed expressions with respect to perturbative results.
Complex networks renormalization: flows and fixed points.
Radicchi, Filippo; Ramasco, José J; Barrat, Alain; Fortunato, Santo
2008-10-03
Recently, it has been claimed that some complex networks are self-similar under a convenient renormalization procedure. We present a general method to study renormalization flows in graphs. We find that the behavior of some variables under renormalization, such as the maximum number of connections of a node, obeys simple scaling laws, characterized by critical exponents. This is true for any class of graphs, from random to scale-free networks, from lattices to hierarchical graphs. Therefore, renormalization flows for graphs are similar as in the renormalization of spin systems. An analysis of classic renormalization for percolation and the Ising model on the lattice confirms this analogy. Critical exponents and scaling functions can be used to classify graphs in universality classes, and to uncover similarities between graphs that are inaccessible to a standard analysis.
Renormalized Wick expansion for a modified PQCD
de Oca, Alejandro Cabo Montes
2007-01-01
The renormalization scheme for the Wick expansion of a modified version of the perturbative QCD introduced in previous works is discussed. Massless QCD is considered, by implementing the usual multiplicative scaling of the gluon and quark wave functions and vertices. However, also massive quark and gluon counter-terms are allowed in this mass less theory since the condensates are expected to generate masses. A natural set of expansion parameters of the physical quantities is introduced: the coupling itself and to masses $m_q$ and $m_g$ associated to quarks and gluons respectively. This procedure allows to implement a dimensional transmutation effect through these new mass scales. A general expression for the new generating functional in terms of the mass parameters $m_q$ and $m_g$ is obtained in terms of integrals over arbitrary but constant gluon or quark fields in each case. Further, the one loop potential, is evaluated in more detail in the case when only the quark condensate is retained. This lowest order...
Renormalized Wick expansion for a modified PQCD
Cabo Montes de Oca, Alejandro [Instituto de Cibernetica, Matematica y Fisica, Group of Theoretical Physics, Vedado, La Habana (Cuba); Abdus Salam International Centre for Theoretical Physics, Trieste (Italy)
2008-05-15
The renormalization scheme for the Wick expansion of a modified version of the perturbative QCD introduced in previous works is discussed. Massless QCD is considered by implementing the usual multiplicative scaling of the gluon and quark wave functions and vertices. However, also massive quark and gluon counterterms are allowed in this massless theory since the condensates are expected to generate masses. A natural set of expansion parameters of the physical quantities is introduced: the coupling itself and the two masses m{sub q} and m{sub g} associated to quarks and gluons, respectively. This procedure allows one to implement a dimensional transmutation effect through these new mass scales. A general expression for the new generating functional in terms of the mass parameters m{sub q} and m{sub g} is obtained in terms of integrals over arbitrary but constant gluon or quark fields in each case. Further, the one loop potential is evaluated in more detail in the case when only the quark condensate is retained. This lowest order result again indicates the dynamical generation of quark condensates in the vacuum. (orig.)
Renormalization group approach to superfluid neutron matter
Hebeler, K.
2007-06-06
In the present thesis superfluid many-fermion systems are investigated in the framework of the Renormalization Group (RG). Starting from an experimentally determined two-body interaction this scheme provides a microscopic approach to strongly correlated many-body systems at low temperatures. The fundamental objects under investigation are the two-point and the four-point vertex functions. We show that explicit results for simple separable interactions on BCS-level can be reproduced in the RG framework to high accuracy. Furthermore the RG approach can immediately be applied to general realistic interaction models. In particular, we show how the complexity of the many-body problem can be reduced systematically by combining different RG schemes. Apart from technical convenience the RG framework has conceptual advantage that correlations beyond the BCS level can be incorporated in the flow equations in a systematic way. In this case however the flow equations are no more explicit equations like at BCS level but instead a coupled set of implicit equations. We show on the basis of explicit calculations for the single-channel case the efficacy of an iterative approach to this system. The generalization of this strategy provides a promising strategy for a non-perturbative treatment of the coupled channel problem. By the coupling of the flow equations of the two-point and four-point vertex self-consistency on the one-body level is guaranteed at every cutoff scale. (orig.)
Renormalization of QED Near Decoupling Temperature
Samina S. Masood
2014-01-01
Full Text Available We study the effective parameters of QED near decoupling temperatures and show that the QED perturbative series is convergent, at temperatures below the decoupling temperature. The renormalization constant of QED acquires different values if a system cools down from a hotter system to the electron mass temperature or heats up from a cooler system to the same temperature. At T = m, the first order contribution to the electron self-mass, δm/m is 0.0076 for a heating system and 0.0115 for a cooling system and the difference between two values is equal to 1/3 of the low temperature value and 1/2 of the high temperature value around T~m. This difference is a measure of hot fermion background at high temperatures. With the increase in release of more fermions at hotter temperatures, the fermion background contribution dominates and weak interactions have to be incorporated to understand the background effects.
Renormalization group analysis of the gluon mass equation
Aguilar, A. C.; Binosi, D.; Papavassiliou, J.
2014-04-01
We carry out a systematic study of the renormalization properties of the integral equation that determines the momentum evolution of the effective gluon mass in pure Yang-Mills theory, without quark effects taken into account. A detailed, all-order analysis of the complete kernel appearing in this particular equation, derived in the Landau gauge, reveals that the renormalization procedure may be accomplished through the sole use of ingredients known from the standard perturbative treatment of the theory, with no additional assumptions. However, the subtle interplay of terms operating at the level of the exact equation gets distorted by the approximations usually employed when evaluating the aforementioned kernel. This fact is reflected in the form of the obtained solutions, for which the deviations from the correct behavior are best quantified by resorting to appropriately defined renormalization-group invariant quantities. This analysis, in turn, provides a solid guiding principle for improving the form of the kernel, and furnishes a well-defined criterion for discriminating between various possibilities. Certain renormalization-group inspired Ansätze for the kernel are then proposed, and their numerical implications are explored in detail. One of the solutions obtained fulfills the theoretical expectations to a high degree of accuracy, yielding a gluon mass that is positive definite throughout the entire range of physical momenta, and displays in the ultraviolet the so-called "power-law" running, in agreement with standard arguments based on the operator product expansion. Some of the technical difficulties thwarting a more rigorous determination of the kernel are discussed, and possible future directions are briefly mentioned.
A two-state model of twisted intramolecular chargetransfer in monomethine dyes
Olsen, Seth
2012-01-01
We describe a two-state model Hamiltonian that can describes the development of twisted intramolecular charge-transfer behavior in monomethine dyes, both near and far from the cyanine limit. Monomethine dyes are useful as biological probes due to their binding-dependent fluorescence turn-on behavior. The model is a generalized Mulliken-Hush diabatic Hamiltonian wherein the diabatic energies and couplings are coupled to twisting about distinct bonds of the monomethine bridge. We parameterize the Hamiltonian against multireference perturbation theory calculations of the ground and excited states of four distinct oxonol protonation states of a green fluorescent protein chromophore model. The four chromophores illustrate different regimes of detuning from the cyanine limit. The model describes correctly the distinct relationships between twisting and charge-transfer behavior in each case. We expose a deep connection between the existence of twist-dependent polarization and the existence of twisted conical interse...
Kinetic study of ion acoustic twisted waves with kappa distributed electrons
Arshad, Kashif; Aman-ur-Rehman, Mahmood, Shahzad
2016-05-01
The kinetic theory of Landau damping of ion acoustic twisted modes is developed in the presence of orbital angular momentum of the helical (twisted) electric field in plasmas with kappa distributed electrons and Maxwellian ions. The perturbed distribution function and helical electric field are considered to be decomposed by Laguerre-Gaussian mode function defined in cylindrical geometry. The Vlasov-Poisson equation is obtained and solved analytically to obtain the weak damping rates of the ion acoustic twisted waves in a non-thermal plasma. The strong damping effects of ion acoustic twisted waves at low values of temperature ratio of electrons and ions are also obtained by using exact numerical method and illustrated graphically, where the weak damping wave theory fails to explain the phenomenon properly. The obtained results of Landau damping rates of the twisted ion acoustic wave are discussed at different values of azimuthal wave number and non-thermal parameter kappa for electrons.
Constraining differential renormalization in abelian gauge theories
del Águila, F; Tapia, R M; Pérez-Victoria, M
1998-01-01
We present a procedure of differential renormalization at the one loop level which avoids introducing unnecessary renormalization constants and automatically preserves abelian gauge invariance. The amplitudes are expressed in terms of a basis of singular functions. The local terms appearing in the renormalization of these functions are determined by requiring consistency with the propagator equation. Previous results in abelian theories, with and without supersymmetry, are discussed in this context.
Quark Confinement and the Renormalization Group
Ogilvie, Michael C
2010-01-01
Recent approaches to quark confinement are reviewed, with an emphasis on their connection to renormalization group methods. Basic concepts related to confinement are introduced: the string tension, Wilson loops and Polyakov lines, string breaking, string tension scaling laws, center symmetry breaking, and the deconfinement transition at non-zero temperature. Current topics discussed include confinement on $R^3\\times S^1$, the real-space renormalization group, the functional renormalization group, and the Schwinger-Dyson equation approach to confinement.
Twisted bialgebroids versus bialgebroids from a Drinfeld twist
Borowiec, Andrzej; Pachoł, Anna
2017-02-01
Bialgebroids (respectively Hopf algebroids) are bialgebras (Hopf algebras) over noncommutative rings. Drinfeld twist techniques are particularly useful in the (deformation) quantization of Lie algebras as well as the underlying module algebras (=quantum spaces). A smash product construction combines both of them into the new algebra which, in fact, does not depend on the twist. However, we can turn it into a bialgebroid in a twist-dependent way. Alternatively, one can use Drinfeld twist techniques in a category of bialgebroids. We show that both the techniques indicated in the title—the twisting of a bialgebroid or constructing a bialgebroid from the twisted bialgebra—give rise to the same result in the case of a normalized cocycle twist. This can be useful for the better description of a quantum deformed phase space. We argue that within this bialgebroid framework one can justify the use of deformed coordinates (i.e. spacetime noncommutativity), which are frequently postulated in order to explain quantum gravity effects.
The Persistence of Invariant Tori in Nearly Small Twist Mappings with Intersection Property
祝文壮; 黄庆道; 刘柏枫
2004-01-01
In this paper we investigate the nearly small twist mappings with intersection property. With a certain non-degenerate condition, we proved that the most of invariant tori of the original small twist mappings will survive afer small perturtations. The persisted invariant tori are close to the unperturbed ones when the perturbation are small. The orbits reduced by those mappings are quasi-periodic in the invariant tori with the frequences closing to the original ones.
Scaling and ChPT Description of Pions from N_f=2 twisted mass QCD
Dimopoulos, P; Herdoiza, G; Jansen, K; Michael, C; Urbach, C
2009-01-01
We study light-quark observables by means of dynamical lattice QCD simulations using two flavours of twisted mass fermions at maximal twist. We employ chiral perturbation theory to describe our data for the pion mass and decay constant. In this way, we extract precise determinations for the low-energy constants of the effective theory as well as for the light-quark mass and the chiral condensate.
Functional renormalization group studies of nuclear and neutron matter
Drews, Matthias
2016-01-01
Functional renormalization group (FRG) methods applied to calculations of isospin-symmetric and asymmetric nuclear matter as well as neutron matter are reviewed. The approach is based on a chiral Lagrangian expressed in terms of nucleon and meson degrees of freedom as appropriate for the hadronic phase of QCD with spontaneously broken chiral symmetry. Fluctuations beyond mean-field approximation are treated solving Wetterich's FRG flow equations. Nuclear thermodynamics and the nuclear liquid-gas phase transition are investigated in detail, both in symmetric matter and as a function of the proton fraction in asymmetric matter. The equations of state at zero temperature of symmetric nuclear matter and pure neutron matter are found to be in good agreement with advanced ab-initio many-body computations. Contacts with perturbative many-body approaches (in-medium chiral perturbation theory) are discussed. As an interesting test case, the density dependence of the pion mass in the medium is investigated. The questio...
Chiral potential renormalized in harmonic-oscillator space
Yang, C -J
2016-01-01
We renormalize the chiral effective field theory (EFT) potential in harmonic-oscillator (HO) model space. The low energy constants (LECs) are utilized to absorb not just the ultra-violet part of the physics due to the cutoff, but also the infrared part due to the truncation of model space. We use the inverse J-matrix method to reproduce the nucleon-nucleon (NN) scattering phase shifts in the given model space. We demonstrate that by including the NLO correction, the nucleon-nucleon scattering in the continuum could be well reproduced in the truncated HO trap space up to laboratory energy $T_{lab}=100$ MeV with number of HO basis $n_{max}$ as small as 10. A perturbative power counting starts at subleading order is adopted in this work, and how to extract the perturbative contribution is demonstrated. Our work serves as the input to perform ab-initio calculations.
Mass renormalization and binding energies in quantum field theory
Lv, Q. Z.; Stefanovich, E.; Su, Q.; Grobe, R.
2017-10-01
We compare the predictions of two methods of determining the amount of binding energy between two distinguishable fermions that interact with each other through force-intermediating bosons. Both measures try to quantify this binding energy by the downward shift of the fully interacting two-fermion ground state energy relative to the sum of the corresponding two single-particle ground state energies. The first method computes this energy difference directly from the standard quantum field theoretical Hamiltonian. The second method uses the mass renormalized form of this Hamiltonian. In order to have a concrete example for this comparison, we employ a simple Yukawa-like model system in one spatial dimension. We find that both approaches lead to identical predictions in the second and fourth order perturbation of the coupling constant, and they remain remarkably close even in the strong coupling domain where perturbation theory diverges. This illustrates that there are field theoretical systems for which rather accurate binding energies can be obtained even without the mass renormalization procedure.
Functional renormalization group approach to the singlet-triplet transition in quantum dots.
Magnusson, E B; Hasselmann, N; Shelykh, I A
2012-09-12
We present a functional renormalization group approach to the zero bias transport properties of a quantum dot with two different orbitals and in the presence of Hund's coupling. Tuning the energy separation of the orbital states, the quantum dot can be driven through a singlet-triplet transition. Our approach, based on the approach by Karrasch et al (2006 Phys. Rev. B 73 235337), which we apply to spin-dependent interactions, recovers the key characteristics of the quantum dot transport properties with very little numerical effort. We present results on the conductance in the vicinity of the transition and compare our results both with previous numerical renormalization group results and with predictions of the perturbative renormalization group.
Renormalization of Extended QCD$_2$
Fukaya, Hidenori
2015-01-01
Extended QCD (XQCD) proposed by Kaplan [1] is an interesting reformulation of QCD with additional bosonic auxiliary fields. While its partition function is kept exactly the same as that of original QCD, XQCD naturally contains properties of low energy hadronic models. We analyze the renormalization group flow of two-dimensional (X)QCD, which is solvable in the limit of large number of colors Nc, to understand what kind of roles the auxiliary degrees of freedom play and how the hadronic picture emerges in the low energy region.
How the embryonic brain tube twists
Chen, Zi; Guo, Qiaohang; Forsch, Nickolas; Taber, Larry
2014-03-01
During early development, the tubular brain of the chick embryo undergoes a combination of progressive ventral bending and rightward torsion. This deformation is one of the major organ-level symmetry-breaking events in development. Available evidence suggests that bending is caused by differential growth, but the mechanism for torsion remains poorly understood. Since the heart almost always loops in the same direction that the brain twists, researchers have speculated that heart looping affects the direction of brain torsion. However, direct evidence is virtually nonexistent, nor is the mechanical origin of such torsion understood. In our study, experimental perturbations show that the bending and torsional deformations in the brain are coupled and that the vitelline membrane applies an external load necessary for torsion to occur. In addition, the asymmetry of the looping heart gives rise to the chirality of the twisted brain. A computational model is used to interpret these findings. Our work clarifies the mechanical origins of brain torsion and the associated left-right asymmetry, reminiscent of D'Arcy Thompson's view of biological form as ``diagram of forces''.
Quantum Einstein gravity. Advancements of heat kernel-based renormalization group studies
Groh, Kai
2012-10-15
The asymptotic safety scenario allows to define a consistent theory of quantized gravity within the framework of quantum field theory. The central conjecture of this scenario is the existence of a non-Gaussian fixed point of the theory's renormalization group flow, that allows to formulate renormalization conditions that render the theory fully predictive. Investigations of this possibility use an exact functional renormalization group equation as a primary non-perturbative tool. This equation implements Wilsonian renormalization group transformations, and is demonstrated to represent a reformulation of the functional integral approach to quantum field theory. As its main result, this thesis develops an algebraic algorithm which allows to systematically construct the renormalization group flow of gauge theories as well as gravity in arbitrary expansion schemes. In particular, it uses off-diagonal heat kernel techniques to efficiently handle the non-minimal differential operators which appear due to gauge symmetries. The central virtue of the algorithm is that no additional simplifications need to be employed, opening the possibility for more systematic investigations of the emergence of non-perturbative phenomena. As a by-product several novel results on the heat kernel expansion of the Laplace operator acting on general gauge bundles are obtained. The constructed algorithm is used to re-derive the renormalization group flow of gravity in the Einstein-Hilbert truncation, showing the manifest background independence of the results. The well-studied Einstein-Hilbert case is further advanced by taking the effect of a running ghost field renormalization on the gravitational coupling constants into account. A detailed numerical analysis reveals a further stabilization of the found non-Gaussian fixed point. Finally, the proposed algorithm is applied to the case of higher derivative gravity including all curvature squared interactions. This establishes an improvement
Brodsky, Stanley J.; /SLAC; Wu, Xing-Gang; /Chongqing U.
2012-04-02
The uncertainty in setting the renormalization scale in finite-order perturbative QCD predictions using standard methods substantially reduces the precision of tests of the Standard Model in collider experiments. It is conventional to choose a typical momentum transfer of the process as the renormalization scale and take an arbitrary range to estimate the uncertainty in the QCD prediction. However, predictions using this procedure depend on the choice of renormalization scheme, leave a non-convergent renormalon perturbative series, and moreover, one obtains incorrect results when applied to QED processes. In contrast, if one fixes the renormalization scale using the Principle of Maximum Conformality (PMC), all non-conformal {l_brace}{beta}{sub i}{r_brace}-terms in the perturbative expansion series are summed into the running coupling, and one obtains a unique, scale-fixed, scheme-independent prediction at any finite order. The PMC renormalization scale {mu}{sub R}{sup PMC} and the resulting finite-order PMC prediction are both to high accuracy independent of choice of the initial renormalization scale {mu}{sub R}{sup init}, consistent with renormalization group invariance. Moreover, after PMC scale-setting, the n!-growth of the pQCD expansion is eliminated. Even the residual scale-dependence at fixed order due to unknown higher-order {l_brace}{beta}{sub i}{r_brace}-terms is substantially suppressed. As an application, we apply the PMC procedure to obtain NNLO predictions for the t{bar t}-pair hadroproduction cross-section at the Tevatron and LHC colliders. There are no renormalization scale or scheme uncertainties, thus greatly improving the precision of the QCD prediction. The PMC prediction for {sigma}{sub t{bar t}} is larger in magnitude in comparison with the conventional scale-setting method, and it agrees well with the present Tevatron and LHC data. We also verify that the initial scale-independence of the PMC prediction is satisfied to high accuracy at the
Twisted and Nontwisted Bifurcations Induced by Diffusion
Lin, X B
1996-01-01
We discuss a diffusively perturbed predator-prey system. Freedman and Wolkowicz showed that the corresponding ODE can have a periodic solution that bifurcates from a homoclinic loop. When the diffusion coefficients are large, this solution represents a stable, spatially homogeneous time-periodic solution of the PDE. We show that when the diffusion coefficients become small, the spatially homogeneous periodic solution becomes unstable and bifurcates into spatially nonhomogeneous periodic solutions. The nature of the bifurcation is determined by the twistedness of an equilibrium/homoclinic bifurcation that occurs as the diffusion coefficients decrease. In the nontwisted case two spatially nonhomogeneous simple periodic solutions of equal period are generated, while in the twisted case a unique spatially nonhomogeneous double periodic solution is generated through period-doubling. Key Words: Reaction-diffusion equations; predator-prey systems; homoclinic bifurcations; periodic solutions.
Renormalization Group and Phase Transitions in Spin, Gauge, and QCD Like Theories
Liu, Yuzhi [Univ. of Iowa, Iowa City, IA (United States)
2013-08-01
In this thesis, we study several different renormalization group (RG) methods, including the conventional Wilson renormalization group, Monte Carlo renormalization group (MCRG), exact renormalization group (ERG, or sometimes called functional RG), and tensor renormalization group (TRG).
Perturbation theory and nonperturbative effects: A happy marriage ?
Chýla, J.
1992-03-01
Perturbation expansions in renormalized quantum field theories are reformulated in a way that permits a straightforward handling of situations when in the conventional approach, i.e. in fixed renormalization scheme, these expansions are factorially divergent and even of asymptotically constant sign. The result takes the form of convergent (under certain circumstances) expansions in a set of functions Z k(a, χ) of the couplant and the free parameter χ which specifies the procedure involved. The value of χ is shown to be correlated to the basic properties of nonperturbative effects as embodied in power corrections. Close connection of this procedure to Borel summation technique is demonstrated and its relation to conventional perturbation theory in fixed renormalization schemes elucidated.
Improved system identification with Renormalization Group.
Wang, Qing-Guo; Yu, Chao; Zhang, Yong
2014-09-01
This paper proposes an improved system identification method with Renormalization Group. Renormalization Group is applied to a fine data set to obtain a coarse data set. The least squares algorithm is performed on the coarse data set. The theoretical analysis under certain conditions shows that the parameter estimation error could be reduced. The proposed method is illustrated with examples.
Renormalization of Lepton Mixing for Majorana Neutrinos
Broncano, A; Jenkins, E; Jenkins, Elizabeth
2005-01-01
We discuss the one-loop electroweak renormalization of the leptonic mixing matrix in the case of Majorana neutrinos, and establish its relationship with the renormalization group evolution of the dimension five operator responsible for the light Majorana neutrino masses. We compare our results in the effective theory with those in the full seesaw theory.
Renormalization of lepton mixing for Majorana neutrinos
Broncano, A. [Departamento de Fisica Teorica, C-XI, and IFT, C-XVI, Facultad de Ciencias, Universidad Autonoma de Madrid, Cantoblanco, 28049 Madrid (Spain)]. E-mail: alicia.broncano@uam.es; Gavela, M.B. [Departamento de Fisica Teorica, C-XI, and IFT, C-XVI, Facultad de Ciencias, Universidad Autonoma de Madrid, Cantoblanco, 28049 Madrid (Spain)]. E-mail: gavela@delta.ft.uam.es; Jenkins, Elizabeth [Department of Physics, University of California at San Diego, 9500 Gilman Drive, La Jolla, CA 92093 (United States)]. E-mail: ejenkins@ucsd.edu
2005-01-17
We discuss the one-loop electroweak renormalization of the leptonic mixing matrix in the case of Majorana neutrinos, and establish its relationship with the renormalization group evolution of the dimension five operator responsible for the light Majorana neutrino masses. We compare our results in the effective theory with those in the full seesaw theory.
An alternative to exact renormalization equations
Alexandre, Jean
2005-01-01
An alternative point of view to exact renormalization equations is discussed, where quantum fluctuations of a theory are controlled by the bare mass of a particle. The procedure is based on an exact evolution equation for the effective action, and recovers usual renormalization results.
Wavelet view on renormalization group
Altaisky, M V
2016-01-01
It is shown that the renormalization group turns to be a symmetry group in a theory initially formulated in a space of scale-dependent functions, i.e, those depending on both the position $x$ and the resolution $a$. Such theory, earlier described in {\\em Phys.Rev.D} 81(2010)125003, 88(2013)025015, is finite by construction. The space of scale-dependent functions $\\{ \\phi_a(x) \\}$ is more relevant to physical reality than the space of square-integrable functions $\\mathrm{L}^2(R^d)$, because, due to the Heisenberg uncertainty principle, what is really measured in any experiment is always defined in a region rather than point. The effective action $\\Gamma_{(A)}$ of our theory turns to be complementary to the exact renormalization group effective action. The role of the regulator is played by the basic wavelet -- an "aperture function" of a measuring device used to produce the snapshot of a field $\\phi$ at the point $x$ with the resolution $a$. The standard RG results for $\\phi^4$ model are reproduced.
Non-Renormalization and Naturalness in a Class of Scalar-Tensor Theories
de Rham, Claudia; Heisenberg, Lavinia; Pirtskhalava, David
2012-01-01
We study the renormalization of some dimension-4, 7 and 10 operators in a class of nonlinear scalar-tensor theories. These theories are invariant under: (a) linear diffeomorphisms which represent an exact symmetry of the full non-linear action, and (b) global field-space Galilean transformations of the scalar field. The Lagrangian contains a set of non-topological interaction terms of the above-mentioned dimensionality, which we show are not renormalized at any order in perturbation theory. We also discuss the renormalization of other operators, that may be generated by loops and/or receive loop-corrections, and identify the regime in which they are sub-leading with respect to the operators that do not get renormalized. Interestingly, such scalar-tensor theories emerge in a certain high-energy limit of the ghost-free theory of massive gravity. One can use the non-renormalization properties of the high-energy limit to estimate the magnitude of quantum corrections in the full theory. We show that the quantum co...
Semantic Deviation in Oliver Twist
康艺凡
2016-01-01
Dickens, with his adeptness with language, applies semantic deviation skillfully in his realistic novel Oliver Twist. However, most studies and comments home and abroad on it mainly focus on such aspects as humanity, society, and characters. Therefore, this thesis will take a stylistic approach to Oliver Twist from the perspective of semantic deviation, which is achieved by the use of irony, hyperbole, and pun and analyze how the application of the technique makes the novel attractive.
Charged Magnetic Brane Correlators and Twisted Virasoro Algebras
D'Hoker, Eric
2011-01-01
Prior work using gauge/gravity duality has established the existence of a quantum critical point in the phase diagram of 3+1-dimensional gauge theories at finite charge density and background magnetic field. The critical theory, obtained by tuning the dimensionless charge density to magnetic field ratio, exhibits nontrivial scaling in its thermodynamic properties, and an associated nontrivial dynamical critical exponent. In the present work, we analytically compute low energy correlation functions in the background of the charged magnetic brane solution to 4+1-dimensional Einstein-Maxwell-Chern-Simons theory, which represents the bulk description of the critical point. Results are obtained for neutral scalar operators, the stress tensor, and the U(1)-current. The theory is found to exhibit a twisted Virasoro algebra, constructed from a linear combination of the original stress tensor and chiral U(1)-current. The effective speed of light in the IR is renormalized downward for one chirality, but not the other, ...
Ananthanarayan, B
2016-01-01
We introduce an optimal renormalization group analysis pertinent to the analysis of polarization functions associated with the $s$-quark mass relevant in $\\tau$-decay. The technique is based on the renormalization group invariance constraints which lead to closed form summation of all the leading and next-to-leading logarithms at each order in perturbation theory. The new perturbation series exhibit reduced sensitivity to renormalization scale and improved behavior in the complex plane along the integration contour. Using improved experimental and theory inputs we have extracted the value of strange quark mass $m_s(2{\\rm GeV}) = 106.70 \\pm 9.36~{\\rm MeV}$ and $m_s(2{\\rm GeV}) = 74.47 \\pm 7.77~{\\rm MeV}$ from presently available ALEPH and OPAL data respectively. These determinations are in agreement with the determinations in other phenomenological methods and from the lattice.
Entanglement dynamics in critical random quantum Ising chain with perturbations
Huang, Yichen
2017-05-01
We simulate the entanglement dynamics in a critical random quantum Ising chain with generic perturbations using the time-evolving block decimation algorithm. Starting from a product state, we observe super-logarithmic growth of entanglement entropy with time. The numerical result is consistent with the analytical prediction of Vosk and Altman using a real-space renormalization group technique.
Speziale, Simone
2013-01-01
We define and investigate a quantisation of null hypersurfaces in the context of loop quantum gravity on a fixed graph. The main tool we use is the parametrisation of the theory in terms of twistors, which has already proved useful in discussing the interpretation of spin networks as the quantization of twisted geometries. The classical formalism can be extended in a natural way to null hypersurfaces, with the Euclidean polyhedra replaced by null polyhedra with space-like faces, and SU(2) by the little group ISO(2). The main difference is that the simplicity constraints present in the formalims are all first class, and the symplectic reduction selects only the helicity subgroup of the little group. As a consequence, information on the shapes of the polyhedra is lost, and the result is a much simpler, abelian geometric picture. It can be described by an Euclidean singular structure on the 2-dimensional space-like surface defined by a foliation of space-time by null hypersurfaces. This geometric structure is na...
New Methods in Non-Perturbative QCD
Unsal, Mithat [North Carolina State Univ., Raleigh, NC (United States)
2017-01-31
In this work, we investigate the properties of quantum chromodynamics (QCD), by using newly developing mathematics and physics formalisms. Almost all of the mass in the visible universe emerges from a quantum chromodynamics (QCD), which has a completely negligible microscopic mass content. An intimately related issue in QCD is the quark confinement problem. Answers to non-perturbative questions in QCD remained largely elusive despite much effort over the years. It is also believed that the usual perturbation theory is inadequate to address these kinds of problems. Perturbation theory gives a divergent asymptotic series (even when the theory is properly renormalized), and there are non-perturbative phenomena which never appear at any order in perturbation theory. Recently, a fascinating bridge between perturbation theory and non-perturbative effects has been found: a formalism called resurgence theory in mathematics tells us that perturbative data and non-perturbative data are intimately related. Translating this to the language of quantum field theory, it turns out that non-perturbative information is present in a coded form in perturbation theory and it can be decoded. We take advantage of this feature, which is particularly useful to understand some unresolved mysteries of QCD from first principles. In particular, we use: a) Circle compactifications which provide a semi-classical window to study confinement and mass gap problems, and calculable prototypes of the deconfinement phase transition; b) Resurgence theory and transseries which provide a unified framework for perturbative and non-perturbative expansion; c) Analytic continuation of path integrals and Lefschetz thimbles which may be useful to address sign problem in QCD at finite density.
Renormalization of a tensorial field theory on the homogeneous space SU(2)/U(1)
Lahoche, Vincent; Oriti, Daniele
2017-01-01
We study the renormalization of a general field theory on the homogeneous space (SU(2)/ ≤ft. U(1)\\right){{}× d} with tensorial interaction and gauge invariance under the diagonal action of SU(2). We derive the power counting for arbitrary d. For the case d = 4, we prove perturbative renormalizability to all orders via multi-scale analysis, study both the renormalized and effective perturbation series, and establish the asymptotic freedom of the model. We also outline a general power counting for the homogeneous space {{≤ft(SO(D)/SO(D-1)\\right)}× d} , of direct interest for quantum gravity models in arbitrary dimension, and point out the obstructions to the direct generalization of our results to these cases.
The renormalization method based on the Taylor expansion and applications for asymptotic analysis
Liu, Cheng-shi
2016-01-01
Based on the Taylor expansion, we propose a renormalization method for asymptotic analysis. The standard renormalization group (RG) method for asymptotic analysis can be derived out from this new method, and hence the mathematical essence of the RG method is also recovered. The biggest advantage of the proposed method is that the secular terms in perturbation series are automatically eliminated, but in usual perturbation theory, we need more efforts and tricks to eliminate these terms. At the same time, the mathematical foundation of the method is simple and the logic of the method is very clear, therefore, it is very easy in practice. As application, we obtain the uniform valid asymptotic solutions to some problems including vector field, boundary layer and boundary value problems of nonlinear wave equations. Moreover, we discuss the normal form theory and reduction equations of dynamical systems. Furthermore, by combining the topological deformation and the RG method, a modified method namely the homotopy r...
Renormalization Proof for Massive $\\vp_4^4$ Theory on Riemannian Manifolds
Kopper, C
2006-01-01
In this paper we present an inductive renormalizability proof for massive $\\vp_4^4$ theory on Riemannian manifolds, based on the Wegner-Wilson flow equations of the Wilson renormalization group, adapted to perturbation theory. The proof goes in hand with bounds on the perturbative Schwinger functions which imply tree decay between their position arguments. An essential prerequisite are precise bounds on the short and long distance behaviour of the heat kernel on the manifold. With the aid of a regularity assumption (often taken for granted) we also show, that for suitable renormalization conditions the bare action takes the minimal form, that is to say, there appear the same counter terms as in flat space, apart from a logarithmically divergent one which is proportional to the scalar curvature.
Experiments with twisted light
Courtial, J.; O'Holleran, K.
2007-06-01
The generic that is, stable under perturbations nodes of the field in a monochromatic light beam are optical vortices. We describe here their connection to Chladni's nodal lines in the oscillations of metal plates, as well as a few experiments that have been performed with optical vortices. We will describe how optical vortices can be generated experimentally; how it can be shown that they possess orbital angular momentum; how individual photons can be sorted according to their vortex state; and how optical vortices can be used to demonstrate higher-dimensional quantum entanglement.
Higher-Twist Dynamics in Large Transverse Momentum Hadron Production
Arleo, Francois; /Annecy, LAPTH; Brodsky, Stanley J.; /SLAC; Hwang, Dae Sung; /Sejong U.; Sickles, Anne M.; /Brookhaven
2009-12-17
A scaling law analysis of the world data on inclusive large-p{sub {perpendicular}} hadron production in hadronic collisions is carried out. A significant deviation from leading-twist perturbative QCD predictions at next-to-leading order is reported. The observed discrepancy is largest at high values of x{sub {perpendicular}} = 2p{sub {perpendicular}}/{radical}s. In contrast, the production of prompt photons and jets exhibits the scaling behavior which is close to the conformal limit, in agreement with the leading-twist expectation. These results bring evidence for a non-negligible contribution of higher-twist processes in large-p{sub {perpendicular}} hadron production in hadronic collisions, where the hadron is produced directly in the hard subprocess rather than by gluon or quark jet fragmentation. Predictions for scaling exponents at RHIC and LHC are given, and it is suggested to trigger the isolated large-p{sub {perpendicular}} hadron production to enhance higher-twist processes.
Renormalization Group (RG) in Turbulence: Historical and Comparative Perspective
Zhou, Ye; McComb, W. David; Vahala, George
1997-01-01
The term renormalization and renormalization group are explained by reference to various physical systems. The extension of renormalization group to turbulence is then discussed; first as a comprehensive review and second concentrating on the technical details of a few selected approaches. We conclude with a discussion of the relevance and application of renormalization group to turbulence modelling.
Perturbation Theory for Parent Hamiltonians of Matrix Product States
Szehr, Oleg; Wolf, Michael M.
2015-05-01
This article investigates the stability of the ground state subspace of a canonical parent Hamiltonian of a Matrix product state against local perturbations. We prove that the spectral gap of such a Hamiltonian remains stable under weak local perturbations even in the thermodynamic limit, where the entire perturbation might not be bounded. Our discussion is based on preceding work by Yarotsky that develops a perturbation theory for relatively bounded quantum perturbations of classical Hamiltonians. We exploit a renormalization procedure, which on large scale transforms the parent Hamiltonian of a Matrix product state into a classical Hamiltonian plus some perturbation. We can thus extend Yarotsky's results to provide a perturbation theory for parent Hamiltonians of Matrix product states and recover some of the findings of the independent contributions (Cirac et al in Phys Rev B 8(11):115108, 2013) and (Michalakis and Pytel in Comm Math Phys 322(2):277-302, 2013).
Renormalization algorithm with graph enhancement
Hübener, R; Hartmann, L; Dür, W; Plenio, M B; Eisert, J
2011-01-01
We present applications of the renormalization algorithm with graph enhancement (RAGE). This analysis extends the algorithms and applications given for approaches based on matrix product states introduced in [Phys. Rev. A 79, 022317 (2009)] to other tensor-network states such as the tensor tree states (TTS) and projected entangled pair states (PEPS). We investigate the suitability of the bare TTS to describe ground states, showing that the description of certain graph states and condensed matter models improves. We investigate graph-enhanced tensor-network states, demonstrating that in some cases (disturbed graph states and for certain quantum circuits) the combination of weighted graph states with tensor tree states can greatly improve the accuracy of the description of ground states and time evolved states. We comment on delineating the boundary of the classically efficiently simulatable states of quantum many-body systems.
Renormalization group analysis of turbulence
Smith, Leslie M.
1989-01-01
The objective is to understand and extend a recent theory of turbulence based on dynamic renormalization group (RNG) techniques. The application of RNG methods to hydrodynamic turbulence was explored most extensively by Yakhot and Orszag (1986). An eddy viscosity was calculated which was consistent with the Kolmogorov inertial range by systematic elimination of the small scales in the flow. Further, assumed smallness of the nonlinear terms in the redefined equations for the large scales results in predictions for important flow constants such as the Kolmogorov constant. It is emphasized that no adjustable parameters are needed. The parameterization of the small scales in a self-consistent manner has important implications for sub-grid modeling.
Gauge invariance and holographic renormalization
Keun-Young Kim
2015-10-01
Full Text Available We study the gauge invariance of physical observables in holographic theories under the local diffeomorphism. We find that gauge invariance is intimately related to the holographic renormalization: the local counter terms defined in the boundary cancel most of gauge dependences of the on-shell action as well as the divergences. There is a mismatch in the degrees of freedom between the bulk theory and the boundary one. We resolve this problem by noticing that there is a residual gauge symmetry (RGS. By extending the RGS such that it satisfies infalling boundary condition at the horizon, we can understand the problem in the context of general holographic embedding of a global symmetry at the boundary into the local gauge symmetry in the bulk.
Mass Renormalization in String Theory: General States
Pius, Roji; Sen, Ashoke
2014-01-01
In a previous paper we described a procedure for computing the renormalized masses and S-matrix elements in bosonic string theory for a special class of massive states which do not mix with unphysical states under renormalization. In this paper we extend this result to general states in bosonic string theory, and argue that only the squares of renormalized physical masses appear as the locations of the poles of the S-matrix of other physical states. We also discuss generalizations to Neveu-Schwarz sector states in heterotic and superstring theories.
Aspects of Galileon non-renormalization
Goon, Garrett [Department of Applied Mathematics and Theoretical Physics, Cambridge University,Wilberforce Road, Cambridge, CB3 0WA (United Kingdom); Hinterbichler, Kurt [Perimeter Institute for Theoretical Physics,31 Caroline St. N, Waterloo, Ontario, N2L 2Y5 (Canada); Joyce, Austin [Enrico Fermi Institute and Kavli Institute for Cosmological Physics, University of Chicago,S. Ellis Avenue, Chicago, IL 60637 (United States); Trodden, Mark [Center for Particle Cosmology, Department of Physics and Astronomy,University of Pennsylvania,S. 33rd Street, Philadelphia, PA 19104 (United States)
2016-11-18
We discuss non-renormalization theorems applying to galileon field theories and their generalizations. Galileon theories are similar in many respects to other derivatively coupled effective field theories, including general relativity and P(X) theories. In particular, these other theories also enjoy versions of non-renormalization theorems that protect certain operators against corrections from self-loops. However, we argue that the galileons are distinguished by the fact that they are not renormalized even by loops of other heavy fields whose couplings respect the galileon symmetry.
Renormalizing the NN interaction with multiple subtractions
Timoteo, V.S. [Faculdade de Tecnologia, Universidade Estadual de Campinas, 13484-332 Limeira, SP (Brazil); Frederico, T. [Instituto Tecnologico de Aeronautica, Comando de Tecnologia Aeroespacial, 12228-900 Sao Jose dos Campos, SP (Brazil); Delfino, A. [Departamento de Fisica, Universidade Federal Fluminense, 24210-150 Niteroi, RJ (Brazil); Tomio, L. [Instituto de Fisica Teorica, Universidade Estadual Paulista, 01140-070 Sao Paulo, SP (Brazil); Szpigel, S.; Duraes, F.O. [Centro de Ciencias e Humanidades, Universidade Presbiteriana Mackenzie, 01302-907 Sao Paulo, SP (Brazil)
2010-02-15
The aim of this work is to show how to renormalize the nucleon-nucleon interaction at next-to-next-to-leading order using a systematic subtractive renormalization approach with multiple subtractions. As an example, we calculate the phase shifts for the partial waves with total angular momentum J=2. The intermediate driving terms at each recursive step as well as the renormalized T-matrix are also shown. We conclude that our method is reliable for singular potentials such as the two-pion exchange and derivative contact interactions.
Real-space renormalization yields finite correlations.
Barthel, Thomas; Kliesch, Martin; Eisert, Jens
2010-07-02
Real-space renormalization approaches for quantum lattice systems generate certain hierarchical classes of states that are subsumed by the multiscale entanglement renormalization Ansatz (MERA). It is shown that, with the exception of one spatial dimension, MERA states are actually states with finite correlations, i.e., projected entangled pair states (PEPS) with a bond dimension independent of the system size. Hence, real-space renormalization generates states which can be encoded with local effective degrees of freedom, and MERA states form an efficiently contractible class of PEPS that obey the area law for the entanglement entropy. It is further pointed out that there exist other efficiently contractible schemes violating the area law.
Renormalization group flow equations from the 4PI equations of motion
Carrington, M E
2013-01-01
The 4PI effective action provides a a hierarchy of integral equations which have the form of Bethe-Salpeter equations. The vertex functions obtained from these equations can be used to truncate the exact renormalization group flow equations. This truncation has the property that the flow is a total derivative with respect to the flow parameter and is equivalent to solving the nPI equations of motion. This result establishes a direct connection between two non-perturbative methods.
Renormalization group flows for the second Z{sub N} parafermionic field theory for N even
Estienne, B., E-mail: b.d.a.estienne@uva.n [LPTHE, CNRS, UPMC Universite Paris 6 (France); Instituut voor Theoretische Fysica, Universiteit van Amsterdam (Netherlands)
2010-07-26
Extending the results obtained in the case N odd, the effect of slightly relevant perturbations of the second parafermionic field theory with the symmetry Z{sub N} are studied for N even. The renormalization group equations, and their infra red fixed points, exhibit the same structure in both cases. In addition to the standard flow from the pth to the (p-2)th model, another fixed point corresponding to the (p-1)th model is found.
Renormalization group flows for the second $\\mathbb{Z}_{N}$ parafermionic field theory for $N$ even
Estienne, Benoit
2008-01-01
Extending the results obtained in the case $N$ odd, the effect of slightly relevant perturbations of the second parafermionic field theory with the symmetry $\\mathbb{Z}_{N}$, for $N$ even, are studied. The renormalization group equations, and their infra red fixed points exhibit the same structure in both cases. In addition to the standard flow from the $p$-th to the $(p-2)$-th model, another fixed point corresponding to the $(p-1)$-th model is found.
Baryon masses with dynamical twisted mass fermions
Alexandrou, C; Koutsou, G; Baron, R; Guichon, P; Brinet, M; Carbonell, J; Drach, V; Liu, Z; Pène, O; Urbach, C
2007-01-01
We present results on the mass of the nucleon and the $\\Delta$ using two dynamical degenerate twisted mass quarks. The evaluation is performed at four quark masses corresponding to a pion mass in the range of 690-300 MeV on lattices of size 2.1 fm and 2.7 fm. We check for cutoff effects by evaluating these baryon masses on lattices of spatial size 2.1 fm with lattice spacings $a(\\beta=3.9)=0.0855(6)$ fm and $a(\\beta=4.05)=0.0666(6)$ fm, determined from the pion sector and find them to be within our statistical errors. Lattice results are extrapolated to the physical limit using continuum chiral perturbation theory. The nucleon mass at the physical point provides a determination of the lattice spacing. Using heavy baryon chiral perturbation theory at ${\\cal O}(p^3)$ we find $a(\\beta=3.9)=0.0879(12)$ fm, with a systematic error due to the chiral extrapolation estimated to be about the same as the statistical error. This value of the lattice spacing is in good agreement with the value determined from the pion se...
The Obstruction criterion for non existence of Invariant Circles and Renormalization.
De la Llave, R
2003-01-01
We formulate a conjecture which supplements the standard renormalization scenario for the breakdown of golden circle in twist maps. We show rigorously that if the conjecture was true then: a) The stable manifold of the non-trivial fixed point would indeed be a boundary between the existence of smooth invariant tori and hyperbolic orbits with golden mean rotation number. In particular, the boundary of the set of twist maps with a torus with a golden mean rotation number would include a smooth submanifold in the space of analytic mappings. b) The obstruction criterion of [Olvera-Simo] would be sharp in the universality class of the renormalization group. c) The criterion of [Greene-79] for existence of invariant circles if and only if there the residues of approximating orbits are finite would be valid for maps in the universality class. d) If there is no invariant circle, there are hyperbolic sets with golden mean rotation number. We also provide numerical evidence which suggests that the conjecture is true an...
Renormalization theory and ultraviolet stability for scalar fields via renormalization group methods
Gallavotti, G.
1985-04-01
A self-contained analysis is given of the simplest quantum fields from the renormalization group point of view: multiscale decomposition, general renormalization theory, resummations of renormalized series via equations of the Callan-Symanzik type, asymptotic freedom, and proof of ultraviolet stability for sine-Gordon fields in two dimensions and for other super-renormalizable scalar fields. Renormalization in four dimensions (Hepp's theorem and the De Calan--Rivasseau nexclamation bound) is presented and applications are made to the Coulomb gases in two dimensions and to the convergence of the planar graph expansions in four-dimensional field theories (t' Hooft--Rivasseau theorem).
Superfluid phase transition with activated velocity fluctuations: Renormalization group approach.
Dančo, Michal; Hnatič, Michal; Komarova, Marina V; Lučivjanský, Tomáš; Nalimov, Mikhail Yu
2016-01-01
A quantum field model that incorporates Bose-condensed systems near their phase transition into a superfluid phase and velocity fluctuations is proposed. The stochastic Navier-Stokes equation is used for a generation of the velocity fluctuations. As such this model generalizes model F of critical dynamics. The field-theoretic action is derived using the Martin-Siggia-Rose formalism and path integral approach. The regime of equilibrium fluctuations is analyzed within the perturbative renormalization group method. The double (ε,δ)-expansion scheme is employed, where ε is a deviation from space dimension 4 and δ describes scaling of velocity fluctuations. The renormalization procedure is performed to the leading order. The main corollary gained from the analysis of the thermal equilibrium regime suggests that one-loop calculations of the presented models are not sufficient to make a definite conclusion about the stability of fixed points. We also show that critical exponents are drastically changed as a result of the turbulent background and critical fluctuations are in fact destroyed by the developed turbulence fluctuations. The scaling exponent of effective viscosity is calculated and agrees with expected value 4/3.
Renormalization group methods for the Reynolds stress transport equations
Rubinstein, R.
1992-01-01
The Yakhot-Orszag renormalization group is used to analyze the pressure gradient-velocity correlation and return to isotropy terms in the Reynolds stress transport equations. The perturbation series for the relevant correlations, evaluated to lowest order in the epsilon-expansion of the Yakhot-Orszag theory, are infinite series in tensor product powers of the mean velocity gradient and its transpose. Formal lowest order Pade approximations to the sums of these series produce a rapid pressure strain model of the form proposed by Launder, Reece, and Rodi, and a return to isotropy model of the form proposed by Rotta. In both cases, the model constants are computed theoretically. The predicted Reynolds stress ratios in simple shear flows are evaluated and compared with experimental data. The possibility is discussed of deriving higher order nonlinear models by approximating the sums more accurately. The Yakhot-Orszag renormalization group provides a systematic procedure for deriving turbulence models. Typical applications have included theoretical derivation of the universal constants of isotropic turbulence theory, such as the Kolmogorov constant, and derivation of two equation models, again with theoretically computed constants and low Reynolds number forms of the equations. Recent work has applied this formalism to Reynolds stress modeling, previously in the form of a nonlinear eddy viscosity representation of the Reynolds stresses, which can be used to model the simplest normal stress effects. The present work attempts to apply the Yakhot-Orszag formalism to Reynolds stress transport modeling.
Exact Renormalization of Massless QED2
Casana, R; Casana, Rodolfo; Dias, Sebastiao Alves
2001-01-01
We perform the exact renormalization of two-dimensional massless gauge theories. Using these exact results we discuss the cluster property and confinement in both the anomalous and chiral Schwinger models.
Exact Renormalization of Massless QED2
Casana, Rodolfo; Dias, Sebastião Alves
We perform the exact renormalization of two-dimensional massless gauge theories. Using these exact results we discuss the cluster property and confinement in both the anomalous and chiral Schwinger models.
Efimov physics from a renormalization group perspective
Hammer, Hans-Werner; Platter, Lucas
2011-01-01
We discuss the physics of the Efimov effect from a renormalization group viewpoint using the concept of limit cycles. Furthermore, we discuss recent experiments providing evidence for the Efimov effect in ultracold gases and its relevance for nuclear systems.
Efimov physics from a renormalization group perspective.
Hammer, Hans-Werner; Platter, Lucas
2011-07-13
We discuss the physics of the Efimov effect from a renormalization group viewpoint using the concept of limit cycles. Furthermore, we discuss recent experiments providing evidence for the Efimov effect in ultracold gases and its relevance for nuclear systems.
Improved Monte Carlo Renormalization Group Method
Gupta, R.; Wilson, K. G.; Umrigar, C.
1985-01-01
An extensive program to analyze critical systems using an Improved Monte Carlo Renormalization Group Method (IMCRG) being undertaken at LANL and Cornell is described. Here we first briefly review the method and then list some of the topics being investigated.
Towards Holographic Renormalization of Fake Supergravity
Borodatchenkova, Natalia; Mueck, Wolfgang
2008-01-01
A step is made towards generalizing the method of holographic renormalization to backgrounds which are not asymptotically AdS, corresponding to a dual gauge theory which has logarithmically running couplings even in the ultraviolet. A prime example is the background of Klebanov-Strassler (KS). In particular, a recipe is given how to calculate renormalized two-point functions for the operators dual to the bulk scalars. The recipe makes use of gauge-invariant variables for the fluctuations around the background and works for any bulk theory of the fake supergravity type. It elegantly incorporates the renormalization scheme dependence of local terms in the correlators. Before applying the method to the KS theory, it is verified that known results in asymptotically AdS backgrounds are reproduced. Finally, some comments on the calculation of renormalized vacuum expectation values are made.
Polarization twist in perovskite ferrielectrics.
Kitanaka, Yuuki; Hirano, Kiyotaka; Ogino, Motohiro; Noguchi, Yuji; Miyayama, Masaru; Moriyoshi, Chikako; Kuroiwa, Yoshihiro
2016-09-02
Because the functions of polar materials are governed primarily by their polarization response to external stimuli, the majority of studies have focused on controlling polar lattice distortions. In some perovskite oxides, polar distortions coexist with nonpolar tilts and rotations of oxygen octahedra. The interplay between nonpolar and polar instabilities appears to play a crucial role, raising the question of how to design materials by exploiting their coupling. Here, we introduce the concept of 'polarization twist', which offers enhanced control over piezoelectric responses in polar materials. Our experimental and theoretical studies provide direct evidence that a ferrielectric perovskite exhibits a large piezoelectric response because of extended polar distortion, accompanied by nonpolar octahedral rotations, as if twisted polarization relaxes under electric fields. The concept underlying the polarization twist opens new possibilities for developing alternative materials in bulk and thin-film forms.
Wilson, Joshua Lee [Univ. of Tennessee, Knoxville, TN (United States)
2008-12-01
A new class of accelerating structures employing a uniformly twisted waveguide is investigated. Twisted waveguides of various cross-sectional geometries are considered and analyzed. It is shown that such a twisted waveguide can support waves that travel at a speed slower than the speed of light c. The slow-wave properties of twisted structures are of interest because these slow-wave electromagnetic fields can be used in applications such as electron traveling wave tubes and linear particle accelerators. Since there is no exact closed form solution for the electromagnetic fields within a twisted waveguide or cavity, several previously proposed approximate methods are examined, and more effcient approaches are developed. It is found that the existing perturbation theory methods yield adequate results for slowly twisted structures; however, our efforts here are geared toward analyzing rapidly twisted structures using modifed finite difference methods specially suited for twisted structures. Although the method can handle general twisted structures, three particular cross sections are selected as representative cases for careful analysis. First, a slowly twisted rectangular cavity is analyzed as a reference case. This is because its shape is simple and perturbation theory already gives a good approximate solution for such slow twists rates. Secondly, a symmetrically notched circular cross section is investigated, since its longitudinal cross section is comparable to the well known disk-loaded cavity (used in many practical accelerator designs, including SLAC). Finally, a "dumbbell" shaped cross section is analyzed because of its similarity to the well-known TESLA-type accelerating cavity, which is of great importance because of its wide acceptance as a superconducting cavity. To validate the results of the developed theory and our extensive simulations, the newly developed numerical models are compared to commercial codes. Also, several prototypes are developed
Up, down, strange and charm quark masses with N{sub f}=2+1+1 twisted mass lattice QCD
Carrasco, N. [INFN, Sezione di Roma Tre, Via della Vasca Navale 84, I-00146 Rome (Italy); Deuzeman, A. [Albert Einstein Center for Fundamental Physics, Institute for Theoretical Physics, University of Bern, Sidlerstrasse 5, CH-3012 Bern (Switzerland); Dimopoulos, P. [Centro Fermi – Museo Storico della Fisica e Centro Studi e Ricerche Enrico Fermi, Compendio del Viminale, Piazza del Viminale 1, I-00184 Rome (Italy); Dipartimento di Fisica, Università di Roma “Tor Vergata”, Via della Ricerca Scientifica 1, I-00133 Rome (Italy); Frezzotti, R. [Dipartimento di Fisica, Università di Roma “Tor Vergata”, Via della Ricerca Scientifica 1, I-00133 Rome (Italy); INFN, Sezione di “Tor Vergata”, Via della Ricerca Scientifica 1, I-00133 Rome (Italy); Giménez, V. [Departament de Física Teòrica and IFIC, Univ. de València – CSIC, Dr. Moliner 50, E-46100 València (Spain); Herdoiza, G. [PRISMA Cluster of Excellence, Institut für Kernphysik, Johannes Gutenberg-Universität, D-55099 Mainz (Germany); Lami, P.; Lubicz, V. [Dipartimento di Matematica e Fisica, Università Roma Tre, Via della Vasca Navale 84, I-00146 Rome (Italy); INFN, Sezione di Roma Tre, Via della Vasca Navale 84, I-00146 Rome (Italy); Palao, D. [Goethe-Universität, Institut für Theoretische Physik, Max-von-Laue-Straße 1, D-60438 Frankfurt am Main (Germany); and others
2014-10-15
We present a lattice QCD calculation of the up, down, strange and charm quark masses performed using the gauge configurations produced by the European Twisted Mass Collaboration with N{sub f}=2+1+1 dynamical quarks, which include in the sea, besides two light mass degenerate quarks, also the strange and charm quarks with masses close to their physical values. The simulations are based on a unitary setup for the two light quarks and on a mixed action approach for the strange and charm quarks. The analysis uses data at three values of the lattice spacing and pion masses in the range 210–450 MeV, allowing for accurate continuum limit and controlled chiral extrapolation. The quark mass renormalization is carried out non-perturbatively using the RI′-MOM method. The results for the quark masses converted to the MS{sup ¯} scheme are: m{sub ud}(2 GeV)=3.70(17) MeV, m{sub s}(2 GeV)=99.6(4.3) MeV and m{sub c}(m{sub c})=1.348(46) GeV. We obtain also the quark mass ratios m{sub s}/m{sub ud}=26.66(32) and m{sub c}/m{sub s}=11.62(16). By studying the mass splitting between the neutral and charged kaons and using available lattice results for the electromagnetic contributions, we evaluate m{sub u}/m{sub d}=0.470(56), leading to m{sub u}=2.36(24) MeV and m{sub d}=5.03(26) MeV.
Arnone, S; Yoshida, K
2001-01-01
Exact renormalization group techniques are applied to mass deformed N=4 supersymmetric Yang-Mills theory, viewed as a regularised N=2 model. The solution of the flow equation, in the local potential approximation, reproduces the one-loop (perturbatively exact) expression for the effective action of N=2 supersymmetric Yang-Mills theory, when the regularising mass, M, reaches the value of the dynamical cutoff. One speculates about the way in which further non-perturbative contributions (instanton effects) may be accounted for.
Keller, Kai Johannes
2010-04-15
The present work contains a consistent formulation of the methods of dimensional regularization (DimReg) and minimal subtraction (MS) in Minkowski position space. The methods are implemented into the framework of perturbative Algebraic Quantum Field Theory (pAQFT). The developed methods are used to solve the Epstein-Glaser recursion for the construction of time-ordered products in all orders of causal perturbation theory. A solution is given in terms of a forest formula in the sense of Zimmermann. A relation to the alternative approach to renormalization theory using Hopf algebras is established. (orig.)
Gravitational perturbations of the Higgs field
Albareti, Franco D; Prada, Francisco
2016-01-01
We study the possible effects of classical gravitational fields on the Higgs vacuum expectation value through the modifications induced in the one-loop effective potential. We concentrate our study on the Higgs self-interactions contribution in a perturbed FRW background. For weak and slowly-varying gravitational fields, a complete set of mode solutions for the Klein-Gordon equation is obtained to leading order in the adiabatic approximation. The mode integrations are calculated using standard dimensional regularization techniques. As expected, the regularized effective potential contains the same divergences as in flat space-time, which can be renormalized without the need of additional counterterms. However, we find new finite non-local contributions which depend on the gravitational potentials, and introduce an explicit space-time dependence on the Higgs potential coefficients. Being finite, the new terms are free of renormalization ambiguities. Inhomogeneities in the effective potential translate into per...
Relativistic causality and position space renormalization
Ivan Todorov
2016-01-01
The paper gives a historical survey of the causal position space renormalization with a special attention to the role of Raymond Stora in the development of this subject. Renormalization is reduced to subtracting the pole term in analytically regularized primitively divergent Feynman amplitudes. The identification of residues with "quantum periods" and their relation to recent developments in number theory are emphasized. We demonstrate the possibility of integration over internal vertices (t...
Renormalization in Periodically Driven Quantum Dots.
Eissing, A K; Meden, V; Kennes, D M
2016-01-15
We report on strong renormalization encountered in periodically driven interacting quantum dots in the nonadiabatic regime. Correlations between lead and dot electrons enhance or suppress the amplitude of driving depending on the sign of the interaction. Employing a newly developed flexible renormalization-group-based approach for periodic driving to an interacting resonant level we show analytically that the magnitude of this effect follows a power law. Our setup can act as a non-Markovian, single-parameter quantum pump.
Pseudoscalar mesons in a finite cubic volume with twisted boundary conditions
Colangelo, Gilberto; Vaghi, Alessio
2016-07-01
We study the effects of a finite cubic volume with twisted boundary conditions on pseudoscalar mesons. We first apply chiral perturbation theory in the p-regime and calculate the corrections for masses, decay constants, pseudoscalar coupling constants and form factors at next-to-leading order. We show that the Feynman-Hellmann theorem and the relevant Ward-Takahashi identity are satisfied. We then derive asymptotic formulae à la Lüscher for twisted boundary conditions. We show that chiral Ward identities for masses and decay constants are satisfied by the asymptotic formulae in finite volume as a consequence of infinite-volume Ward identities. Applying asymptotic formulae in combination with chiral perturbation theory we estimate corrections beyond next-to-leading order for twisted boundary conditions.
Pseudoscalar mesons in a finite cubic volume with twisted boundary conditions
Colangelo, Gilberto
2016-01-01
We study the effects of a finite cubic volume with twisted boundary conditions on pseudoscalar mesons. We first apply chiral perturbation theory in the p-regime and calculate the corrections for masses, decay constants, pseudoscalar coupling constants and form factors at next-to-leading order. We show that the Feynman-Hellmann theorem and the relevant Ward-Takahashi identity are satisfied. We then derive asymptotic formulae a la Luscher for twisted boundary conditions. We show that chiral Ward identities for masses and decay constants are satisfied by the asymptotic formulae in finite volume as a consequence of infinite-volume Ward identities. Applying asymptotic formulae in combination with chiral perturbation theory we estimate corrections beyond next-to-leading order for twisted boundary conditions.
Chiral logs in twisted mass lattice QCD with large isospin breaking
Bar, Oliver
2010-01-01
The pion masses and the pion decay constant are calculated to 1-loop order in twisted mass Wilson chiral perturbation theory, assuming a large pion mass splitting and tuning to maximal twist. Taking the large mass splitting at leading order in the chiral expansion leads to significant modifications in the chiral logarithms. For example, the result for the charged pion mass contains a chiral logarithm that involves the neutral pion mass instead of the charged one. Similar modifications appear in the results for the neutral pion mass and the decay constant. These new results are used in fits to lattice data obtained recently by the European twisted mass collaboration. The data can be fitted well, in general better than with the standard chiral perturbation theory expressions that ignore the mass splitting. The impact on the extraction of low-energy couplings is briefly discussed.
Numerical simulations of magnetic Kelvin-Helmholtz instability at a twisted solar flux tube
Murawski, K.; Chmielewski, P.; Zaqarashvili, T. V.; Khomenko, E.
2016-07-01
The paper aims to study the response of a solar small-scale and weak magnetic flux tube to photospheric twisting motions. We numerically solve three-dimensional ideal magnetohydrodynamic equations to describe the evolution of the perturbation within the initially static flux tube, excited by twists in the azimuthal component of the velocity. These twists produce rotation of the magnetic field lines. Perturbation of magnetic field lines propagates upwardly, driving vertical and azimuthal flow as well as plasma compressions and rarefactions in the form of eddies. We conclude that these eddies result from the sheared azimuthal flow which seeds Kelvin-Helmholtz instability (KHI) between the flux tube and the ambient medium. Numerically obtained properties of the KHI confirm the analytical predictions for the occurrence of the instability.
Brodsky, Stanley J; Wu, Xing-Gang
2012-07-27
It is conventional to choose a typical momentum transfer of the process as the renormalization scale and take an arbitrary range to estimate the uncertainty in the QCD prediction. However, predictions using this procedure depend on the renormalization scheme, leave a nonconvergent renormalon perturbative series, and moreover, one obtains incorrect results when applied to QED processes. In contrast, if one fixes the renormalization scale using the principle of maximum conformality (PMC), all nonconformal {β(i)} terms in the perturbative expansion series are summed into the running coupling, and one obtains a unique, scale-fixed, scheme-independent prediction at any finite order. The PMC scale μ(R)(PMC) and the resulting finite-order PMC prediction are both to high accuracy independent of the choice of initial renormalization scale μ(R)(init), consistent with renormalization group invariance. As an application, we apply the PMC procedure to obtain next-to-next-to-leading-order (NNLO) predictions for the tt-pair production at the Tevatron and LHC colliders. The PMC prediction for the total cross section σ(tt) agrees well with the present Tevatron and LHC data. We also verify that the initial scale independence of the PMC prediction is satisfied to high accuracy at the NNLO level: the total cross section remains almost unchanged even when taking very disparate initial scales μ(R)(init) equal to m(t), 20m(t), and √s. Moreover, after PMC scale setting, we obtain A(FB)(tt)≃12.5%, A(FB)(pp)≃8.28% and A(FB)(tt)(M(tt)>450 GeV)≃35.0%. These predictions have a 1σ deviation from the present CDF and D0 measurements; the large discrepancy of the top quark forward-backward asymmetry between the standard model estimate and the data are, thus, greatly reduced.
Taming Landau singularities in QCD perturbation theory: The analytic approach
Stefanis, N G
2013-01-01
The aim of this topical article is to outline the fundamental ideas underlying the recently developed Fractional Analytic Perturbation Theory (FAPT) of QCD and present its main calculational tools. For this, it is first necessary to review previous methods to apply QCD perturbation theory at low spacelike momentum scales, where the influence of the Landau singularities becomes inevitable. Several concepts are considered and their limitations are pointed out. The usefulness of FAPT is discussed in terms of two characteristic hadronic quantities: the perturbatively calculable part of the pion's electromagnetic form factor in the spacelike region and the Higgs-boson decay into a b\\bar b pair in the timelike region. In the first case, the focus is on the optimization of the prediction with respect to the choice of the renormalization scheme and the dependence on the renormalization and the factorization scales. The second case serves to show that the application of FAPT to this reaction reaches already at the fou...
Optimal RG-Improvement of Perturbative Calculations in QCD
Elias, V
2003-01-01
Using renormalization-group methods, differential equations can be obtained for the all-orders summation of leading and subsequent non-leading logarithmic corrections to QCD perturbative series for a number of processes and correlation functions. For a QCD perturbative series known to four orders, such as the e+ e- annihilation cross-section, explicit solutions to these equations are obtained for the summation to all orders in alpha_s of the leading set and the subsequent two non-leading sets of logarithms. Such summations are shown for a number of processes to lead to a substantial reduction in sensitivity to the renormalization scale parameter. Surprisingly, such summations are also shown to lower the infrared singularity within the perturbative expression for the e+ e- annihilation cross-section to coincide with the Landau pole of the naive one-loop running QCD couplant.
Higher loop renormalization of fermion bilinear operators
Skouroupathis, A
2007-01-01
We compute the two-loop renormalization functions, in the RI' scheme, of local bilinear quark operators $\\bar\\psi\\Gamma\\psi$, where $\\Gamma$ denotes the Scalar and Pseudoscalar Dirac matrices, in the lattice formulation of QCD. We consider both the flavor non-singlet and singlet operators; the latter, in the scalar case, leads directly to the two-loop fermion mass renormalization, $Z_m$. As a prerequisite for the above, we also compute the quark field renormalization, $Z_\\psi$, up to two loops. We use the clover action for fermions and the Wilson action for gluons. Our results are given as a polynomial in $c_{SW}$, in terms of both the renormalized and bare coupling constant, in the renormalized Feynman gauge. We also confirm the 1-loop renormalization functions, for generic gauge. A longer write-up of the present work, including the conversion of our results to the MSbar scheme and a generalization to arbitrary fermion representations, can be found in arXiv:0707.2906 .
Extracting Supersymmetry-Breaking Effects from Wave-Function Renormalization
Giudice, Gian Francesco
1998-01-01
We show that in theories in which supersymmetry breaking is communicated by renormalizable perturbative interactions, it is possible to extract the soft terms for the observable fields from wave-function renormalization. Therefore all the information about soft terms can be obtained from anomalous dimensions and beta functions, with no need to further compute any Feynman diagram. This method greatly simplifies calculations which are rather involved if performed in terms of component fields. For illustrative purposes we reproduce known results of theories with gauge-mediated supersymmetry breaking. We then use our method to obtain new results of phenomenological importance. We calculate the next-to-leading correction to the Higgs mass parameters, the two-loop soft terms induced by messenger-matter superpotential couplings, and the soft terms generated by messengers belonging to vector supermultiplets.
On the Standard Approach to Renormalization Group Improvement
Chishtie, F A; Mann, R B; McKeon, D G C; Steele, T G
2006-01-01
Two approaches to renormalization-group improvement are examined: the substitution of the solutions of running couplings, masses and fields into perturbatively computed quantities is compared with the systematic sum of all the leading log (LL), next-to-leading log (NLL) etc. contributions to radiatively corrected processes, with n-loop expressions for the running quantities being responsible for summing N^{n}LL contributions. A detailed comparison of these procedures is made in the context of the effective potential V in the 4-dimensional O(4) massless $\\lambda \\phi^{4}$ model, showing the distinction between these procedures at two-loop order when considering the NLL contributions to the effective potential V.
Renormalization group and critical behaviour in gravitational collapse
Hara, T; Adachi, S; Hara, Takashi; Koike, Tatsuhiko; Adachi, Satoshi
1996-01-01
We present a general framework for understanding and analyzing critical behaviour in gravitational collapse. We adopt the method of renormalization group, which has the following advantages. (1) It provides a natural explanation for various types of universality and scaling observed in numerical studies. In particular, universality in initial data space and universality for different models are understood in a unified way. (2) It enables us to perform a detailed analysis of time evolution beyond linear perturbation, by providing rigorous controls on nonlinear terms. Under physically reasonable assumptions we prove: (1) Uniqueness of the relevant mode around a fixed point implies universality in initial data space. (2) The critical exponent \\beta_{\\rm BH} and the unique positive eigenvalue \\kappa of the relevant mode is exactly related by \\beta_{\\rm BH} = \\beta /\\kappa, where \\beta is a scaling exponent. (3) The above (1) and (2) hold also for discretely self-similar case (replacing ``fixed point'' with ``limi...
Perturbation theory in light-cone quantization
Langnau, A.
1992-01-01
A thorough investigation of light-cone properties which are characteristic for higher dimensions is very important. The easiest way of addressing these issues is by analyzing the perturbative structure of light-cone field theories first. Perturbative studies cannot be substituted for an analysis of problems related to a nonperturbative approach. However, in order to lay down groundwork for upcoming nonperturbative studies, it is indispensable to validate the renormalization methods at the perturbative level, i.e., to gain control over the perturbative treatment first. A clear understanding of divergences in perturbation theory, as well as their numerical treatment, is a necessary first step towards formulating such a program. The first objective of this dissertation is to clarify this issue, at least in second and fourth-order in perturbation theory. The work in this dissertation can provide guidance for the choice of counterterms in Discrete Light-Cone Quantization or the Tamm-Dancoff approach. A second objective of this work is the study of light-cone perturbation theory as a competitive tool for conducting perturbative Feynman diagram calculations. Feynman perturbation theory has become the most practical tool for computing cross sections in high energy physics and other physical properties of field theory. Although this standard covariant method has been applied to a great range of problems, computations beyond one-loop corrections are very difficult. Because of the algebraic complexity of the Feynman calculations in higher-order perturbation theory, it is desirable to automatize Feynman diagram calculations so that algebraic manipulation programs can carry out almost the entire calculation. This thesis presents a step in this direction. The technique we are elaborating on here is known as light-cone perturbation theory.
Drinfel'd basis of twisted Yangians
Belliard, Samuel
2014-01-01
We present a quantization of a Lie bi-ideal structure for twisted half-loop algebras of finite dimensional simple complex Lie algebras. We obtain Drinfel'd basis formalism and algebra closure relations of twisted Yangians for all symmetric pairs of simple Lie algebras and for simple twisted even half-loop Lie algebras. We also give an explicit form of twisted Yangians in Drinfel'd basis for the sl3 Lie algebra.
Renormalization-group flow of the effective action of cosmological large-scale structures
Floerchinger, Stefan
2017-01-01
Following an approach of Matarrese and Pietroni, we derive the functional renormalization group (RG) flow of the effective action of cosmological large-scale structures. Perturbative solutions of this RG flow equation are shown to be consistent with standard cosmological perturbation theory. Non-perturbative approximate solutions can be obtained by truncating the a priori infinite set of possible effective actions to a finite subspace. Using for the truncated effective action a form dictated by dissipative fluid dynamics, we derive RG flow equations for the scale dependence of the effective viscosity and sound velocity of non-interacting dark matter, and we solve them numerically. Physically, the effective viscosity and sound velocity account for the interactions of long-wavelength fluctuations with the spectrum of smaller-scale perturbations. We find that the RG flow exhibits an attractor behaviour in the IR that significantly reduces the dependence of the effective viscosity and sound velocity on the input ...
Renormalization-group theory for finite-size scaling in extreme statistics.
Györgyi, G; Moloney, N R; Ozogány, K; Rácz, Z; Droz, M
2010-04-01
We present a renormalization-group (RG) approach to explain universal features of extreme statistics applied here to independent identically distributed variables. The outlines of the theory have been described in a previous paper, the main result being that finite-size shape corrections to the limit distribution can be obtained from a linearization of the RG transformation near a fixed point, leading to the computation of stable perturbations as eigenfunctions. Here we show details of the RG theory which exhibit remarkable similarities to the RG known in statistical physics. Besides the fixed points explaining universality, and the least stable eigendirections accounting for convergence rates and shape corrections, the similarities include marginally stable perturbations which turn out to be generic for the Fisher-Tippett-Gumbel class. Distribution functions containing unstable perturbations are also considered. We find that, after a transitory divergence, they return to the universal fixed line at the same or at a different point depending on the type of perturbation.
Numerical stochastic perturbation theory in the Schroedinger functional
Brambilla, Michele; Di Renzo, Francesco; Hesse, Dirk [Parma Univ. (Italy); INFN, Parma (Italy); Dalla Brida, Mattia [Trinity College Dublin (Ireland). School of Mathematics; Sint, Stefan [Trinity College Dublin (Ireland). School of Mathematics; Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany). John von Neumann-Inst. fuer Computing NIC
2013-11-15
The Schroedinger functional (SF) is a powerful and widely used tool for the treatment of a variety of problems in renormalization and related areas. Albeit offering many conceptual advantages, one major downside of the SF scheme is the fact that perturbative calculations quickly become cumbersome with the inclusion of higher orders in the gauge coupling and hence the use of an automated perturbation theory framework is desirable. We present the implementation of the SF in numerical stochastic perturbation theory (NSPT) and compare first results for the running coupling at two loops in pure SU(3) Yang-Mills theory with the literature.
Numerical Stochastic Perturbation Theory in the Schr\\"odinger Functional
Brambilla, Michele; Di Renzo, Francesco; Hesse, Dirk; Sint, Stefan
2013-01-01
The Schr\\"odinger functional (SF) is a powerful and widely used tool for the treatment of a variety of problems in renormalization and related areas. Albeit offering many conceptual advantages, one major downside of the SF scheme is the fact that perturbative calculations quickly become cumbersome with the inclusion of higher orders in the gauge coupling and hence the use of an automated perturbation theory framework is desirable. We present the implementation of the SF in numerical stochastic perturbation theory (NSPT) and compare first results for the running coupling at two loops in pure SU(3) Yang-Mills theory with the literature.
Properly twisted groups and their algebras
Bales, John W
2011-01-01
A twist property is developed which imparts certain properties on the twisted group algebra. These include an involution * satisfying (xy)*=y*x* and an inner product satisfying = and =. Examples of twisted group algebras having this property are the Cayley-Dickson algebras and Clifford algebras.
Oono, Y.; Freed, Karl F.
1981-07-01
A conformation space renormalization group is developed to describe polymer excluded volume in single polymer chains. The theory proceeds in ordinary space in terms of position variables and the contour variable along the chain, and it considers polymers of fixed chain length. The theory is motivated along two lines. The first presents the renormalization group transformation as the means for extracting the macroscopic long wavelength quantities from the theory. An alternative viewpoint shows how the renormalization group transformation follows as a natural consequence of an attempt to correctly treat the presence of a cut-off length scale. It is demonstrated that the current configuration space renormalization method has a one-to-one correspondence with the Wilson-Fisher field theory formulation, so our method is valid to all orders in ɛ = 4-d where d is the spatial dimensionality. This stands in contrast to previous attempts at a configuration space renormalization approach which are limited to first order in ɛ because they arbitrarily assign monomers to renormalized ''blobs.'' In the current theory the real space chain conformations dictate the coarse graining transformation. The calculations are presented to lowest order in ɛ to enable the development of techniques necessary for the treatment of dynamics in Part II. The theory is presented both in terms of the simple delta function interaction as well as using realistic-type interaction potentials. This illustrates the renormalization of the interactions, the emergence of renormalized many-body interactions, and the complexity of the theta point.
van Enter, A C; Fernández, R
1999-05-01
For classical lattice systems with finite (Ising) spins, we show that the implementation of momentum-space renormalization at the level of Hamiltonians runs into the same type of difficulties as found for real-space transformations: Renormalized Hamiltonians are ill-defined in certain regions of the phase diagram.
Enter, Aernout C.D. van; Fernández, Roberto
For classical lattice systems with finite (Ising) spins, we show that the implementation of momentum-space renormalization at the level of Hamiltonians runs into the same type of difficulties as found for real-space transformations: Renormalized Hamiltonians are ill-defined in certain regions of the
"Oliver Twist": A Teacher's Guide.
Cashion, Carol; Fischer, Diana
This teacher's guide for public television's 3-part adaptation of Charles Dickens's "Oliver Twist" provides information that will help enrich students' viewing of the series, whether or not they read the novel. The guide includes a wide range of discussion and activity ideas; there is also a series Web site and a list of Web resources.…
Helically twisted photonic crystal fibres.
Russell, P St J; Beravat, R; Wong, G K L
2017-02-28
Recent theoretical and experimental work on helically twisted photonic crystal fibres (PCFs) is reviewed. Helical Bloch theory is introduced, including a new formalism based on the tight-binding approximation. It is used to explore and explain a variety of unusual effects that appear in a range of different twisted PCFs, including fibres with a single core and fibres with N cores arranged in a ring around the fibre axis. We discuss a new kind of birefringence that causes the propagation constants of left- and right-spinning optical vortices to be non-degenerate for the same order of orbital angular momentum (OAM). Topological effects, arising from the twisted periodic 'space', cause light to spiral around the fibre axis, with fascinating consequences, including the appearance of dips in the transmission spectrum and low loss guidance in coreless PCF. Discussing twisted fibres with a single off-axis core, we report that optical activity in a PCF is opposite in sign to that seen in a step-index fibre. Fabrication techniques are briefly described and emerging applications reviewed. The analytical results of helical Bloch theory are verified by an extensive series of 'numerical experiments' based on finite-element solutions of Maxwell's equations in a helicoidal frame.This article is part of the themed issue 'Optical orbital angular momentum'. © 2017 The Authors.
Helically twisted photonic crystal fibres
Russell, P. St. J.; Beravat, R.; Wong, G. K. L.
2017-02-01
Recent theoretical and experimental work on helically twisted photonic crystal fibres (PCFs) is reviewed. Helical Bloch theory is introduced, including a new formalism based on the tight-binding approximation. It is used to explore and explain a variety of unusual effects that appear in a range of different twisted PCFs, including fibres with a single core and fibres with N cores arranged in a ring around the fibre axis. We discuss a new kind of birefringence that causes the propagation constants of left- and right-spinning optical vortices to be non-degenerate for the same order of orbital angular momentum (OAM). Topological effects, arising from the twisted periodic `space', cause light to spiral around the fibre axis, with fascinating consequences, including the appearance of dips in the transmission spectrum and low loss guidance in coreless PCF. Discussing twisted fibres with a single off-axis core, we report that optical activity in a PCF is opposite in sign to that seen in a step-index fibre. Fabrication techniques are briefly described and emerging applications reviewed. The analytical results of helical Bloch theory are verified by an extensive series of `numerical experiments' based on finite-element solutions of Maxwell's equations in a helicoidal frame. This article is part of the themed issue 'Optical orbital angular momentum'.
Helically twisted photonic crystal fibres
Beravat, R.; Wong, G. K. L.
2017-01-01
Recent theoretical and experimental work on helically twisted photonic crystal fibres (PCFs) is reviewed. Helical Bloch theory is introduced, including a new formalism based on the tight-binding approximation. It is used to explore and explain a variety of unusual effects that appear in a range of different twisted PCFs, including fibres with a single core and fibres with N cores arranged in a ring around the fibre axis. We discuss a new kind of birefringence that causes the propagation constants of left- and right-spinning optical vortices to be non-degenerate for the same order of orbital angular momentum (OAM). Topological effects, arising from the twisted periodic ‘space’, cause light to spiral around the fibre axis, with fascinating consequences, including the appearance of dips in the transmission spectrum and low loss guidance in coreless PCF. Discussing twisted fibres with a single off-axis core, we report that optical activity in a PCF is opposite in sign to that seen in a step-index fibre. Fabrication techniques are briefly described and emerging applications reviewed. The analytical results of helical Bloch theory are verified by an extensive series of ‘numerical experiments’ based on finite-element solutions of Maxwell's equations in a helicoidal frame. This article is part of the themed issue ‘Optical orbital angular momentum’. PMID:28069771
Complex-mass shell renormalization of the higher-derivative electrodynamics
Turcati, Rodrigo; Neves, Mario Junior
2016-08-01
We consider a higher-derivative extension of QED modified by the addition of a gauge-invariant dimension-6 kinetic operator in the U(1) gauge sector. The Feynman diagrams at one-loop level are then computed. The modification in the spin-1 sector leads the electron self-energy and vertex corrections diagrams finite in the ultraviolet regime. Indeed, no regularization prescription is used to calculate these diagrams because the modified propagator always occurs coupled to conserved currents. Moreover, besides the usual massless pole in the spin-1 sector, there is the emergence of a massive one, which becomes complex when computing the radiative corrections at one-loop order. This imaginary part defines the finite decay width of the massive mode. To check consistency, we also derive the decay length using the electron-positron elastic scattering and show that both results are equivalent. Because the presence of this unstable mode, the standard renormalization procedures cannot be used and is necessary adopt an appropriate framework to perform the perturbative renormalization. For this purpose, we apply the complex-mass shell scheme (CMS) to renormalize the aforementioned model. As an application of the formalism developed, we estimate a quantum bound on the massive parameter using the measurement of the electron anomalous magnetic moment and compute the Uehling potential. At the end, the renormalization group is analyzed.
Complex-mass shell renormalization of the higher-derivative electrodynamics
Turcati, Rodrigo [SISSA, Trieste (Italy); INFN, Sezione di Trieste, Trieste (Italy); Universidade Federal do Espirito Santo, Departamento de Fisica e Quimica, Vitoria, ES (Brazil); Laboratorio de Fisica Experimental (LAFEX), Centro Brasileiro de Pesquisas Fisicas (CBPF), Rio de Janeiro (Brazil); Neves, Mario Junior [Universidade Federal Rural do Rio de Janeiro, Departamento de Fisica, Rio de Janeiro (Brazil)
2016-08-15
We consider a higher-derivative extension of QED modified by the addition of a gauge-invariant dimension-6 kinetic operator in the U(1) gauge sector. The Feynman diagrams at one-loop level are then computed. The modification in the spin-1 sector leads the electron self-energy and vertex corrections diagrams finite in the ultraviolet regime. Indeed, no regularization prescription is used to calculate these diagrams because the modified propagator always occurs coupled to conserved currents. Moreover, besides the usual massless pole in the spin-1 sector, there is the emergence of a massive one, which becomes complex when computing the radiative corrections at one-loop order. This imaginary part defines the finite decay width of the massive mode. To check consistency, we also derive the decay length using the electron-positron elastic scattering and show that both results are equivalent. Because the presence of this unstable mode, the standard renormalization procedures cannot be used and is necessary adopt an appropriate framework to perform the perturbative renormalization. For this purpose, we apply the complex-mass shell scheme (CMS) to renormalize the aforementioned model. As an application of the formalism developed, we estimate a quantum bound on the massive parameter using the measurement of the electron anomalous magnetic moment and compute the Uehling potential. At the end, the renormalization group is analyzed. (orig.)
Dynamic renormalization in the framework of nonequilibrium thermodynamics.
Ottinger, Hans Christian
2009-02-01
We show how the dynamic renormalization of nonequilibrium systems can be carried out within the general framework of nonequilibrium thermodynamics. Whereas the renormalization of Hamiltonians is well known from equilibrium thermodynamics, the renormalization of dissipative brackets, or friction matrices, is the main new feature for nonequilibrium systems. Renormalization is a reduction rather than a coarse-graining technique; that is, no new dissipative processes arise in the dynamic renormalization procedure. The general ideas are illustrated for dilute polymer solutions where, in renormalizing bead-spring chain models, dissipative hydrodynamic interactions between different smaller beads contribute to the friction coefficient of a single larger bead.
Light Meson Physics from Maximally Twisted Mass Lattice QCD
Baron, R; Dimopoulos, P; Farchioni, F; Frezzotti, R; Gimenez, V; Herdoiza, G; Jansen, K; Lubicz, V; Michael, C; Muenster, G; Palao, D; Rossi, G C; Scorzato, L; Shindler, A; Simula, S; Sudmann, T; Urbach, C; Wenger, U
2009-01-01
We present a comprehensive investigation of light meson physics using maximally twisted mass fermions for two mass-degenerate quark flavours. By employing four values of the lattice spacing, spatial lattice extents ranging from 2.0 fm to 2.5 fm and pseudo scalar masses in the range 280 MeV to 650 MeV we control the major systematic effects of our calculation. This enables us to confront our data with chiral perturbation theory and extract low energy constants of the effective chiral Lagrangian and derived quantities, such as the light quark mass, with high precision.
Contractor renormalization group and the Haldane conjecture
Weinstein, Marvin
2001-05-01
The contractor renormalization group formalism (CORE) is a real-space renormalization group method which is the Hamiltonian analogue of the Wilson exact renormalization group equations. In an earlier paper [Phys. Rev. D 61, 034505 (2000)] I showed that the CORE method could be used to map a theory of free quarks and quarks interacting with gluons into a generalized frustrated Heisenberg antiferromagnet (HAF) and proposed using CORE methods to study these theories. Since generalizations of HAF's exhibit all sorts of subtle behavior which, from a continuum point of view, are related to topological properties of the theory, it is important to know that CORE can be used to extract this physics. In this paper I show that despite the folklore which asserts that all real-space renormalization group schemes are necessarily inaccurate, simple CORE computations can give highly accurate results even if one only keeps a small number of states per block and a few terms in the cluster expansion. In addition I argue that even very simple CORE computations give a much better qualitative understanding of the physics than naive renormalization group methods. In particular I show that the simplest CORE computation yields a first-principles understanding of how the famous Haldane conjecture works for the case of the spin-1/2 and spin-1 HAF.
Alexandrou, C; Panagopoulos, H; Vicari, E
2000-01-01
We compute the ratio between the scale $\\Lambda_L$ associated with a lattice formulation of QCD using the overlap-Dirac operator, and $\\Lambda_{MS-bar}$. To this end, the one-loop relation between the lattice coupling $g_0$ and the coupling renormalized in the MS-bar scheme is calculated, using the lattice background field technique. We also compute the one-loop renormalization $Z_\\Gamma$ of the two-quark operators $\\bar{\\psi} \\Gamma \\psi$, where $\\Gamma$ denotes a generic Dirac matrix. Furthermore, we study the renormalization of quark bilinears which are more extended and have better chiral properties. Finally, we present improved estimates of $Z_\\Gamma$, coming from cactus resummation and from mean field perturbation theory.
Lee, Hyun-Jung [Theoretische Physik III, Elektronische Korrelationen und Magnetismus, Institut fuer Physik, Universitaet Augsburg, D-86135 Augsburg (Germany); Bulla, Ralf [Theoretische Physik III, Elektronische Korrelationen und Magnetismus, Institut fuer Physik, Universitaet Augsburg, D-86135 Augsburg (Germany); Vojta, Matthias [Institut fuer Theorie der Kondensierten Materie, Universitaet Karlsruhe, D-76128 Karlsruhe (Germany)
2005-11-02
The numerical renormalization group method is used to investigate zero-temperature phase transitions in quantum impurity systems, in particular in the particle-hole symmetric soft-gap Anderson model. The model displays two stable phases whose fixed points can be built up of non-interacting single-particle states. In contrast, the quantum phase transitions turn out to be described by interacting fixed points, and their excitations cannot be described in terms of free particles. We show that the structure of the many-body spectrum of these critical fixed points can be understood using renormalized perturbation theory close to certain values of the bath exponents which play the role of critical dimensions. Contact is made with perturbative renormalization group calculations for the soft-gap Anderson and Kondo models. A complete description of the quantum critical many-particle spectra is achieved using suitable marginal operators; technically this can be understood as epsilon-expansion for full many-body spectra.
Lee, Hyun-Jung; Bulla, Ralf; Vojta, Matthias
2005-11-01
The numerical renormalization group method is used to investigate zero-temperature phase transitions in quantum impurity systems, in particular in the particle-hole symmetric soft-gap Anderson model. The model displays two stable phases whose fixed points can be built up of non-interacting single-particle states. In contrast, the quantum phase transitions turn out to be described by interacting fixed points, and their excitations cannot be described in terms of free particles. We show that the structure of the many-body spectrum of these critical fixed points can be understood using renormalized perturbation theory close to certain values of the bath exponents which play the role of critical dimensions. Contact is made with perturbative renormalization group calculations for the soft-gap Anderson and Kondo models. A complete description of the quantum critical many-particle spectra is achieved using suitable marginal operators; technically this can be understood as epsilon-expansion for full many-body spectra.
Renormalization group independence of Cosmological Attractors
Fumagalli, Jacopo
2017-06-01
The large class of inflationary models known as α- and ξ-attractors gives identical cosmological predictions at tree level (at leading order in inverse power of the number of efolds). Working with the renormalization group improved action, we show that these predictions are robust under quantum corrections. This means that for all the models considered the inflationary parameters (ns , r) are (nearly) independent on the Renormalization Group flow. The result follows once the field dependence of the renormalization scale, fixed by demanding the leading log correction to vanish, satisfies a quite generic condition. In Higgs inflation (which is a particular ξ-attractor) this is indeed the case; in the more general attractor models this is still ensured by the renormalizability of the theory in the effective field theory sense.
Foundations and Applications of Entanglement Renormalization
Evenbly, Glen
2011-01-01
Understanding the collective behavior of a quantum many-body system, a system composed of a large number of interacting microscopic degrees of freedom, is a key aspect in many areas of contemporary physics. However, as a direct consequence of the difficultly of the so-called many-body problem, many exotic quantum phenomena involving extended systems, such as high temperature superconductivity, remain not well understood on a theoretical level. Entanglement renormalization is a recently proposed numerical method for the simulation of many-body systems which draws together ideas from the renormalization group and from the field of quantum information. By taking due care of the quantum entanglement of a system, entanglement renormalization has the potential to go beyond the limitations of previous numerical methods and to provide new insight to quantum collective phenomena. This thesis comprises a significant portion of the research development of ER following its initial proposal. This includes exploratory stud...
Renormalized vacuum polarization of rotating black holes
Ferreira, Hugo R C
2015-01-01
Quantum field theory on rotating black hole spacetimes is plagued with technical difficulties. Here, we describe a general method to renormalize and compute the vacuum polarization of a quantum field in the Hartle-Hawking state on rotating black holes. We exemplify the technique with a massive scalar field on the warped AdS3 black hole solution to topologically massive gravity, a deformation of (2+1)-dimensional Einstein gravity. We use a "quasi-Euclidean" technique, which generalizes the Euclidean techniques used for static spacetimes, and we subtract the divergences by matching to a sum over mode solutions on Minkowski spacetime. This allows us, for the first time, to have a general method to compute the renormalized vacuum polarization (and, more importantly, the renormalized stress-energy tensor), for a given quantum state, on a rotating black hole, such as the physically relevant case of the Kerr black hole in four dimensions.
The twist box domain is required for Twist1-induced prostate cancer metastasis.
Gajula, Rajendra P; Chettiar, Sivarajan T; Williams, Russell D; Thiyagarajan, Saravanan; Kato, Yoshinori; Aziz, Khaled; Wang, Ruoqi; Gandhi, Nishant; Wild, Aaron T; Vesuna, Farhad; Ma, Jinfang; Salih, Tarek; Cades, Jessica; Fertig, Elana; Biswal, Shyam; Burns, Timothy F; Chung, Christine H; Rudin, Charles M; Herman, Joseph M; Hales, Russell K; Raman, Venu; An, Steven S; Tran, Phuoc T
2013-11-01
Twist1, a basic helix-loop-helix transcription factor, plays a key role during development and is a master regulator of the epithelial-mesenchymal transition (EMT) that promotes cancer metastasis. Structure-function relationships of Twist1 to cancer-related phenotypes are underappreciated, so we studied the requirement of the conserved Twist box domain for metastatic phenotypes in prostate cancer. Evidence suggests that Twist1 is overexpressed in clinical specimens and correlated with aggressive/metastatic disease. Therefore, we examined a transactivation mutant, Twist1-F191G, in prostate cancer cells using in vitro assays, which mimic various stages of metastasis. Twist1 overexpression led to elevated cytoskeletal stiffness and cell traction forces at the migratory edge of cells based on biophysical single-cell measurements. Twist1 conferred additional cellular properties associated with cancer cell metastasis including increased migration, invasion, anoikis resistance, and anchorage-independent growth. The Twist box mutant was defective for these Twist1 phenotypes in vitro. Importantly, we observed a high frequency of Twist1-induced metastatic lung tumors and extrathoracic metastases in vivo using the experimental lung metastasis assay. The Twist box was required for prostate cancer cells to colonize metastatic lung lesions and extrathoracic metastases. Comparative genomic profiling revealed transcriptional programs directed by the Twist box that were associated with cancer progression, such as Hoxa9. Mechanistically, Twist1 bound to the Hoxa9 promoter and positively regulated Hoxa9 expression in prostate cancer cells. Finally, Hoxa9 was important for Twist1-induced cellular phenotypes associated with metastasis. These data suggest that the Twist box domain is required for Twist1 transcriptional programs and prostate cancer metastasis. Targeting the Twist box domain of Twist1 may effectively limit prostate cancer metastatic potential. ©2013 AACR.
"Twisted" black holes are unphysical
Gray, Finnian; Schuster, Sebastian; Visser, Matt
2016-01-01
So-called "twisted" black holes have recently been proposed by Zhang (1609.09721 [gr-qc]), and further considered by Chen and Jing (1610.00886 [gr-qc]), and more recently by Ong (1610.05757 [gr-qc]). While these spacetimes are certainly Ricci-flat, and so mathematically satisfy the vacuum Einstein equations, they are also merely minor variants on Taub--NUT spacetimes. Consequently they exhibit several unphysical features that make them quite unreasonable as realistic astrophysical objects. Specifically, these "twisted" black holes are not (globally) asymptotically flat. Furthermore, they contain closed timelike curves that are not hidden behind any event horizon --- the most obvious of these closed timelike curves are small azimuthal circles around the rotation axis, but the effect is more general. The entire region outside the horizon is infested with closed timelike curves.
Polarization twist in perovskite ferrielectrics
Kitanaka, Yuuki; Hirano, Kiyotaka; Ogino, Motohiro; Noguchi, Yuji; Miyayama, Masaru; Moriyoshi, Chikako; Kuroiwa, Yoshihiro
2016-01-01
Because the functions of polar materials are governed primarily by their polarization response to external stimuli, the majority of studies have focused on controlling polar lattice distortions. In some perovskite oxides, polar distortions coexist with nonpolar tilts and rotations of oxygen octahedra. The interplay between nonpolar and polar instabilities appears to play a crucial role, raising the question of how to design materials by exploiting their coupling. Here, we introduce the concept of ‘polarization twist’, which offers enhanced control over piezoelectric responses in polar materials. Our experimental and theoretical studies provide direct evidence that a ferrielectric perovskite exhibits a large piezoelectric response because of extended polar distortion, accompanied by nonpolar octahedral rotations, as if twisted polarization relaxes under electric fields. The concept underlying the polarization twist opens new possibilities for developing alternative materials in bulk and thin-film forms. PMID:27586824
Polarization twist in perovskite ferrielectrics
Kitanaka, Yuuki; Hirano, Kiyotaka; Ogino, Motohiro; Noguchi, Yuji; Miyayama, Masaru; Moriyoshi, Chikako; Kuroiwa, Yoshihiro
2016-09-01
Because the functions of polar materials are governed primarily by their polarization response to external stimuli, the majority of studies have focused on controlling polar lattice distortions. In some perovskite oxides, polar distortions coexist with nonpolar tilts and rotations of oxygen octahedra. The interplay between nonpolar and polar instabilities appears to play a crucial role, raising the question of how to design materials by exploiting their coupling. Here, we introduce the concept of ‘polarization twist’, which offers enhanced control over piezoelectric responses in polar materials. Our experimental and theoretical studies provide direct evidence that a ferrielectric perovskite exhibits a large piezoelectric response because of extended polar distortion, accompanied by nonpolar octahedral rotations, as if twisted polarization relaxes under electric fields. The concept underlying the polarization twist opens new possibilities for developing alternative materials in bulk and thin-film forms.
Controlling quark mass determinations non-perturbatively in three-flavour QCD
Campos Isabel
2017-01-01
Full Text Available The determination of quark masses from lattice QCD simulations requires a non-perturbative renormalization procedure and subsequent scale evolution to high energies, where a conversion to the commonly used MS¯$\\overline {{\\rm{MS}}} $ scheme can be safely established. We present our results for the non-perturbative running of renormalized quark masses in Nf = 3 QCD between the electroweak and a hadronic energy scale, where lattice simulations are at our disposal. Recent theoretical advances in combination with well-established techniques allows to follow the scale evolution to very high statistical accuracy, and full control of systematic effects.
Controlling quark mass determinations non-perturbatively in three-flavour QCD
Campos, Isabel; Pena, Carlos; Preti, David; Ramos, Alberto; Vladikas, Anastassios
2016-01-01
The determination of quark masses from lattice QCD simulations requires a non-perturbative renormalization procedure and subsequent scale evolution to high energies, where a conversion to the commonly used MS-bar scheme can be safely established. We present our results for the non-perturbative running of renormalized quark masses in Nf=3 QCD between the electroweak and a hadronic energy scale, where lattice simulations are at our disposal. Recent theoretical advances in combination with well-established techniques allows to follow the scale evolution to very high statistical accuracy, and full control of systematic effects.
Twisted Chern-Simons supergravity
Castellani, L. [Dipartimento di Scienze e Innovazione Tecnologica, Univ. del Piemonte Orientale, Alessandria (Italy); INFN Gruppo collegato di Alessandria (Italy)
2014-09-11
We present a noncommutative version of D = 5 Chern-Simons supergravity, where noncommutativity is encoded in a *-product associated to an abelian Drinfeld twist. The theory is invariant under diffeomorphisms, and under the *-gauge supergroup SU(2,2 vertical stroke 4), including Lorentz and N = 4 local supersymmetries. (Copyright copyright 2014 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH and Co. KGaA, Weinheim)
Counting Polyominoes on Twisted Cylinders
Barequet, Gill; Moffie, Micha; Ribó, Ares; Rote, Günter
2005-01-01
International audience; We improve the lower bounds on Klarner's constant, which describes the exponential growth rate of the number of polyominoes (connected subsets of grid squares) with a given number of squares. We achieve this by analyzing polyominoes on a different surface, a so-called $\\textit{twisted cylinder}$ by the transfer matrix method. A bijective representation of the "states'' of partial solutions is crucial for allowing a compact representation of the successive iteration vec...
Durães F.O.
2010-04-01
Full Text Available We apply the similarity renormalization group (SRG approach to evolve a nucleon-nucleon (N N interaction in leading-order (LO chiral eﬀective ﬁeld theory (ChEFT, renormalized within the framework of the subtracted kernel method (SKM. We derive a ﬁxed-point interaction and show the renormalization group (RG invariance in the SKM approach. We also compare the evolution of N N potentials with the subtraction scale through a SKM RG equation in the form of a non-relativistic Callan-Symanzik (NRCS equation and the evolution with the similarity cutoﬀ through the SRG transformation.
Loop Optimization for Tensor Network Renormalization
Yang, Shuo; Gu, Zheng-Cheng; Wen, Xiao-Gang
2017-03-01
We introduce a tensor renormalization group scheme for coarse graining a two-dimensional tensor network that can be successfully applied to both classical and quantum systems on and off criticality. The key innovation in our scheme is to deform a 2D tensor network into small loops and then optimize the tensors on each loop. In this way, we remove short-range entanglement at each iteration step and significantly improve the accuracy and stability of the renormalization flow. We demonstrate our algorithm in the classical Ising model and a frustrated 2D quantum model.
Relativistic causality and position space renormalization
Todorov, Ivan
2016-11-01
The paper gives a historical survey of the causal position space renormalization with a special attention to the role of Raymond Stora in the development of this subject. Renormalization is reduced to subtracting the pole term in analytically regularized primitively divergent Feynman amplitudes. The identification of residues with "quantum periods" and their relation to recent developments in number theory are emphasized. We demonstrate the possibility of integration over internal vertices (that requires control over the infrared behavior) in the case of the massless φ4 theory and display the dilation and the conformal anomaly.
Renormalization Group independence of Cosmological Attractors
Fumagalli, Jacopo
2016-01-01
The large class of inflationary models known as $\\alpha$- and $\\xi$-attractors give identical predictions at tree level (at leading order in inverse power of the number of efolds). Working with the renormalization group improved action, we show that these predictions are robust under quantum corrections. This result follows once the field dependence of the renormalization scale, fixed by demanding the leading log correction to vanish, satisfies a quite generic condition. In Higgs inflation this is indeed the case; in the more general attractor models this is still ensured by the renormalizability of the theory in the effective field theory sense.
Renormalized Effective QCD Hamiltonian Gluonic Sector
Robertson, D G; Szczepaniak, A P; Ji, C R; Cotanch, S R
1999-01-01
Extending previous QCD Hamiltonian studies, we present a new renormalization procedure which generates an effective Hamiltonian for the gluon sector. The formulation is in the Coulomb gauge where the QCD Hamiltonian is renormalizable and the Gribov problem can be resolved. We utilize elements of the Glazek and Wilson regularization method but now introduce a continuous cut-off procedure which eliminates non-local counterterms. The effective Hamiltonian is then derived to second order in the strong coupling constant. The resulting renormalized Hamiltonian provides a realistic starting point for approximate many-body calculations of hadronic properties for systems with explicit gluon degrees of freedom.
Renormalization of Wilson operators in Minkowski space
Andra, A
1996-01-01
We make some comments on the renormalization of Wilson operators (not just vacuum -expectation values of Wilson operators), and the features which arise in Minkowski space. If the Wilson loop contains a straight light-like segment, charge renormalization does not work in a simple graph-by-graph way; but does work when certain graphs are added together. We also verify that, in a simple example of a smooth loop in Minkowski space, the existence of pairs of points which are light-like separated does not cause any extra divergences.
Novel formulations of CKM matrix renormalization
Kniehl, B A
2009-01-01
We review two recently proposed on-shell schemes for the renormalization of the Cabibbo-Kobayashi-Maskawa (CKM) quark mixing matrix in the Standard Model. One first constructs gauge-independent mass counterterm matrices for the up- and down-type quarks complying with the hermiticity of the complete mass matrices. Diagonalization of the latter then leads to explicit expressions for the CKM counterterm matrix, which are gauge independent, preserve unitarity, and lead to renormalized amplitudes that are non-singular in the limit in which any two quarks become mass degenerate. One of the schemes also automatically satisfies flavor democracy.
Exact Renormalization Group for Point Interactions
Eröncel, Cem
2014-01-01
Renormalization is one of the deepest ideas in physics, yet its exact implementation in any interesting problem is usually very hard. In the present work, following the approach by Glazek and Maslowski in the flat space, we will study the exact renormalization of the same problem in a nontrivial geometric setting, namely in the two dimensional hyperbolic space. Delta function potential is an asymptotically free quantum mechanical problem which makes it resemble non-abelian gauge theories, yet it can be treated exactly in this nontrivial geometry.
Automating Renormalization of Quantum Field Theories
Kennedy, A D; Rippon, T
2007-01-01
We give an overview of state-of-the-art multi-loop Feynman diagram computations, and explain how we use symbolic manipulation to generate renormalized integrals that are then evaluated numerically. We explain how we automate BPHZ renormalization using "henges" and "sectors", and give a brief description of the symbolic tensor and Dirac gamma-matrix manipulation that is required. We shall compare the use of general computer algebra systems such as Maple with domain-specific languages such as FORM, highlighting in particular memory management issues.
Random vibrational networks and the renormalization group.
Hastings, M B
2003-04-11
We consider the properties of vibrational dynamics on random networks, with random masses and spring constants. The localization properties of the eigenstates contrast greatly with the Laplacian case on these networks. We introduce several real-space renormalization techniques which can be used to describe this dynamics on general networks, drawing on strong disorder techniques developed for regular lattices. The renormalization group is capable of elucidating the localization properties, and provides, even for specific network instances, a fast approximation technique for determining the spectra which compares well with exact results.
Relativistic causality and position space renormalization
Ivan Todorov
2016-11-01
Full Text Available The paper gives a historical survey of the causal position space renormalization with a special attention to the role of Raymond Stora in the development of this subject. Renormalization is reduced to subtracting the pole term in analytically regularized primitively divergent Feynman amplitudes. The identification of residues with “quantum periods” and their relation to recent developments in number theory are emphasized. We demonstrate the possibility of integration over internal vertices (that requires control over the infrared behavior in the case of the massless φ4 theory and display the dilation and the conformal anomaly.
Information geometry and the renormalization group.
Maity, Reevu; Mahapatra, Subhash; Sarkar, Tapobrata
2015-11-01
Information theoretic geometry near critical points in classical and quantum systems is well understood for exactly solvable systems. Here, we show that renormalization group flow equations can be used to construct the information metric and its associated quantities near criticality for both classical and quantum systems in a universal manner. We study this metric in various cases and establish its scaling properties in several generic examples. Scaling relations on the parameter manifold involving scalar quantities are studied, and scaling exponents are identified. The meaning of the scalar curvature and the invariant geodesic distance in information geometry is established and substantiated from a renormalization group perspective.
Loop Optimization for Tensor Network Renormalization.
Yang, Shuo; Gu, Zheng-Cheng; Wen, Xiao-Gang
2017-03-17
We introduce a tensor renormalization group scheme for coarse graining a two-dimensional tensor network that can be successfully applied to both classical and quantum systems on and off criticality. The key innovation in our scheme is to deform a 2D tensor network into small loops and then optimize the tensors on each loop. In this way, we remove short-range entanglement at each iteration step and significantly improve the accuracy and stability of the renormalization flow. We demonstrate our algorithm in the classical Ising model and a frustrated 2D quantum model.
EXACT RENORMALIZATION GROUP FOR POINT INTERACTIONS
Osman Teoman Turgut Teoman Turgut
2014-04-01
Full Text Available Renormalization is one of the deepest ideas in physics, yet its exact implementation in any interesting problem is usually very hard. In the present work, following the approach by Glazek and Maslowski in the flat space, we will study the exact renormalization of the same problem in a nontrivial geometric setting, namely in the two dimensional hyperbolic space. Delta function potential is an asymptotically free quantum mechanical problem which makes it resemble nonabelian gauge theories, yet it can be treated exactly in this nontrivial geometry.
Hypercuboidal renormalization in spin foam quantum gravity
Bahr, Benjamin; Steinhaus, Sebastian
2017-06-01
In this article, we apply background-independent renormalization group methods to spin foam quantum gravity. It is aimed at extending and elucidating the analysis of a companion paper, in which the existence of a fixed point in the truncated renormalization group flow for the model was reported. Here, we repeat the analysis with various modifications and find that both qualitative and quantitative features of the fixed point are robust in this setting. We also go into details about the various approximation schemes employed in the analysis.
Renormalized dissipation in plasmas with finite collisionality
Parker, S.E. [Princeton Plasma Physics Lab., NJ (United States); Carati, D. [Universite Libre de Bruxelles (Belgium). Service de Physique Statistique
1995-05-01
A nonlinear truncation procedure for Fourier-Hermite expansion of Boltzmann-type plasma equations is presented which eliminates fine velocity scale, taking into account its effect on coarser scales. The truncated system is then transformed back to (x, v) space which results in a renormalized Boltzmann equation. The resulting equation may allow for coarser velocity space resolution in kinetic simulations while reducing to the original Boltzmann equation when fine velocity scales are resolved. To illustrate the procedure, renormalized equations are derived for one dimensional electrostatic plasmas in which collisions are modeled by the Lenard-Bernstein operator.
Volume Renormalization and the Higgs
Dai, De-Chang
2014-01-01
Traditionally, Quantum Field Theory (QFT) treats particle excitations as point-like objects, which is the source of ubiquitous divergences. We demonstrate that a minimal modification of QFT with finite volume particles may cure QFT of divergences and illuminate the physics behind the mathematical construct of our theories. The method allows for a non-perturbative treatment of the free field and self-interacting theories (though extensions to all interacting field theories might be possible). In particular, non-perturbatively defined mass is finite. When applied to the standard model Higgs mechanism, the method implies that a finite range of parameters allows for creation of a well defined Higgs particle, whose Compton wavelength is larger than its physical size, in the broken symmetry phase (as small oscillations around the vacuum). This has profound consequences for Higgs production at the LHC. The parameter range in which the Higgs excitation with the mass of 125 GeV behaves as a proper particle is very res...
New twist on artificial muscles
Haines, Carter S.; Li, Na; Spinks, Geoffrey M.; Aliev, Ali E.; Di, Jiangtao; Baughman, Ray H.
2016-01-01
Lightweight artificial muscle fibers that can match the large tensile stroke of natural muscles have been elusive. In particular, low stroke, limited cycle life, and inefficient energy conversion have combined with high cost and hysteretic performance to restrict practical use. In recent years, a new class of artificial muscles, based on highly twisted fibers, has emerged that can deliver more than 2,000 J/kg of specific work during muscle contraction, compared with just 40 J/kg for natural muscle. Thermally actuated muscles made from ordinary polymer fibers can deliver long-life, hysteresis-free tensile strokes of more than 30% and torsional actuation capable of spinning a paddle at speeds of more than 100,000 rpm. In this perspective, we explore the mechanisms and potential applications of present twisted fiber muscles and the future opportunities and challenges for developing twisted muscles having improved cycle rates, efficiencies, and functionality. We also demonstrate artificial muscle sewing threads and textiles and coiled structures that exhibit nearly unlimited actuation strokes. In addition to robotics and prosthetics, future applications include smart textiles that change breathability in response to temperature and moisture and window shutters that automatically open and close to conserve energy. PMID:27671626
Functional renormalization group studies of nuclear and neutron matter
Drews, Matthias; Weise, Wolfram
2017-03-01
Functional renormalization group (FRG) methods applied to calculations of isospin-symmetric and asymmetric nuclear matter as well as neutron matter are reviewed. The approach is based on a chiral Lagrangian expressed in terms of nucleon and meson degrees of freedom as appropriate for the hadronic phase of QCD with spontaneously broken chiral symmetry. Fluctuations beyond mean-field approximation are treated solving Wetterich's FRG flow equations. Nuclear thermodynamics and the nuclear liquid-gas phase transition are investigated in detail, both in symmetric matter and as a function of the proton fraction in asymmetric matter. The equations of state at zero temperature of symmetric nuclear matter and pure neutron matter are found to be in good agreement with advanced ab-initio many-body computations. Contacts with perturbative many-body approaches (in-medium chiral perturbation theory) are discussed. As an interesting test case, the density dependence of the pion mass in the medium is investigated. The question of chiral symmetry restoration in nuclear and neutron matter is addressed. A stabilization of the phase with spontaneously broken chiral symmetry is found to persist up to high baryon densities once fluctuations beyond mean-field are included. Neutron star matter including beta equilibrium is discussed under the aspect of the constraints imposed by the existence of two-solar-mass neutron stars.
Scaling theory of Anderson localization: A renormalization-group approach
Sarker, Sanjoy; Domany, Eytan
1981-06-01
A position-space renormalization-group method, suitable for studying the localization properties of electrons in a disordered system, was developed. Two different approximations to a well-defined exact procedure were used. The first method is a perturbative treatment to lowest order in the intercell couplings. This yields a localization edge in three dimensions, with a fixed point at the band center (E=0) at a critical disorder σc~=7.0. In the neighborhood of the fixed point the localization length L is predicted to diverge as L~(σ-σc+βE2)-ν. In two dimensions no fixed point is found, indicating localization even for small randomness, in agreement with Abrahams, Anderson, Licciardello, and Ramakrishnan. The second method is an application of the finite-lattice approximation, in which the intercell hopping between two (or more) cells is treated to infinite order in perturbation theory. To our knowledge, this method has not been previously used for quantum systems. Calculations based on this approximation were carried out in two dimensions only, yielding results that are in agreement with those of the lowest-order approximation.
Light hadrons from Nf=2+1+1 dynamical twisted mass fermions
Baron, R; Boucaud, P; Carbonell, J; Deuzeman, A; Drach, V; Farchioni, F; Gimenez, V; Herdoiza, G; Jansen, K; Michael, C; Montvay, I; Pallante, E; Pène, O; Reker, S; Urbach, C; Wagner, M; Wenger, U
2010-01-01
We present results of lattice QCD simulations with mass-degenerate up and down and mass-split strange and charm (Nf=2+1+1) dynamical quarks using Wilson twisted mass fermions at maximal twist. The tuning of the strange and charm quark masses is performed at three values of the lattice spacing a~0.06 fm, a~0.08 fm and a~0.09 fm with lattice sizes ranging from L~1.9 fm to L~3.9 fm. We perform a preliminary study of SU(2) chiral perturbation theory by combining our lattice data from these three values of the lattice spacing.
Pseudoscalar decay constants from N_f=2+1+1 twisted mass lattice QCD
Farchioni, Federico; Jansen, Karl; Petschlies, Marcus; Urbach, Carsten
2010-01-01
We present first results for the pseudoscalar decay constants $f_K$, $f_D$ and $f_{D_s}$ from lattice QCD with N_f=2+1+1 flavours of dynamical quarks. The lattice simulations have been performed by the European Twisted Mass collaboration (ETMC) using maximally twisted mass quarks. For the pseudoscalar decay constants we follow a mixed action approach by using so called Osterwalder-Seiler fermions in the valence sector for strange and charm quarks. The data for two values of the lattice spacing and several values of the up/down quark mass is analysed using chiral perturbation theory.
Two-Connection Renormalization and Nonholonomic Gauge Models of Einstein Gravity
Vacaru, Sergiu I
2009-01-01
A new framework to perturbative quantum gravity is proposed following the geometry of nonholonomic distributions on (pseudo) Riemannian manifolds. There are considered such distributions and adapted connections, also completely defined by a metric structure, when gravitational models with infinite many couplings reduce to two-loop renormalizable effective actions. We use a key result from our partner work arXiv: 0902.0911 that the classical Einstein gravity theory can be reformulated equivalently as a nonholonomic gauge model in the bundle of affine/ de Sitter frames on pseudo-Riemannian spacetime. It is proven that (for a class of nonholonomic constraints and splitting of the Levi-Civita connection into a "renormalizable" distinguished connection, on a base background manifold, and a gauge like distorsion tensor, in total space) a nonholonomic differential renormalization procedure for quantum gravitational fields can be elaborated. Calculation labor is reduced to one- and two-loop levels and renormalization...
Non-renormalization theorem and cyclic Leibniz rule in lattice supersymmetry
Kato, Mitsuhiro; So, Hiroto
2014-01-01
We propose a lattice model of supersymmetric complex quantum mechanics which realizes the non-renormalization theorem on a lattice. In our lattice model, the Leibniz rule in the continuum, which cannot hold on a lattice due to a no-go theorem, is replaced by the cyclic Leibniz rule (CLR) for difference operators. It is shown that CLR allows two of four supercharges of the continuum theory to preserve while a naive lattice model can realize one supercharge at the most. A striking feature of our lattice model is that there are no quantum corrections to potential terms in any finite order of perturbation theory. This is one of characteristic properties of supersymmetric theories in the continuum. It turns out that CLR plays a crucial role in the proof of the non-renormalization theorem. This result suggests that CLR grasps an essence of supersymmetry on a lattice.
Hasenfratz, Anna
2010-01-01
Strongly coupled gauge systems with many fermions are important in many phenomenological models. I use the 2-lattice matching Monte Carlo renormalization group method to study the fixed point structure and critical indexes of SU(3) gauge models with 8 and 12 flavors of fundamental fermions. With an improved renormalization group block transformation I am able to connect the perturbative and confining regimes of the N_f=8 flavor system, thus verifying its QCD-like nature. With N_f=12 flavors the data favor the existence of an infrared fixed point and conformal phase, though the results are also consistent with very slow walking. I measure the anomalous mass dimension in both systems at several gauge couplings and find that they are barely different from the free field value.
A perturbative improvement of the staggered fermions using fat links
Lee, W
2002-01-01
We study possibility of improving staggered fermions using various fat links in order to reduce perturbative corrections to the gauge-invariant staggered fermion operators. We prove five theorems on SU(3) projection, triviality in renormalization, multiple SU(3) projections, uniqueness and equivalence. As a result of these theorems, we show that, at one loop level, the renormalization of staggered fermion operators is identical between SU(3) projected Fat7 links and hypercubic links, as long as the action and operators are constructed by imposing the same perturbative improvement condition. In addition, we propose a new view of SU(3) projection as a tool of tadpole improvement for the staggered fermion doublers. As a conclusion, we present alternative choices of constructing fat links to improve the staggered fermion action and operators, which deserve further investigation.
Modified super twisting controller for servicing to uncontrolled spacecraft
Binglong Chen; Yunhai Geng
2015-01-01
A relative position and attitude coupled sliding mode control er is proposed by combining the standard super twisting (ST) control and basic linear algorithm for autonomous rendezvous and docking. It is schemed for on-orbit servicing to a tumbling non-cooperative target spacecraft subjected to external disturbances. A coupled dynamic model is established including both kinemati-cal and dynamic coupled effect of relative rotation on relative translation, which il ustrates the relative movement between the docking port located in target spacecraft and another in service spacecraft. The modified super twisting (MST) control algorithm containing linear compensation items is schemed to manipulate the relative position and attitude synchronously. The correction provides more robustness and convergence velocity for dealing with linearly growing perturbations than the ST control algorithm. Moreover, the stability characteristic of closed-loop system is ana-lyzed by Lyapunov method. Numerical simulations are adopted to verify the analysis with the comparison between MST and ST control algorithms. Simulation results demonstrate that the pro-posed MST control er is characterized by high precision, strong robustness and fast convergence velocity to attenuate the linearly increasing perturbations.
Actis, S. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany); Passarino, G. [Torino Univ. (Italy). Dipt. di Fisica Teorica; INFN, Sezione di Torino (Italy)
2006-12-15
In part I and II of this series of papers all elements have been introduced to extend, to two loops, the set of renormalization procedures which are needed in describing the properties of a spontaneously broken gauge theory. In this paper, the final step is undertaken and finite renormalization is discussed. Two-loop renormalization equations are introduced and their solutions discussed within the context of the minimal standard model of fundamental interactions. These equations relate renormalized Lagrangian parameters (couplings and masses) to some input parameter set containing physical (pseudo-)observables. Complex poles for unstable gauge and Higgs bosons are used and a consistent setup is constructed for extending the predictivity of the theory from the Lep1 Z-boson scale (or the Lep2 WW scale) to regions of interest for LHC and ILC physics. (orig.)
Noncommutative principal bundles through twist deformation
Aschieri, Paolo; Pagani, Chiara; Schenkel, Alexander
2016-01-01
We construct noncommutative principal bundles deforming principal bundles with a Drinfeld twist (2-cocycle). If the twist is associated with the structure group then we have a deformation of the fibers. If the twist is associated with the automorphism group of the principal bundle, then we obtain noncommutative deformations of the base space as well. Combining the two twist deformations we obtain noncommutative principal bundles with both noncommutative fibers and base space. More in general, the natural isomorphisms proving the equivalence of a closed monoidal category of modules and its twist related one are used to obtain new Hopf-Galois extensions as twists of Hopf-Galois extensions. A sheaf approach is also considered, and examples presented.
A renormalization in group study of supersymmetric field theories
Heilmann, Marianne
2015-05-13
This thesis analyses scalar supersymmetric field theories within the framework of the functional renormalization group (FRG). Classical physics on microscopic scales is connected to the effective model on macroscopic scales via the scale-dependent effective average action by a reformulation of the path integral. Three supersymmetric theories are explored in detail: supersymmetric quantum mechanics, the three-dimensional Wess-Zumino model and supersymmetric spherical theories in three dimensions. The corresponding renormalization group flow is formulated in a manifestly supersymmetric way. By utilizing an expansion of the effective average action in derivative operators, an adequate and intrinsically non-perturbative truncation scheme is selected. In quantum mechanics, the supersymmetric derivative expansion is shown to converge by increasing the order of truncation. Besides, high-accuracy results for the ground and first excited state energies for quantum systems with conserved as well as spontaneously broken supersymmetry are achieved. Furthermore, the critical behaviour of the three-dimensional Wess-Zumino is investigated. Via spectral methods, a global Wilson-Fisher scaling solution and its corresponding universal exponents are determined. Besides, a superscaling relation of the leading exponents is verified for arbitrary dimensions greater than or equal to two. Lastly, three-dimensional spherical, supersymmetric theories are analysed. Their phase structure is determined in detail for infinite as well as finitely many superfields. The exact one-parameter scaling solution for infinitely many fields is shown to collapse to a single non-trivial Wilson-Fisher fixed-point for finitely many superfields. It is pointed out that the strongly-coupled domains of these theories are plagued by Landau poles and non-analyticities, indicating spontaneous supersymmetry breaking.
Composite operators in lattice QCD nonperturbative renormalization
Göckeler, M; Oelrich, H; Perlt, H; Petters, D; Rakow, P; Schäfer, A; Schierholz, G; Schiller, A
1999-01-01
We investigate the nonperturbative renormalization of composite operators in lattice QCD restricting ourselves to operators that are bilinear in the quark fields. These include operators which are relevant to the calculation of moments of hadronic structure functions. The computations are based on Monte Carlo simulations using quenched Wilson fermions.
Renormalization Group Equations for the CKM matrix
Kielanowski, P; Montes de Oca Y, J H
2008-01-01
We derive the one loop renormalization group equations for the Cabibbo-Kobayashi-Maskawa matrix for the Standard Model, its two Higgs extension and the minimal supersymmetric extension in a novel way. The derived equations depend only on a subset of the model parameters of the renormalization group equations for the quark Yukawa couplings so the CKM matrix evolution cannot fully test the renormalization group evolution of the quark Yukawa couplings. From the derived equations we obtain the invariant of the renormalization group evolution for three models which is the angle $\\alpha$ of the unitarity triangle. For the special case of the Standard Model and its extensions with $v_{1}\\approx v_{2}$ we demonstrate that also the shape of the unitarity triangle and the Buras-Wolfenstein parameters $\\bar{\\rho}=(1-{1/2}\\lambda^{2})\\rho$ and $\\bar{\\eta}=(1-{1/2}\\lambda^{2})\\eta$ are conserved. The invariance of the angles of the unitarity triangle means that it is not possible to find a model in which the CKM matrix mi...
Finite volume renormalization scheme for fermionic operators
Monahan, Christopher; Orginos, Kostas [JLAB
2013-11-01
We propose a new finite volume renormalization scheme. Our scheme is based on the Gradient Flow applied to both fermion and gauge fields and, much like the Schr\\"odinger functional method, allows for a nonperturbative determination of the scale dependence of operators using a step-scaling approach. We give some preliminary results for the pseudo-scalar density in the quenched approximation.
Basis Optimization Renormalization Group for Quantum Hamiltonian
Sugihara, Takanori
2001-01-01
We find an algorithm of numerical renormalization group for spin chain models. The essence of this algorithm is orthogonal transformation of basis states, which is useful for reducing the number of relevant basis states to create effective Hamiltonian. We define two types of rotations and combine them to create appropriate orthogonal transformation.
RENORMALIZED ENERGY WITH VORTICES PINNING EFFECT
Ding Shijin
2000-01-01
This paper is a continuation of the previous paper in the Journal of Partial Differential Equations [1]. We derive in this paper the renormalized energy to further determine the locations of vortices in some case for the variational problem related to the superconducting thin films having variable thickness.
Complete renormalization of QCD at five loops
Luthe, Thomas; Maier, Andreas; Marquard, Peter; Schröder, York
2017-03-01
We present new analytical five-loop Feynman-gauge results for the anomalous dimensions of ghost field and -vertex, generalizing the known values for SU(3) to a general gauge group. Together with previously published results on the quark mass and -field anomalous dimensions and the Beta function, this completes the 5-loop renormalization program of gauge theories in that gauge.
The Twist Limit for Bipolar Active Regions
Moore, Ron; Falconer, David; Gary, Allen
2008-01-01
We present new evidence that further supports the standard idea that active regions are emerged magnetic-flux-rope omega loops. When the axial magnetic twist of a cylindrical flux rope exceeds a critical amount, the flux rope becomes unstable to kinking, and the excess axial twist is converted into writhe twist by the kinking. This suggests that, if active regions are emerged omega loops, then (1) no active region should have magnetic twist much above the limit set by kinking, (2) active regions having twist near the limit should often arise from kinked omega loops, and (3) since active regions having large delta sunspots are outstandingly twisted, these arise from kinked omega loops and should have twist near the limit for kinking. From each of 36 vector magnetograms of bipolar active regions, we have measured (1) the total flux of the vertical field above 100 G, (2) the area covered by this flux, and (3) the net electric current that arches over the polarity inversion line. These three quantities yield an estimate of the axial magnetic twist in a simple model cylindrical flux rope that corresponds to the top of the active region s hypothetical omega loop prior to emergence. In all 36 cases, the estimated twist is below the critical limit for kinking. The 11 most twisted active regions (1) have estimated twist within a factor of approx.3 of the limit, and (2) include all of our 6 active regions having large delta sunspots. Thus, our observed twist limit for bipolar active regions is in good accord with active regions being emerged omega loops.
Log-periodic Critical Amplitudes: A Perturbative Approach
Derrida, Bernard; Giacomin, Giambattista
2013-06-01
Log-periodic amplitudes appear in the critical behavior of a large class of systems, in particular when a discrete scale invariance is present. Here we show how to compute these critical amplitudes perturbatively when they originate from a renormalization map which is close to a monomial. In this case, the log-periodic amplitudes of the subdominant corrections to the leading critical behavior can also be calculated.
Improving perturbation theory with cactus diagrams
Constantinou, M; Skouroupathis, A; Constantinou, Martha; Panagopoulos, Haralambos; Skouroupathis, Apostolos
2006-01-01
We study a systematic improvement of perturbation theory for gauge fields on the lattice [hep-lat/0606001]; the improvement entails resumming, to all orders in the coupling constant, a dominant subclass of tadpole diagrams. This method, originally proposed for the Wilson gluon action, is extended here to encompass all possible gluon actions made of closed Wilson loops; any fermion action can be employed as well. The effect of resummation is to replace various parameters in the action (coupling constant, Symanzik and clover coefficient) by ``dressed'' values; the latter are solutions to certain coupled integral equations, which are easy to solve numerically. Some positive features of this method are: a) It is gauge invariant, b) it can be systematically applied to improve (to all orders) results obtained at any given order in perturbation theory, c) it does indeed absorb in the dressed parameters the bulk of tadpole contributions. Two different applications are presented: The additive renormalization of fermio...
Tensor renormalization group methods for spin and gauge models
Zou, Haiyuan
The analysis of the error of perturbative series by comparing it to the exact solution is an important tool to understand the non-perturbative physics of statistical models. For some toy models, a new method can be used to calculate higher order weak coupling expansion and modified perturbation theory can be constructed. However, it is nontrivial to generalize the new method to understand the critical behavior of high dimensional spin and gauge models. Actually, it is a big challenge in both high energy physics and condensed matter physics to develop accurate and efficient numerical algorithms to solve these problems. In this thesis, one systematic way named tensor renormalization group method is discussed. The applications of the method to several spin and gauge models on a lattice are investigated. theoretically, the new method allows one to write an exact representation of the partition function of models with local interactions. E.g. O(N) models, Z2 gauge models and U(1) gauge models. Practically, by using controllable approximations, results in both finite volume and the thermodynamic limit can be obtained. Another advantage of the new method is that it is insensitive to sign problems for models with complex coupling and chemical potential. Through the new approach, the Fisher's zeros of the 2D O(2) model in the complex coupling plane can be calculated and the finite size scaling of the results agrees well with the Kosterlitz-Thouless assumption. Applying the method to the O(2) model with a chemical potential, new phase diagram of the models can be obtained. The structure of the tensor language may provide a new tool to understand phase transition properties in general.
DVCS amplitude with kinematical twist-3 terms
Radyushkin, A V
2000-01-01
We compute the amplitude of deeply virtual Compton scattering (DVCS) using the calculus of QCD string operators in coordinate representation. To restore the electromagnetic gauge invariance (transversality) of the twist-2 amplitude we include the operators of twist-3 which appear as total derivatives of twist-2 operators. Our results are equivalent to a Wandzura-Wilczek approximation for twist-3 skewed parton distributions. We find that this approximation gives a finite result for the amplitude of a longitudinally polarized virtual photon, while the amplitude for transverse polarization is divergent, i.e., factorization breaks down in this term.
Cvetic, G
1998-01-01
An approximation algorithm is proposed to transform truncated QCD (or QED) series for observables. The approximation is a modification of the Baker-Gammel approximants, and is independent of the renormalization scale (RScl) $\\mu$ -- the coupling parameter $\\alpha(\\mu)$ in the series and in the resulting approximants can evolve according to the perturbative renormalization group equation (RGE) to any chosen loop order. The proposed algorithm is a natural generalization of the recently proposed method of diagonal Padé approximants, the latter making the result RScl-invariant in large-$\\beta_0$ approximation for ${\\alpha}(\\mu)$. The algorithm described below can extract large amount of information from a calculated available truncated perturbative series for an observable, by implicitly resumming large classes of diagrams.
The renormalization of composite operators in Yang-Mills theories using general covariant gauge
Collins, J C; John C Collins; Randall J Scalise
1994-01-01
Essential to QCD applications of the operator product expansion, etc., is a knowledge of those operators that mix with gauge-invariant operators. A standard theorem asserts that the renormalization matrix is triangular: Gauge-invariant operators have "alien" gauge-variant operators among their counterterms, but, with a suitably chosen basis, the necessary alien operators have only themselves as counterterms. Moreover, the alien operators are supposed to vanish in physical matrix elements. A recent calculation by Hamberg and van Neerven apparently contradicts these results. By explicit calculations with the energy-momentum tensor, we show that the problems arise because of subtle infra-red singularities that appear when gluonic matrix elements are taken on-shell at zero momentum transfer. % Keywords: twist-two covariant gluon operator, mixing, non-abelian, anomalous dimension, Ward identity, BRST, LSZ reduction, Dixon, Taylor, Joglekar, Lee.
Revisiting the Twist-3 Distribution Amplitudes of K Meson Within the QCD Background Field Approach
钟涛; 吴兴刚; 韩华勇; 廖其力; 付海斌; 方祯云
2012-01-01
In the present paper, we investigate the kaon twist-3 distribution amplitudes （DAs）Cp within the QCD background field approach. The SUf （3）-breaking effects are studied in detail under a systematical way, especiaJ1y the sum rules for the moments of are obtained by keeping all the mass terms in the s-quark propagator consistently. After adding all the uncertainties in quadrature, the first two Gegenbauler moments of are a GeV. A detailed discussion on the properties tion parameters moments shows that the higher-order s-quark mass terms can indeed provide sizable contributions. Fhrthermore, based on the newly obtained moments, a model for the kaon twist-3 wavefunction with a better end-point behavior is constructed, which shall be useful for perturbative QCD calculations. As a byproduct, we make a discussion on the properties of the pion twist-3 DAs.
Compton scattering of twisted light: angular distribution and polarization of scattered photons
Stock, S; Fritzsche, S; Seipt, D
2015-01-01
Compton scattering of twisted photons is investigated within a non-relativistic framework using first-order perturbation theory. We formulate the problem in the density matrix theory, which enables one to gain new insights into scattering processes of twisted particles by exploiting the symmetries of the system. In particular, we analyze how the angular distribution and polarization of the scattered photons are affected by the parameters of the initial beam such as the opening angle and the projection of orbital angular momentum. We present analytical and numerical results for the angular distribution and the polarization of Compton scattered photons for initially twisted light and compare them with the standard case of plane-wave light.
Twisted conjugacy in braid groups
González-Meneses, Juan
2011-01-01
In this note we solve the twisted conjugacy problem for braid groups, i.e. we propose an algorithm which, given two braids $u,v\\in B_n$ and an automorphism $\\phi \\in Aut (B_n)$, decides whether $v=(\\phi (x))^{-1}ux$ for some $x\\in B_n$. As a corollary, we deduce that each group of the form $B_n \\rtimes H$, a semidirect product of the braid group $B_n$ by a torsion-free hyperbolic group $H$, has solvable conjugacy problem.
Study on the Phase Equilibria of Hard Core Asakura-Oosawa Fluids with Renormalization-group Theory
付东
2004-01-01
An analytical equation of state (EOS) for hard core Asakura-Oosawa (AO) fluid is established by combining the AO potential, the first-order perturbation theory and the radial distribution function (RDF) for the hard sphere fluid.The phase equilibria are studied by using the renormalization-group (RG) theory. The obtained results agree well with the simulation data. Investigation shows that the attractive range parameter plays an important role in the phase equilibria for AO fluid.
Shapiro, Ilya L. [Universite de Geneve, Departement de Physique Theorique and Center for Astroparticle Physics, Geneva 4 (Switzerland); Universidade Federal de Juiz de Fora, Departamento de Fisica, ICE, Juiz de Fora, MG (Brazil); Tomsk State Pedagogical University, Tomsk (Russian Federation); Tomsk State University, Tomsk (Russian Federation); Morais Teixeira, Poliane de [Universidade Federal de Juiz de Fora, Departamento de Fisica, ICE, Juiz de Fora, MG (Brazil); SISSA, Trieste (Italy); Wipf, Andreas [Friedrich-Schiller-Universitaet, Theoretisch-Physikalisches-Institut, Jena (Germany)
2015-06-15
The running of the non-minimal parameter ξ of the interaction of the real scalar field and scalar curvature is explored within the non-perturbative setting of the functional renormalization group (RG). We establish the RG flow in curved space-time in the scalar field sector, in particular derive an equation for the non-minimal parameter. The RG trajectory is numerically explored for different sets of initial data. (orig.)
Alien calculus and non perturbative effects in Quantum Field Theory
Bellon, Marc P.
2016-12-01
In many domains of physics, methods for dealing with non-perturbative aspects are required. Here, I want to argue that a good approach for this is to work on the Borel transforms of the quantities of interest, the singularities of which give non-perturbative contributions. These singularities in many cases can be largely determined by using the alien calculus developed by Jean Écalle. My main example will be the two point function of a massless theory given as a solution of a renormalization group equation.
The B-meson mass splitting from non-perturbative quenched lattice QCD
Grozin, A G; Marquard, P; Meyer, H B; Piclum, J H; Sommer, R; Steinhauser, M
2007-01-01
We perform the non-perturbative (quenched) renormalization of the chromo-magnetic operator in Heavy Quark Effective Theory and its three-loop matching to QCD. At order 1/m of the expansion, the operator is responsible for the mass splitting between the pseudoscalar and vector B-mesons. These new computed factors are affected by an uncertainty negligible in comparison to the known bare matrix element of the operator between B-states. Furthermore, they push the quenched determination of the spin splitting for the Bs-meson much closer to its experimental value than the previous perturbatively renormalized computations. The renormalization factor for three commonly used heavy quark actions and the Wilson gauge action and useful parametrizations of the matching coefficient are provided.